world's fair general documentation 4

Box# 31

Folder# 606

Word's Fair: General (4)

1965

NEW YORK WORLo·s FAIR 1964-1965 CORPORATION INTERNATIONAL EXPOSITION AT FLUSHING MEADOW PARK

ID£AC£ THetOUOM UN0£RSTAti01NQ

WORLO"S FAIR. N.Y. 11380

Hon. William F. Shea Director of the Budget Bureau of the Budget Municipal Building, 12th Floor New York, New York 10007

Dear Bill:

AREA CODE 212- WF 4-1964 CABLE WORLDSFAIR

ROBERT MOSES PRESIDENT

I understand that you have been made the chairman of a committee of City officials appointed by the Mayor to discuss with the Fair the question of iJP' what buildings would be useful and might be retained for City park and related --if>/ purposes after the Fair closes. 7./

We have, as you know, been working on this subject for more than two ·wyears, in the course of which we have met and had talks with various department heads, building and other officials, etc. We are all familiar with the difference between buildings constructed under a temporary special Fair code and permanent buildings which must conform to the regular City code. In addition, I assume we all agree that buildings not useful for park and reasonably closely related purposes do not belong in Flushing Meadow or any other park unless they are on the periphery reached independently of the park access system.

Most of the informal requests we have received from many sources have been manifestly unworkable and undesirable. Many people have ambitions to put structures in public parks for their pet purposes, just as there are many others who are against any structure of any kind which can possibly be avoided.

I am attaching copies of our tentative conclusions, subject of course to more careful study of foundation and other conditions, availability, desirability and approval of the City agencies affected.

I enclose also a copy of "Flushing Meadow and Beyond", which is the original report on the Post Fair program; a copy of our most recent progress report, pages 41 - 45 of which set forth the revised Post Fair program; and a copy of a memorandum by Counsel summarizing our agreements with exhibitors as to their responsibility for demolition and as to salvage. It is likely that a few exhibitors will default as to demolition in which case these restorations will become a Fair responsibility.

_,~,_.,@-- ....

Hon. William F. Shea February 23, 1965

-Page 2-

A few of the possible surviving buildings belong to exhibitors and negotiations would have to be carried along if it is finally proposed that these structures remain, in which case the exhibitors would save the expense of demolition and might conceivably contribute something toward making the buildings durable.

Colonel O'Neill will represent us in this matter, and I hope you can arrange a meeting before long with your entire committee to discuss the subject further.

Cordially, /"

Pr~~ Enclosures -

1. Preliminary Study of Buildings & Structures 2. Flushing Meadow & Beyond 3. The Fair in 1965 4. Memorandum on Demolitions

57 Days to Re-Opening of the Fair - April 21, 1965

NEW YORK WORLD'S FAIR 1964-1965 CORPORATION

PRELIMINARY STUDY OF BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES UNDER

CONS! DERATION FOR RETENTION IN THE POST-FAIR FLUSHING MEADOW PARK

January 15, 1965

SUMMARY

This report swnmarizes previous studies on the desirability of retain

ing certain buildings for City Park and related purposes after the close of the

World's Fair in 1965,

Buildings are divided into three categories:

A. Buildings and structures retained from the 1939-1940

World's Fair.

B. Buildings and structures designed for permanent (or

semi-permanent) use for the 1964-1965 World's Fair.

C. Buildings and structures for temporary use 1964-1965

World's Fair, which have been proposed for retention

for municipal purposes.

Buildings and structures in categories A and B generally comply with

the New York City Building Code, with the possible exception of the Heliport.

It is understood however that lh.e Port of New York Authority proposes to

finance and accomplish any work necessary for Code compliance.

Category C includes buildings erected by the World's Fair and by exhib

itors in accordance with the World's Fair Building Code. In the case of

exhibit buildings, work required for City Code compliance may be financed,

in part at least, by a contribution from the exhibitor which could be expected

to approximate his cost of demolition. It is possible that the exhibitor might

request some acknowledgment in the form of a plaque or similar device.

- 1 -

-2-

A. Buildings and Structures Retained from the 1939-1940 World's Fair

l. Boat House

Built by- New York City

Proposed user- New York City I:epartment of Parks

Proposed use- Boat House

This building is intended to revert to its original use by the Park Department in con.n.ection with boating activities on Meadow Lake. No major alterations will be required for use by the Park Department.

2. New York City Building

Built by ... New York City

Proposed user- New York City Department of Parks

Proposed me- Skating Rinks

This building is controlled and operated by the Department of Parks during the World's Fair. It is expected that the Department of Parks will re-establish the ice skating and roller skating rinks for public use in this building after the Fair closes.

3. Amphitheatre

Built by- New York State


Proposed use- Swimming pool and outdoor theatre.

It is expected that the Amphitheatre will be operated for public swimming and outdoor theatricals by the New York City Department of Parks, much the same as it was prior to use by the World's Fair. The necessary re-conditioning work is included in the Post Fair Park Restoration work to be accomplished by the World's Fair Corporation.

B. Buildings and Structures Designed for Permanent (or semi-permanent) Use for 1964-1965 World's Fair

l. Main Entrance Building

-3-

Built by- New York City Department of Parks - Share 92% World's Fair Share 8%


Proposed use- New York City Police Precinct and/or Department of Parks Administration.

If this building is used as a New York City Police Precinct the necessary modifications would be made by the Police Department. If it is to be used for administrative purposes by the Department of Parks, no major modifications are required.

2. Hall of Science

Built by- New York City Department of Public Works

Proposed user- Board of Trustees-New York Hall of Science

Proposed use- Scientific Exhibits

This building will not require any major modifications. The MartinMarietta spaee exhibit will remain in the great hall. It is planned to furnish the lower Hall with exhibits donated by the major industrial and science exhibits from the World's Fair.

3. Heliport

Built by- Port of New York Authority


Proposed use- Restaurant-Heliport.

This structure was designed and constructed with the intention of retaining it in the Post-Fair Park for the proposed use. It is expected that the Port of New York Authority will make the necessary adaptations for Building Code compliance for operation by the New York City Department of Parks.

4. Marina

Built by- Federal, State and City governments and Marinas of the Future, Inc •. ·


Proposed u.se- Marina

-4-

The World's Fair Marina is under long-term lease by the Marinas of the Future, Inc. from the New York City Department of Parks. Some bulkhead repair and replacement will have to be undertaken by the New York City Department of Parks within the next few years; otherwise no major alterations or new construction will be required.

C. Buildings and Structures for Temporary Use 1964-1965 World's Fair which have b~en Proposed for Retention for Municipal Purposes.

1. Administration Building

Built by- World's Fair


Proposed use- Office and administration

The New York City Department of Parks wants to retain this building for the Borough of Queens Park Department's administrative offices. Building Code compliance requirements for fire walls can be accomplished by the Department of Parks within the estimated cost of $60, 000 for demolition.

2. Allied Maintenance



Prcpoe:rl use- Storage and shops

The Department of Parks wants this building for storage and shops for the Borough of Queens Park Department activities. No major alterations or modifications are required.

3. Bell System Exhibit

Built by- Bell System


Proposed use- Indoor games

The substrtlCture of this building can be adapted for permanent use for indoor games. The superstructure contains all of the major mechanical, heating and air conditioning equipment to serve the substructure as well as the Bell System

- 5 -

Exhibit Ride in the superstructure. The superstructure is unsuitable for PostFair use. Estimated cost for demolition of the entire structure is $350, 000. Estimated cost for adaptation of the substructure for indoor games, including the removal of the major mechanical systems into the substructure, is approximately $500, 000, The Bell System is unwilling to stand the cost of adapting the substructure for Park use. Under these conditions, the retention of the substructure for indoor games is not recommended.

4. Better Living

Built by- Burdick Associates

Proposed user- New York City

Proposed use- Archives, records

This building was proposed for retention and is being investigated by the Commissioner of Public Works for Building Code compliance requirements as a record storage and archives center for the City of New York.

5. duPont

Built by- duPont


Proposed use- Theatre

This building has been offered by duPont for use in the Post-Fair Park as a theatre. du Pont estimates the demolition costs as $50, 000. and is willing to contribute this amount toward Building Code requirements. The preliminary estimates for Code compliance adaptations are considerably in excess of this amount and retention of this building is not recommended.

6. Equitable

Built by- Equitable Life Assurance Co.


Proposed use- Covered game area.

Equitable has offered this building for permanent retention. The preliminary estimates for Code compliance requirements appear to be within the cost for demolition and the building is therefore recommended for retention.

- 6 -

7. Federal

Built by- United States Government

Proposed user- New York City Board of Education

Proposed use- Retreat, Lectures and Administration

The Board of Education is interested in retaining this building and is currently making studies of the Building Code compliance requirements for Post-Fair use. The United States government is interested in this structure being retained for appropriate use in the Post-Fair Park. Whether the United States government would contribute substantially is doubtful. A proposal has also been made that this building might possibly be considered in connection with the Hall of Science as a part of the future Science Center, but this seems doubtful.

8. Ford Rotunda

Built by- Ford Motor Company

Proposed user- Board of Trustees, New York Hall of Science

Proposed use- Scientific Exhibits and Exhibits storage.

The cost of Building Code compliance requirements and adaptation, including the moving of the major mechanical systems into the building, is estimated at approximately $1,000,000. This is greatly in excess of the estimated demolition cost, the only amount which Ford may be willing to contribute. The building, therefore, cannot be recommended for retention.

9. Greyhound

Built by- Greyhound

Proposed user- New York City Fire Department

Proposed use- Administration and Special Equipment

The New York City Fire Department is interested in this building and is making studies of the Building Code compliance requirements and adaptation costs for retention. Greyhound has not indicated to what extent they are willing to contribute demolition cost toward the cost of adaptation. Pending further negotiations with Greyhound, the retention of this building is recommended.

- 7 -

10. Identity Building



Proposed use- Administrative

This is a small building located in the Roosevelt Parking Area and may be of use to the Department of Parks for supervisory or administrative personnel. No major alterations are required.

11. New York State

Built by- New York State


Proposed use- Covered game and Concert area, Marionette Theatre and Observation Towers

The State of New York is particularly interested in this building being retained as a part cf the Flushing Meadow Post-Fair Park. The World's Fair and the State Department of Public Works are processing the various structures through the office of the Commissioner of Buildings to determine the Building Code compliance requirements. The retention of this building is recommended.

12. Singer Bowl



Proposed use- Opera and Open Air Events

The Metropolitan Opera Company is interested in the use of the Singer Bowl as a sort of outdoor opera and music center like Tanglewood. They have engaged an engineering firm to develop plans and an estimate of co~t for the adaptation of the Bowl for opera and similar type presentations. If the Metropolitan Opera Company is not in the end interested, the structure is recommended for retention for use by the New York City Department of Parks for appropriate open air events .

- 8 -

13. U. s. Post Office Building



Proposed use- Equipment, Storage and Repair

This buildir"g has been proposed for use by the New York City Department of Parks for the storage and repair of athletic equipment. No major alterations are required. Preliminary inquiries have been made as to the availability of this building for sale after the Fair. Pending a firm requirement by City agencies, the removal and sale of this building may be recommended.

14. World's Fair Pavilion


Proposed user- Queens Zoo

Proposed use- Aviary

The World's Fair Pavilion is not recommended for retention in the PostFair Park in its present form. The geodesic dome of the building is considered suitable for use as an aviary in the Queens Zoo and has been incorporated in the preliminary plans for the development of the Post-Fair Zoo.

M~MORANDUM

NEW YORK WORLD'S FAIR 1964-19o5 CORPORATION

To: Col. J. ohn T. 0' Neill

From: John V. Thornton

Subject: Demolition and Restoration Obligation of Exhibitors and Concessionaires

As you know, the Fair Corporation has various standard forms of agreements which are used in leasing or licensing land to industrial and transportations exhibitors, concessionaires, foreign governments, states, religious organizations, non-profit groups and others. In the course of negotiations modifications are often made in these forms to meet the situation of a particular exhibitor or concessionaire.

The language in which the obligation of demolition and restoration is couched varies somewhat in the different forms of exhibit and concession agreements, but the substance of the obligation remains the same.

A typical phrasing of the obligation of demolition and restoration is found in Article 8 of the revised standard form of industrual lease. Article 8, entitled "Removal and DemolWon of Project, " reads as follows:

"After the official close of the Fair and after Lessee has received a Removal Permit from the Fair Corporation, Lessee will, at his own expense, remove from the Fair site all his equipment, merchandise or display matter, and all other property belonging to or erected by Lessee, and in the case of the buildings or structures erected by Lessee, he shall also remove from the Fair site at his own expense such buildings or structures and all foundations to a depth of four ( 4) feet below the surface, fill all excavations and restore the land upon which said buildings or structures were erected to its original grade or such lesser grade as may be approved by the Fair Corporation, with suitable fill material, such removal to be completed within ninety (·90) days after the official close of the Fair. Lessee agrees, promptly after the official close of the Fair, to apply to the Fair Corporationfor suet Removal Permit. In the event that any such removal, demolition, or other work is not completed within ninety (90) days after the official close of the Fair, the Fair Corporation may sell or dispose of the same in such manner as it may deem advisable, and any expense, including cost of removal of the buildings or structures and restoration of the land as herein provided, so incurred by the Fair Corporation shall be paid to it by Lessee. "

·-·wu·Area Admiidstrative and O~ating Division~: . .-·:.::.~_;-;! ...

Operatfiyns. . . . . . . . ... :·:·:~ .. :-.-: /·:; ~ ... ~ . ~ .... -.- ~: ~ :·. •,i ~-~-· ... ~- ~·· · t:'fNia· ,;Me~;;ng ·.:, .. '•:,:,;: '1!1~111 fllfl Cil'" .• ' ....... · ... 'f\·~~':,.. ~•.-'!·•·.~ ._· ••••• ~ •

',llll,:,r·' ;:'nnn: ,::t. ·;"·. ;. , JV.L\N Pl(ltN .•.• •••••.• • .• • .•• It.·, y,~~· ~-~ .. --~~ ~-~~· •'

... H. ··u· ··. -., s· · · •: .. ..... : ... · ., ... . ·•····. a oJ mence ....... ~-.;~~-;~~:.:; .. : ... > •.••

A'ttmdance .................................................. . Communications ...................................... : ... .

·_The· Fair Salutes ........................................ '.; ~- .. . Cultural· Institutions ............................... . ·Jortes Beach ....... ..................................... . GateWays to the Fair .......................... ; ...... -~ ;

Flushing Meadow Park ................................ ~ .. ·. Directors ·and Organization .. ; . .. . . . . . · · · ·

2

1-,.troductlo This progress report, the last before the seec>llll''l

season of the Fair opens, gives facts as to summarizes our accomplishments to date, rMn'l'ila•:t our winter housekeeping and planning activities foreshadows a new Exposition next summer. includes also attendance data and a revised nnR.r .• H'aio•·

program. We have spared rhetoric and ask that directors read it carefully.

No doubt we failed to anticipate some um•cu1~J!I ties and made mistakes, but the public res1oons&:i•:l excepting a few discordant voices, has been tri~endlYi:12!1 grateful and favorable, and we now go on to a JartM~~·•\11 attendance and further worldwide interest and · · port as the gates reopen. Judging by their um!oJi,cit:A!Ii testimony, the enthusiasm of visitors, especially coming from outside of the City, has been ast~~llUIIl'i(ll ing. We are now earnestly addressing ourselves marily to those in the metropolitan area who sonlleh,OW.'i!l have not yet reached the Fair, who have no SDE!C1lliF::I

travel problems and can come to Flushing Meadow.· often. ·

It can not be said too often and too emphatically that this Fair can not be seen and savored in a day, · and that a week is little enough to devote to leisurely enjoyment of its myriad attractions. Those who plan . and budget well in advance will get the most out of · · Those who delay and rush through will agonize forget. The visitor who gets our Flushing Meadow· University catalog in advance and marks his choices. will get a well-rounded education for the entrance · price of second-rate movies.

Some critical observers continue to deprecate what they term exaggerated emphasis on business and science as against religion, education, the arts ·•· and humanities and amusement. We do not concede such bias, but even if ideally the curriculum of our . university can be broadened and improved, it must • be remembered that we must attract enough success-.·· ful major industries to keep the turnstiles clicking, to pay our bills and to leave a fine public park at the · end as a notable milestone in the forward march of .·· three centuries of New York.

American industry carries the Fair because it provides the biggest, most widely advertised and · exciting exhibits. Amusement as such on its own is a gamble and finds it difficult to compete with so much free fun and entertainment in the International and State pavilions and in halls of science and inven· tion exploiting the quaintest devices of the industrial revolution. We shall not lower our standards to attract additional millions.

Our industrial leaders must persuade their stock· holders that advertising at the Fah· pays. Similarly,

foreign nations and our S1 image they create here ju demonstrates their stren1 cates their competitive SJ: and symbolizes their hope~ have peak loads at certain· is to spread these loads, ingenuity we can muster.

We have had some 1 actual attendance, for rea~ the first season come up t which affect everyone a: troublesome. We have ml must keep the Fair safe s for reasons familiar to ev number of special police < been special jurisdictions maintenance. We may de through Sunday, Novemb

A World's Fair is n<J strict sense. It is not run unusual and unpredictal: Promoting a Fair entai from ordinary business the image of a single pro~ this is to be sure subje1 of business management also an aspect. So is the t

incalculable impact on 01

economy. We believe the titled to the full suppor

We have faithfully 1 we announced at the it Olympics of progress <J expanding universe dedi ideas and achievement endeavor, domestic and to promote world frien learned that annihilation assure neighborliness. I tists talk to dolphins by seem often not to be ab fellows. The World's F communication.

To sum up: We promise a brig

with all of the best of th We aim at 37,500,(

believe that with hone~ shall attract that numb

Practically every p and production at the

aurac:teJDQtagn success- ·· , ·ttnu:ues clicking, t

· park atthe j thl!! :forward march of 1

' i ·! t

·~

·• f()~ n~tions and our States must believe that the imake·: t)ley. create here justifies ·large expenditures, · denicmstrates their· strength in competition, vindicates their,. competitive spirit, embodies their pride

·. and·stn:ibolizes their hopes of the future. We already . have peak loads at certain hours and places. The trick ii · to ·spread 'these loads, which will require all the inrenuity we can muster.

We have had some financial problems because actual attendance, for reasons stlll obscure, did not in the fl.ioat season come. up to expectations. High costs, which. tdfect everyone and everything, have been troublesome: We have made cuts in our budget but must keep the .Fair safe and clean. It was necessary, for re8sons familiar to everyone, to have an unusual n~mber of special police on security, and there have been· special jurisdictional labor problems involving main~ance. We may decide to keep the Fair open through Sunday, November 14th.

A World's Fair is not, however, business in the strict Mnge, It is not run for profit. It involves many unusual and unpredictable factors and difficulties. Promoting a Fair entails considerations different from ordinary business advertising and projecting the image of a single product. An Exposition such as this is to be sure subject to established principles of bu.siness management. International good will is also an. aspect. So is the enormous and indeed almost incalculable impact on our entire local metropolitan economy. We believe the Fair has earned and is entitled to the full support of local leadership.

We have faithfully pursued the objectives which we announced at the inception of the Fair - an Olympics of progress on a shrinking globe in an eJcpanding universe dedicated to free competition of ideaS and achievements in all fields of human endeavor, domestic and foreign, and a mighty drive to promote world friendship and peace. We have learned that annihilation of distance does not of itself assure neighborliness. In the new aquariums scientists talk to dolphins by electronics, but we humans seem. often not to be able to communicate with our fellows. The World's Fair aims to stimulate such communication.

To sum up: We promise a brighter, more stimulating Fair

with all of the best of the old and many new features. We aim at 87,500,000 visitors next season and

believe that with honest, convincing promotion we shall attract that number.

Practically every prediction of national growth and production at the 1939-1940 Fair, based on

growth of population and increasing demand, was met, and the prophesies at this Fair, which seem at the moment equally extravagant, will be realized. In every field, trade and profession, the Fair is the Swami of Progress. Only the myopic are skeptical and captious .

We shall profit by mistakes in operation in 1964. We intend to pay our noteholders in full, repair,

restore and improve post-Fair Flushing Meadow Park, but some additions originally contemplated will have to wait. · .

We shall retain as part of tile permanent P&J"k several desirable paviliorts and other structures. It should be noted that demolition, salvage, restoration and· park improvements ·are inseparable, inex• tricably interwoven parts of a single problem. Only one agency can do this work successfully, whatever the source of funds. The neglect and mistakes follow• ing the 1939-1940 Fair should not be repeated after the Fair of 1964-1965.

We can make no promises at this time, as to the $24,000,000 plus spent by the City on permanent park improvements. It may well be that we shall recom• mend to the City that some part of any balance be used to make Flushing Meadow Park a fitting memento of two Fairs.

Particular attention is called to the positive, measurable financial benefits of the Fair to the City's treasury and to private business in all its ramifications. The Fair has been an undeniable boon to the City.

If you as our Direetors are satisfied with our work, please tell your friends through the many avenues open to you so that we shall. have an unsurpassed record of attendance this summer. Tell them that on April 21st a brighter, better Fair will reopen on Flushing Meadow. If they have been among the 1964 visitors, urge them to come again and often. If they have been waiting for the second season, ~arn them not to miss it.

The Fair offers a 1965 summer university. It presents discovery, travel abroad and into space, education, religion, science, invention, entertainment and fun. This is the opportunity of millions to obtain wisdom without pain. ·

President

January 26, 1965

In all areas of the Fail', exhibitor:-; are hu:-;~· l'lwng·ing· and improYing· thl'ir pn·:-;l·ntation:-; for the ne\\' :-;ea:-;on. Wlwn opl·nin,l!· da~· arrin·~ l!l1 April 21, HHi.i, oH·r 100 pa\'ilion:-; will offer JW\\' :-;urpri~l':' to \'i:·dtor:-; J'dUJ'nin.l!.· for the ~l'l'OIHI Yl'ctl' . .:\Iajor

I . ··-·-l·-m .. pha:-;i~ i:-; hL•ing put on \·i:-;itor l'Oll\'('l1it·nn· at n·:-;taurant:-;, dfkit·nt manag·l·nwnt \._ of line,, and in general on creating a more exciting, educational 1!165 Fair.

····-··-····· ~--····" . ----·-·----~------- ··- - -- --~ ··--- --~~-------------~------------

~ I I I

List of Ex

INTERNATION AFRICAN PAVILI AMERICAN ISRA

AUSTRIA BELGIUM- BEl

BERLIN BRITISH LION F

CARIBBEAN CENTRALAMERI

CHINA CHRISTIAN SCII DENMARK PAVI

GREECE GUINEA HALL OF FREE I

HONG KONG

INDIA INDONESIA INTERNATIONA

IRELAND JAPAN (JEA) JAPAN (JETRO)

JORDAN KOREA LEBANON MALAYSIA

MEXICO MOROCCO PAKISTAN PAVILION OF p, PHILIPPINES POLYNESIA POl

SERMONS FRO SIERRA LEONE

SPAIN

SUDAN SWEDEN SWITZERLAND THAILAND

TWO THOUSAN UNITED ARAB

VATICAN VENEZUELA

FEDERAL ANI ALASKA BOURBON STii CONNECTICUT FLORIDA HAWAII HOLLYWOOD.

ILLINOIS MAINE MARYLAND MASSACH USEl MINNESOTA MISSOURI MONTANA NEW HAMPSH NEW JERSEY NEW MEXICO NEW YORK s· OKLAHOMA

OREGON

their presenover 100

year. Major management

Fair.

List of Exh;bltors and Concessionaires

INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITORS AFRICAN PAVILION AMERICAN· ISRAEL AUSTRIA BELGIUM- BELGIAN VILLAGE BERLIN BRITISH LION PUB CARIBBEAN CENTRALAMERICA·PANAMA CHINA CHRISTIAN SCIENCE PAVILION DENMARK PAVILION GREECE GUINEA HALL OF FREE ENTERPRISE HONG KONG INDIA INDONESIA INTERNATIONAL PLAZA (INT'L CITY INC.) IRELAND JAPAN (JEA) JAPAN (JETRO) JORDAN KOREA LEBANON MALAYSIA MEXICO MOROCCO PAKISTAN PAVILION OF PARIS PHILIPPINES POLYNESIA-POLYNESIAN VILLAGE SERMONS FROM SCIENCE SIERRA LEONE SPAIN SUDAN SWEDEN SWITZERLAND THAILAND TWO THOUSAND TRIBES PAVILION UNITED ARAB REPUBLIC VATICAN VENEZUELA

FEDERAL AND STATES EXHIBITORS ALASKA BOURBON STREET CONNECTICUT FLORIDA HAWAII HOLLYWOOD, USA ILLINOIS MAINE MARYLAND MASSACHUSETIS MINNESOTA MISSOURI MONTANA NEW HAMPSHIRE NEW JERSEY NEW MEXICO NEW YORK STATE OKLAHOMA OREGON

RHODE ISLAND UNITED STATES PAVILION VERMONT WEST VIRGINIA WISCONSIN NEW YORK CITY

INDUSTRIAL EXHIBITORS ALL-STATE PROPERTIES AMERICAN EXPRESS PAVILION BARGREEN'S CAFETERIA BELL SYSTEM EXHIBIT BETIER LIVING CENTER CHUNKY SQUARE CLAIROL PAVILION COCA·COLA COMPANY PAVILION CONTINENTAL INSURANCE

COMPANIES PAVILION DUPONT PAVILION DYNAMIC MATURITY PAVILION EASTMAN KODAK PAVILION ELECTRIC POWER & LIGHT EXHIBIT, INC. EQUITABLE LIFE ASSURANCE PAVILION FESTIVAL OF GAS FIRST NATIONAL CITY BANK FORMICA WORLD'S FAIR HOUSE GENERAL CIGAR PAVILION GENERAL ELECTRIC PROGRESSLAND GENERAL FOODS CORPORATION HALLMARK TRIBUTE TO

WINSTON CHURCHILL HOUSE OF GOOD TASTE, INC. iNTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES

PAVILION JOHNSON'S WAX EXHIBIT JULIMAR FARM CORPORATION MASTRO PIZZA, INC. NATIONAL CASH REGISTER COMPANY

PAVILION PARKER PEN PAVILION PAVILION OF AMERICAN INTERIORS PEPSI·COLA- UNICEF PRYOR DOLL COLLECTION RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA RHEINGOLD SCHAEFER CENTER SCOTT PAPER PAVILION SEVEN·UP EXHIBIT SIMMONS COMPANY PAVILION SINGER COMPANY TRAVELERS INSURANCE COMPANIES

PAVILION UNITED STATES STEEL CORPORATION WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC

CORPORATION

TRANSPORTATION EXHIBITORS AUTO THRILL SHOW AVIS ANTIQUE RENT·A·CAR CHRYSLER CORPORATION EASTERN AIRLINES FORD MOTOR COMPANY GENERAL MOTORS CORPORATION GREYHOUND CORPORATION HALL OF SCIENCE

LOWENBRAU GARDENS NATIONAL MARITIME UNION PARK PORT OF NEW YORK AUTHORITY-

HELIPORT SINCLAIR OIL CORPORATION SKF INDUSTRIES SOCONY MOBIL TRANSPORTATION & TRAVEL

PAVILION, INC. UNDERGROUND WORLD HOME

CORPORATION UNITED STATES RUBBER COMPANY UNITED STATES SPACE PARK

OPERATIONS-SPECIAL EXHIBITORS BILLY GRAHAM EVANGELISTIC

ASSOCIATION BOY SCOUTS OF AMERICA CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST OF

LATIER·DAY SAINTS LONG ISLAND EXHIBIT MASONIC BROTHERHOOD CENTER PROTESTANT & ORTHODOX CENTER RUSSIAN ORTHODOX GREEK CATHOLIC

CHURCH OF AMERICA, INC.

CONCESSIONAIRES AMERICAN CAVALCADE CORP.

(CAROUSEL) AMERICAN LOCKER COMPANY AMERICAN MACHINE & FOUNDRY CO.

(MONORAIL) ARLINGTON HAT COMPANY, INC. BFE, INC. (WAFFLE RESTAURANT-AERIAL

RIDE) BRASS RAIL FOOD SERVICE

ORGANIZATION, THE CENTURY GRILL INTERNATIONAL CHUN KING INN (CHINESE

RESTAURANT) CONTINENTAL CIRCUS, INC. DANCING WATERS, INC. EQUIPMENT FOR FAIRS, INC. FIRST NATIONAL CITY BANK GREYHOUND AT THE WORLD'S FAIR,

INC. (INTERNAL TRANSPORTATION) HEARST METROTONE NEWS, INC. JAYCOPTER (N. Y.) LTD. LECTOUR, INC. LES POUPEES DE PARIS MARINAS OF THE FUTURE, INC. MARODA ENTERPRISES, INC. MEDO FAIR CORP. (PHOTO SUPPLIES) NIK·O·LOK (TOILET LOCKS) SAN MAR, INC. (REPLICA OF

CHRISTOPHER COLUMBUS' SANTA MARIA)

SINCLAIR REFINING CO. (GAS STATIONS) SWISS EXHIBITS, INC. (OFFICIAL TIME) TRANSPORTATION PRODUCTIONS, INC. UNITED PRESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. VON ROLL, L TO., BERNE WORKS WALTER'S INTERNATIONAL WAX

MUSEUM W·T DEVELOPMENT COMPANY, INC.

6

Charles Poletti, Vice President, International Affairs and Exhibits.

Africa Featured at the African pavilion during the

1965 season will be the world famed Watusi warrior dancers and drummers, as well as talented entertainers from the Congo, Uganda and Zambia. These groups will give twenty-one shows daily.

Twenty-four free and independent African nations with their presentations of the ancient past heritage, educational, social and economic attainments and growth potential will be represented.

Highlights of the African animal menagerie will be gigantic male mountain gorillas.

An electronic "safari shoot" will be another new feature.

American-Israel The American-Israel Pavilion plans to add new

exhibits which will enhance the Fair's theme of "Peace Through Understanding." This will continue the policy which led to addition in the second part of the 1964 season of such unique exhibits as the original Anne Frank diary pages and relics from the Capernaum Synagogue.

Better facilities are planned for the display and sale of products from Israel, and plans are being readied for the putting up of information booths on travel, tourism and economic ties with Israel.

The Garden-cafe with its live Israeli show, which opened late in the 1964 season, proved to be very popular. It is planned to expand the food serving facilities and enhance the show.

Some structural changes are contemplated, in order to make access to the various parts of the pavilion and the garden easier and more inviting.

Austria The same clean lines of timber fashioned from

Alpine spruce and surmounted by three giant arches will continue to make the Austrian Pavilion stand out. On the inside, though, exhibits are to be revamped and presented in more dramatic fashion. They will feature the country's cultural heritage, the tourist attractions, and products as well as industrial processes.

Because of the great interest shown in the articles of handicraft that were displayed part of last year, visitors of 1965 will be able to choose from a much larger selection. And, filling a demand that was observed during the first season, a Viennese restaurant will serve specialties of Austrian cuisine, delicacies of the pastry-shop and the famed beverages

that go with them - all this in the shadow of the · A-shaped arches that denote the Alps and atmosphere of Austria.

Berlin The several brand-new features to be added to

the Berlin Pavilion for the 1965 season will emphasize above all the human aspect of the daily activities of the people of Berlin in their geographically and politically exposed location. Such exhibits will include striking illustration of the dividing wall with which each Berliner and the world must live.

Other revised sections at the Berlin Pavilion will stress the intellectual and cultural heritage as well as the industrial capacity of Berlin, Germany's largest city, highlighted also with sound movies and color transparencies.

The over-all aim of the Berlin Pavilion for 1965 will be to demonstrate what free men can achieve when they have faith in liberty, confidence in themselves, and trust in their friends.

Caribbean The pavilion will offer a new interior design for

the 1965 operating season including a modification of both the entertainment and dining areas. There also will be a different approach to displays and exhibits . with more emphasis on tourist attractions.

Centrafamerlca and Panama Interior decoration will be renovated and a

new exhibit of pre-Columbian gold jewels will be presented.

Movies featuring the tourist attractions of the Central American countries will be shown. Free in- . · formation on the Central American Common Market will be available to all visitors.

Improved service of light foods and beverageS from the Cent:·:1l American countries will be stressed, and there will be six shopping areas selling products. •· from the countries represented in the pavilion. ·

Christian Science Explaining God, man and the universe is a

undertaking. But with the help of contemporary works, thoughtful texts and brief films, it is successfully done by the Christian Scientists in beautiful star-shaped pavilion designed by F.ilw~~.·rll':1

Durell Stone. The exhibit interior is being sharpened for

with some sections undergoing extensive re-,ttes,tgDI<

TOO paviUor the nature 4 the nuclear : vermed 8CC«< ence, told bJi another sec1 current on-t corresponde:

A small proved to b Fair ground

The pa~ tributions. J teers, more

Greece New fe.t

of Greece w. "The Histor; three dimeru tival" prese: major attra1 sculpture fr~ the Delphi :M and fashion will be prese: larger touri1 gram of gen

, pavilion. Th1 through the

Guinea Feature

season will t by Guinean furnish enteJ cacies will b 1965 will be : Guinea musi dustrial exhi on view in t: made for the crafts and , main entran

Hall of Frt The An

FreeEnterp Opportunity franchise in to the econ<J and offer tb through whi in their hom

Opportt Associates, l feature a dr

....... , .... -.· .. ' ~ry ~;anses tl'Om 1\ descriptive ftlm on ,:;;,~(J:'j$~(rif Qf God to: the signi1leance of religion in

/:':·:::~:W' .. :}~~~~--~;··"'· Ill. e. lit ~rie Section, visitors can listen to ·::.v.~Hft4111aoeou:n·i ts· of healingsthrough Christian Sci

.. ~ ...... ,.,,'~' .... · by the people who. had the experiences. In ;. a·n()t!l,er secition; by preBBing a bUtton, they can get

. . on-the-spot world news reports supplied by 'cQmaWildents of the Christian Scimce Monitor. : : · :.A:small French park adjoining the pavilion has

proved to be one of the most popular spots on the ···. Fair grounds for picnickers and those seeking rest.

·_·· .. _ . The pavilion budget was met by voluntary con. tri)>utions. And it was staffed by nearly 1,000 volun

, teers, more than for any other exhibit at the Fair.

·· Greece · · : New features of the 1965 season at the Pavilion of·Greece will be a sound and light presentation of "The :l{istoty of the Acropolis of Athens" in two and thiee dimensions similar to the "son et lumiere festival" presentation given in Greeee. Another new ~or attraction will be an exhibition of classical ireulpture from the National Museum of Athens and the Delphi Museum. In addition folk-dance ensembles

. and fashicm revues of contemporary Greek couture wiU be presented. There will be an extended and much

· larger tourism exhibit which will be part of a pro. ·g]:am of general interior decor modifications in the "' pavilion. The 1965 season offerings will be promoted through the media of advertising and literature .

. Guinea · · Featured in the Guinea Pavilion during the 1965

.. season :will be a lively•group of dancers accompanied . by Guinea musicians. A troupe of singers will also

' Jumii!h entertainment. A wide variety of Guinea deli-·caeies will be served in the restaurant. New during

· ·· \1966. will be an outdoor market and restaurant where · GUinea musicians and singers will perform. The in-duatrial exhibits will be greatly expanded and will be

· .. ·on View in the main building. Arrangements will be ln&de for the exhibition and sale of art objects, handicr&fts and wood and ivory carvings adjoining the

.· . JrUU,n. entrance • . ·,,,

. Half of Free Enterprise . · The ·American Economic Foundation's Hall of · Free Enterprise pavilion will have a new look in 1965.

· . Opportunity Showcase, a new exhibit idea for the · · franchise industry, will present a logical conclusion

.. .·tO the economic story told by the pavilion in 1964, and oft'er the Hall's visitors a range of possibilities thl'Ouib whieh they can put free enterprise to work

.· in. their hometowns. .· Opportunity Showcase, produced by Harkavy Asaoeiates, Inc., executive producers of the Hall, will feature a dramatic market place where franchisors

Morocco

Korea

.Jndoneria

Polynesia

can seek prospects, investors, and land owners. Participants in Opportunity Showcase will · tell their stories through suspense action dioramas, franchise inforn1ation machines, a franchise theater, and an information booth staffed by highly trained

personnel. Plans for 1965 may include enclosing the Hall's

open gallery to provide exhibit space for an International Economic Cooperation Center which will feature exhibits from nations not previously repre-sented at the Fair.

Indonesia A rich variety of new features and improve-

ments will usher in the 1965 Fair at the Indonesian Pavilion. Live performances in dance and music, interior and exterior decor, demonstrations, products and handicrafts will all be new for second season visitors.

New performances will include an enlarged cul-tural dancing group, a puppet show, and the playing of the gamelan, an Indonesian musical instrument.

The art and handicraft shop is being expanded, display areas rearranged and relighted, and the second floor restaurant remodeled.

Promotion activities before the Fair opens are concentrated in reaching mass media, travel agents, educational groups, and on special advance publicity to herald the arrival of cultural groups for opening day ceremonies.

Japan Several changes are under consideration that

have been suggested to add to the attractiveness of the three Japanese buildings. It is proposed that in addition to present technical exhibits a greater emphasis will be focused on works of art and culture. In the House of Japan Restaurant a new entertainment approach is anticipated- designed to have a greater appeal to Fair visitors.

Jordan It is planned to exhibit additional complete speci-

mens of the Dead Sea Scrolls during the 1965 season. The world famous Jordanian Military Band with

its bagpipe section, which was here for five weeks in 1964, will return and perform during the entire season. A restaurant with table service inside the pavilion, as well as the outdoor Terrace Restaurant, will be opened for the 1965 season.

The gift shop, which proved to be such a magnet for thousands of visitors during 1964, will be enlarged.

Korea The Korean Pavilion plans to introduce exciting

Korean folk dances and new films showing the industrial progress of the country as well as its his-

tory, customs and religion. New samples of exportable commodities will be shipped from Korea and put on display. In addition, traditional costumes and photographs depicting oriental scenes will be displayed around the pavilion to give a better understanding of Korean culture. There will also be photographs of Panmunjom where the Armistice Conference of the Korean War was held.

The program for Korea's Nationality Day will be highlighted with folk dancing, singing and inter-

esting plays.

lebanon The varied display of art objects dating back to

the days of antiquity will once again be shown. The large panel depicting the activities of the American University of Beirut, which attracted so many interested visitors during 1964, will have several added

new features. It is also planned to exhibit art treasures that

date back to Phoenician times, enlarge the gift shop and expand the patio restaurant.

The Baalbeck dancers and singers, who were here briefly in 1964, will return for the entire 1965 season augmented by additional principal dancers.

Mexico The daily exhibition of exciting Mexican folk

dances will feature all new selections for 1965. Exhibits in general will be improved with em

phasis on contemporary and authentic pre-Columbian Mexican handicrafts. Demonstrations of handicrafts are also planned.

Tourism displays are to be refurbished, and closed circuit television will show Mexico's rich cultural and art attractions.

Bar and restaurant facilities are being enlarged and the restaurant and exhibit building connected by a tunnel.

Special events outside of the Fair will include conferences on Mexican artistic, political, and economic themes, culminating in a September Mexican Week.

The Mexican pavilion is concentrating on the careful selection of new personnel to be brought from Mexico for the second Fair season.

Morocco The Moroccan pavilion will feature a new one

hour show during the 1965 season which will consist . of snake charmers, tray dancers, exotic and folklqre · dancP.rs accompanied by Moroccan and oriental music. Two different types of air-conditioned restau- . rants and a snack bar will serve Moroccan specialties·.· at moderate prices.

Color slides depicting places of scenic beauty in ,

Morocco will be pavilion.

The Bazaar, handicrafts and expanded.

Pakistan The Pakisu

tractions for the nature of exhibit Past section wii from the Indus V 2,000 B.C.) as \11

B.C.-600 A.D.) .l and leather pro• To improve the t entrance will be

Pavilion of Pc Plans for 11

human size tab French history, mate, cabaret-at

Industrial ~ of the interior d terior lighting, walk cafe.

Promotion· Paris office tore season.

Philippines Interior an(

by the Philippin ness of the site 1

restaurant area reduced in numl terior safeguar• weather damag~

Polynesian V Theentem

nesian dancers However, there that add to the :

Sermons fro• Extensive·

pavilion's attra New, excit

science demons A film strl

Science prograJ distribution, aJ giving current

..... ~

'li4J.ar·,· .featu~ the ftnest Moroccan ruga, ~· .&ll'u. ; lAdles' costumes, will be greatly

AA£1~..,. .. Pavilion will have some new atnext seaso~ of the Fair, both in the

._\\tll&tJ;iN.:Oftmbibi1~.ae well as the display. The Historic will sliow a different set of antiquities

l.PUI,\III._ .... ui,J•ucValley Civilization period (8,000 B.C.well as in the Gandhara period (800

· • Moreover the sections showing textile :.)IJ:rid>•leai~er products wlll be considerably changed.

:.Tfiln:apr~~:~ve. the traffic flow within the pavilion, a new l1ntrs·~n·,ce will· be used.

. ::J~nfllo·n of Paris · · for next season include a new show in

tableaux depicting great moments in htilt:orv, and the possible addition ~>f a inti

·llialte~ J:&bilret..aty'l·e theater. · :: . . · . . and product displays and two-thirds

· .. ·; Ot:theJnterior·deeor will be new along with the ex.. ·.:teiio{Ughting, improved landscaping and a side

.··, \viilkiciife. · ·.:\:.;: bomotion plans call for new literature and a P.-rla ofllCe to reach prospective tenants for the 1965 ·.· <·~ll·

. ~,.,,,.,,. .. ·.

•'•·. i: · .·.·• In~rior and exterior changes will be highlighted '·b):tli,Pldlfppine Pavilion to enhance the attractive-

.. ~ oUhe site and increase the flow of visitors. The · reitilurant area will be beautified, the selling stalls ~~Md' in number, the landscaping changed and in~or Safeguards constructed against the risk of weather damage . . ;.:1 : '

... ,.,,..,,an VIllas• • ',: .TIJe entertainment format featuring young Polyn~n dancers and singers will remain the same. :.:a~V,;r, there will be some exterior modifications ;that add ·to the Polynesian flavor of this attraction.

• 'lwft1on• from Science :: (' EXtenalve landscaping will be done to add to the

: s*'rillon's attractiveness . . ' , ... -Naw, exciting features will be added to the live ~science demonstrations. :',,: A tUm strip presentation of the Sermons from

· .. ~ienC. program has been prepared for promotional ; ll.iatrlbution. and a new brochure has been printed lf.vilig current information on the project.

spa,;. . . · For ·the. 1965 season,. the Pavilion of· Spain -

one of the four pavilions to be cited for .... excellence in de8ign., by the New York chapter of. the American Institute of Architects.....;. will present major new attractions.

Great emphasis wlll be put on the rene~al of exhibits both in the art and commercial sections, and the museum area will contain new masterpieces by Spanish. painters.

The Dali jewel collection will return for the second year.

In the pavilion's theater, new performing artists of world renown will be brought from Spain. The restaurants will continue to offer the best of Spanish and Continental cuisine, and the Marisquerfa will be enlarged to meet last year's demand for Spanish pop. ular foods .

Sudan During the 1965 season the famous fresco of the

Madonna painted on sandstone in about 600 AD will once again be shown in the pavilion.

The industrial exhibits wiD all be enlarged, up. dated and refurbished. A Garden restaurant and bar, with many attractive new features, will be .intttalled and will serve Sudanese and American spe.. cialties.

Looking through an archway of the Belgium Village •

10

Sweden The Swedish Pavilion, among the most popular

in the International area last year, should be even more attractive in 1965. Several new exhibitors are expected in the Hall of Industry, further documenting tbEI pavilion's theme: "Creative Sweden- Land of Free Enterprise." Many of the existing displays are being modified to enhance their appeal.

Restaurant Sweden, operated by Scandinavian Airlines System, will be refurbished for the new season when over one hundred thousand diners and skoal-ers are expected. The N K Shop, a miniature version of Sweden's largest department store, will have a new counter arrangement, making it easier to both browse and shop.

Switzerland The tremendously popular Swiss Pavilion will

offer an exciting array of new visitor highlights for the 1965 season.

Among these will be an entirely new Watch-maker of Switzerland display of the world's most modern time pieces. The two million dollar showcase will overwhelm the imagination of the visitor with watches of every style, feature and value.

For the visitor interested in traveling to one of Europe's smallest but most beautiful countries, there will be a new information area with pretty Swiss guides to answer all inquiries. For those who want to taste special delicacies there will be Swiss ice cream, chocolates and the famous cheeses. For souvenir hunters, a Heidi Shop with a tremendous selection of gift items will please even the most discriminating.

2000 Tribes The Wycliffe Bible Translators 2000 Tribes pa

vilion will present a new section to the mural "From Savage to Citizen" which tells the poignant story of Tariri, Shapra Indian Chief of the Amazon jungles.

Rare and colorful tribal artifacts from around the world will be added to the displays, and explained

The Tiara will have a fine setting in the Vatican Pavilion in the area of the 1·eplica of St. Peter's tomb. These jewels are not me1·ely chunks of carbon and ~its o~ long-imprisoned sunlight and ene1·gy fashwned mto a c1·own. They add up to mm·e than science and ingenious c1·aftsmanship, mm·e than dollars to g? to charity, mo1·e than temporal power and trad·itton. _They a1·e .aspects of Divinity. They symbolize the ht~hest asptmtions and achievements of man in a changmg world.In that sense they symbolize the Fair.

Robert Moses

by WBT personnel who have lived and worked among these peoples. Linguistic techniques used in learning and analyzing an unwritten language will also be explained.

Promotion plans include two teams of speakers who will tour the country from January through March and a personal TV appearance by Chief Tariri in March.

United Arab Republic An outdoor patio, where tea and other bever

ages will be served, will be added to the UAR Pavilion for the 1965 season. A greatly expanded information and tourism booth, where the visitors can obtain detailed information about the wonders of Egypt, will be provided.

Due to the great demand elsewhere for the many priceless objects which made up the pavilion's Museum of Antiquities during 1964, these art treasures will not be seen during 1965. In their places, however, will be other magnificent pieces not hitherto shown in the United States.

Vatican The Vatican Pavilion, while continuing its basic

presentation which made it one of the focal centers of visitor interest, will incorporate several changes to present repeating visitors with an enriching new · · experience.

As a special feature, Pope Paul VI's jeweled tiara will be displayed at the Vatican Pavilion after it returns from a nationwide tour. The three-tiered, conical crown was given to Cardinal Spellman last ·. year as a gesture of gratitude to American Roman Catholics for their generous aid to the destitute overseas.

The schedule of special events and VIP days will be continued, and the program of Holy Com· munion groups is being expanded.

The Pietcl, of course, will be there again next season.

Fet:A William E. Po1

United Stat• The UnitE

million visitor1 handle many n variety of ne\\ tations of the

Completel: an eight thous1 will include mil uments, along nation's most e

Changes11 age to Americ who came hel'4 of opportunity

an•LI. c.\JIL:Iltll.: . bever• Pa

eJQ,an~~ea infor. visitors can

wonders of

here for the many · the. pavllion's Mu. these art. treasures

. their places, hownot hitherto

contlnuiq its basic tlie focal centers

several changes an enriching new

and VIP days of Holy Com-

;~-.'

· 7i'eder~l ~:&-,ad States ·:wluhu.t E. Potter, Executive Vice President

United ·States Pavilion · · The United States Pavilion, which received 5.5 million visitors in the 1964 season, is prepared to handle many more in 1965, and will offer to them a variety of new exhibits along with updated presentations of the 1964 program.

Completely new will be the Hall of Presidents -an eight thousand square foot exhibition area which

. will include many of America's greatest historic documents, along with memorabilia of thirteen of the nation's most eminent former presidents.

Changes will be made in the opening film, "Voyage to America," to show not only the immigrants who. came here, but to present America as the land of opportunity that it was and is.

New exhibits will be shown in the "Challenge Area," to dramatize the challeng€& that confront America and its people today, and to point up the progress that is being made toward the ultimate attainment of what President Johnson has called the "Great Society."

Afaslca Improvements are being made in the electronic

system that regulates Alaska's 11-minute "day" show, in which a topographical map and a planetarium dome illustrate a narrated presentation of a day in the life of Alaskans, ending with a colorful display of simulated northern lights.

Refurbishing of interior decor is also planned, and additional improvements will enhance the popular Alaskan Village.

The United States Pavilion..

Jourllort Sfreet The apirit of New Orleans old quarter, the Vieux

Carre, wiJl be recaptured on Bourbon Street at the 1966 Fair.

' Exterior decor has been redesigned by George Jenkims with the central feature being a State House redooe In the manner of a nineteenth century south-ern ms.uudon.

An outdoor kiosk will provide a stage for free entertainment, and new and refurbished restaurants will offer a variety of cuisine.

There will alw be a colorful admixture of night clubl'l, Mardi Gras, jazz and celebrities to make up the excitement and flavor of old New Ol'leans.

Promotion of the Bourbon Street exhibit, according to its manager Richard B. Whitney, will concentrate on the Speakers Bureau, reaching travel agents, radio, and a tie-in program with the "Mardi Gras" show at the Jones Beach Theatre.

Bour1wn Street's new fafiade will be among new features of this Old New Orleans showplace.

lforlda The live porpoise show which was so enthusias

tically nccepted last year will be buck with the talented onlmnls performing an entirely new repertoire of tricks.

The Everglndes show with its snake demonstrations, nlligntor wret~tling and duck vaudeville, will be enlurged.

New exhibits from and about Florida will be presented and newly planted tropicul landscuping is plnnned.

A festive ~'lot·idu Week, with prizes and entertnining JH'ogt·nml4, will be celebrutcd nt the Fnit· durIng the week of August 8th, 1965.

HGWafl In response to the excellent attendance and en-

thusiastic reception accorded Hawaii's exhibit, plans have been laid to bring Fair visitors an even more glamorous and tropical experience for 1965.

A colorful "Fashion Fantasy" show will follow the Victorian era influence on Hawaiian monarchy, with fanciful attire and special narration, through the years to the Hawaii we know today.

Upon entering the exhibit, visitors will be given beautiful Ilima leis which admit them to the Aloha Theatre where giant screen movies are shown of lush Hawaii, exciting volcanic eruptions, and surfing in the island waters.

Hawaii's shops, restaurants and tropical planta-tions will all feature new surprises for next season's Fair visitors.

Illinois The exterior of the "Land of Lincoln" pavilion

will be better marked with identification and direction signs to guide the visitors into the building entrance. Landscaping improvements will include a special planting in the entrance courtyard of the All- · America rose selection for 1965, "Mister Lincoln." A sound system in the entrance courtyard will keep the visitors informed and entertained during the · brief wait to enter the building (which never ex-ceeded fifteen minutes in 1964). ·

The two Disney produced shows within the pavilion - the sound and slide presentation, "The· Illinois Story," and the audio-animatronic show, "Great Moments with Mr. Lincoln" -will be tech-· nically improved without any major changes in con-· tent. The highly successful Lincoln dramatization is: being completely reworked by the Disney organiza- . tion to employ a new electronic control system, ing a life-like show even more convincing.

The series of addresses by prominent persons from all over the world will be continued in 1965. The series, sponsored by WGN, Inc. of Chicago and "In the Lincoln Tradition," featured more twenty-five distinguished speakers in 1964 and be expanded next season to include not only spEiectteSii but performances, interviews, and other anno<»•onl'•·~ by celebrities.

Maryland A variety of new exhibits and better access

food service areas, via a new bridge, will be f.,.,.+, .. ~ in 1965 at the Maryland Pavilion.

The new exhibits will concentrate on state ist, industrial, historical, agricultural, and conservation displays.

Promotion plans include extensive talks and presentations throughout the state, with emphasis reaching travel agencies and organized groups.

~ Thefamou

found in HimH left during ear proposed to be 1

1965 season. J would featme around the runE

they used in 1~ Maximum:

this rare histl would be held w with Minnesob season. Missouri

McDonnell Mercury Astro: hibit. All exhil transparencies of the contemp new in 1965.

Plans are singing groups

As in 1964 the Missouri p Missouri Snaclt food to Fair vi Montana

"The Big: of the spirit, frontier and wi next season.

At the hea show cars, the 1 an outdoor gal recreational, a~ well as facets 4

tennial Train, museum of the train is set oft tepees, corrals, West and remi

Newlnglant The New

phasize the hil 6-State Region business and iJ and the world.

Additional Court of Indu memorabilia w Kennedy in th being planned : and Country St England style.

. ·~

'·"'·~···,., . ' .... . . . ;: ::~<;1\trJte.tamous Kensillgt;on runestone- which was ~ :;.,;(o~4i~m).inn~sota. wltere it was said iv have been •· ',' left1:durhlir .arly Viking explorations in 1862 -is •· ' Pib,Po.f!d to be pl,lUn the Minnesota Pavilion for the : · .. l9$$'"1Jeason, ·A thr'ee-dtmensional animated show

··. ? ·:~~tlld)feature Vikings in their cam,psite seated . •: .. ~Uild the runestone, talking in the original language .. <. t~e~~tcHn 1862.

· ;.•r. :·:~mum publicity would be given the arrival of ·.tbla)rare .·historical treasure~: Special ceremonies · ··oUldbe held when the stone comes to the Fair, along · · \f'Jtli Mlrinesota ·Day and other events during the

'::.·:.:,, . ' '.''McDonnell Aircraft Corporation will install six

. : ·Jerc~ry Astronaut couches as an addition to its ex-• : Jlll;{t, All exhibits in the pavilion will be updated ;

.. ~h•t1•rencies and copy will be changed, and many :·. ·l>fjhecontemporary paintings and sculpture will be .. ne'\\dn·1Q65. · :.:.; ;' 'Pl-.ns are being made for several fine college · •. slti;iii# groups to appear at the Missouri site in 1965.

> •.. ::~.A.s in1964, there will be no admission charge to · tbe~:)ffsaouri Pavilion or exhibits therein, and the · :JrfijaourlSnaek Patio will o1fer popular, low-priced

fOOd to Fair visitors .

. ··Md~fana· ·, :·. . ~e Big Sky Country" mounts an. exhibit full . Qt .. the spirit, drama, and history of the Western

-: fi,'c)J1tier and wfil feature more cowboys and coW,girls next season •

. ··At the heart of the exhibit will be seven railroad abc)W cars, the Montana Centennial Train, its exterior anc OUtdOC)r . gallery of murals depicting the state's

. '. -~tional, agricultural an'd industrial resources as ~ell as facets of the state's early history. The Cen

. ·· .: ~lal 'rtain, on an authentic rail siding, houses a ·museum of the Old West and a Western Store. The

· •· 'tratJ1l& set off with fort-like block houses, cabins, . -t.Pees;cor~Js, and a jack fence characteristic of the

W.t and reminiscent of early~day Montana.

: •H'~·Jfltland States · ci·:y·:;The.New England States will continue to em-

.. p~lie the historical and scenic attractions of the . ~tllte Region, as well as point out contributions of l>~t.!sj and industry to the progress of the nation ·an~ the world •

. ': .AdcUtional exhibits are being prepared for the · .. qo~. of Industry and Commerce, and additional Jll•rabilia will be added to the Tribute to John F. J(qnedy ·in the Theme Building. Guided tours are '·~·planned for the exhibit areas. The Restaurant ~Country Store will continue to serve visitors New

. , England style.

NewJer•ey The New Jersey pavilion, winner of the. 11Citation.

for general excellence" award given by the New York Chapter of the American Institute of At·chitects, will offer many new exhibits in 1965.

New, animated displays which develop the pavilion's theme, 11People, Purpose and Progress" are being readied. A salt water taffy making machine; an animated 11Famous Persons" exhibit; an artist, potter, wood engraver and sculptor will be at work; live trout which may be caught by children; an old fashioned loom in operation ; a plastic press punching out souvenirs for visitors: a modern medicine-making machine which manufactures pills; &·comprehensive toy exhibit; a satellite tracking station in operation; these and more make up the New Jersey exhibits for 1965 .

Many world famous stars of show business have indicated their willingness to appear at the ps.vilion in 1965. 11Days" are being planned in their honor and schedules will be announced •

New York State's towers, known as the "high spot of the Fair," are popular for panoramic sightseeing and picture taking. The New York State Pavilion is planned as one of the post-Fair permanent features •

Wisconsin The World's Largest Cheese mounted on its New York State

Last year, over 1,807 community groups from throughout New York State performed at the State's exhibit. During the approaching '65 season, similar community performing groups will be invited from every state in the country and already groups from

nine states have signed up. The New York State council on the arts will

present a totally new exhibit entitled "The City: People and Places" which will include works of the last 75 years, emphasizing the growing influence of urbanization and industrialization.

The New York State Exhibit again plans to maintain extensive information dissemination program which will include daily releases; our own descriptive pamphlet; and one-quarter million brochures (printed in five languages) to be distributed by the State Department of Commerce.

Oklahoma Oklahoma's park-like outdoor exhibit was de-signed to display Oklahoma's vast natural resources ... a welcome change of pace from the activity all about the Fairgoer. The greatest addition will be still another type of resource - people.

From the natural redwood band shell, Oklahoma students will present live entertainment throughout the day. Folk singers, choral groups, bands, little theaters - all will help acquaint the visitor with the

mobile trailer that is touring the Country during the off season will be back in its berth for further viewing. The Rotunda area, housing the various Departments of the State will be redone, leaning more toward an out-of-door woods theme typical to

Wisconsin. The pavilion interior is being rearranged to accommodate even larger numbers of visitors for the

second half of the Fair. Because of the favorable response to pleasant

dining at extremely low prices, the pavilion shall continue to emphasize this accommodation.

The number of industrial exhibits will be in-creased along with more area devoted to Wisconsin's vast resort and vacationland theme.

New York City The New York City Building again will be one

of the World's Fair's major highlights when it opens next April for the 1965 season. The City Building during the Fair's 1964 season attracted a grand total of 1,117,557 visitors according to Park Commissioner

Newbold Morris. Among the manY highlights will be radio and

native Oklahoman. Oklahoma's popular "picnic in the park" will

have increased capacity for serving fried chicken and shrimp to even larger crowds. Renovated landscaping will highlight the picnic areas of the exhibit.

television programs emanating from the Municipal Broadcasting System's (WNYC) special studios in the building; and the Triborough Bridge and Tunnel Authority's superb films and visual aids accentuating the vast, important network of New York's arterial system and bridges, including the recently dedicated Verrazano-Narrows Bridge which has attracted

Oregon Several interesting new additions will be made

14

for 1965 at the Oregon Timber Carnival. There will be a new display on industry and

travel in the State of Oregon; a go-kart track stretching along the bank of the Flushing River adjacent to the present site; a boat concession; and an educational Wonderful World of Wood exhibit.

Picture displays from all parts of the state will be installed, and prefabricated A-frame vacation type homes will be erected to accommodate additional industrial displays and exhibits.

West VIrginia The West Virginia Pavilion will feature a varied

and fascinating series of exhibits in 1965. There will be live demonstrations of glass blow-

ing; a simulated trip into a coal mine; a film and seal~ model presentation of the state's role in space; a g1veaway of a mountain top 10-acre site with a fou~-room chalet and, separately, a thoroughbred racmg colt; plus exhibits of tourist attractions handicrafts and industrial progress. '

worldwide attention. There will also be a small model of New York

as it appeared in 1664, and the huge unique scale model of the City today which can be viewed via a simulated helicopter ride.

President Lyndon B. Johnson arriving at the York World's Fair Heliport on April 22 1964 to fi.cially open the Fair. He is greeted by Mayor · F. Wagner and Thomas J. Deegan, Jr., Chairman the Executive Committee.

1\lartin Stone,

AmerfcaniJ Americat:

services to vi1 mation and pl and cashing Exchange, v; ticket service1

America1 national and : mote their e' Fair tickets a more than 4~ 40 countries Bargreen's

Anew a highlighted a the Korean I

The coel lavish decor remodeled w tinue to seat arrangemenl will make B place for ne:

Bell Syster Exhibit

telephone ar' A narrated systems will dialing to calling and 1 hers. Visito1 Tone pushb1 be used to d lights at ho~

A new sters to tel1 lounge is bE replace the

A lOp System's pc by 3,000, to continue ib which is crl than 15 mi1

The Bt Fair is higl for the F: through loc country.

lnd..str£al ·· M&rtlia Stone, Dlreetor of Industrial Section

American lxpress American Express will add to and improve its

· services to visitors in connection with travel information and planning, worldwide credit cards, selling and cashing of their Travele1·s Cheques, Foreign EXchange, Western Union telegraph and airline ticket services.

American Express advertising literature and national and international speakers bureau will promote their exhibit and the Fair as a whole, while Fair tickets .and information will be offered through more than 400 American Express offices in about 40 countries worldwide.

lorsreen's Cafeteria A new atmosphere and improved service will be

highlighted at Bargreen's Cafeteria, located opposite the Korean Pavilion in the International area.

The cocktail lounge will be enclosed with a more lavish decor and art objects. The restaurant is being remodeled with an international flavor and will continue to seat 600 persons. The new cafeteria serving arrangement, with more and better food selections, will make Bargreen's Cafeteria a popular stopping place for next season's visitors.

Bell System Exhibits showing future time-saving uses of the

telephone are being added to the Bell System Exhibit. A narrated demonstration of electronic switching systems will sHow services that include abbreviated dialing to frequently called numbers, conference calling and electronic routing of calls to other numbers. Visitors will also be able to see how the TouchTorte pushbutton phones being shown at the Fair can be used to do such things as turning on the stove or l~ghts at home.

A neW kiddie phone center will enable youngsters to telephone animated cartoon characters. A lounge is being added near the end of the exhibit to replace the Network Theater.

:A 10 per cent increase in the speed of the Bell System's popular ride will boost daily ride capacity by 8,000, to about a 41,000 total. The pavilion plans to continue its streamlined method of crowd handling which is credited with an average- visitor wait of less than 15 mtnutes on the busiest days.

The Bell System's promotional program on the Fair is highlighted by its 14-minute film, "A Ballad for the Fair," which is available for showings through local Bell telephone companies all over the country.

Chunky Candy "Chunky Square," the Chunky Candy pavilion,

will bring the fascinating and mouth-watering world of candy-making to the Fair for the second season. It features a completely automated candy factory, producing thousands of "Old Nick" bars daily.

Inside the glass-walled plant, candy "centers" travel in military precision along a conveyor system, become enrobed in a flowing cascade of chocolate, glide through the world's first outdoor candy cooling tunnel, and are wrapped and packaged for delivery to supermarkets. A sign informs visitors what supermarkets will carry the just-produced candy. This candy is available, along with Chunky's other products, at the pavilion in special "World's Fair" packages.

Special holiday parties and other special events for youngsters will take place throughout the season, presided over by the "Queen of Candy" and celebrity guests. Clalrol

Though the Clairol Color Carousel will still be the one building at the Fair for women only, that is one of the few features at the pavilion that will remain unaltered for the 1965 season. Major changes are presently being contemplated which would result in a completely new show.

Among the innovations being planned is increasing the capacity of the Carousel to accommodate more women for the ride in comfortable booths equipped with exciting new features.

Another importani; new highlight of a visit to the Clairol exhibit will be the expansion of personalized consultations to include coordinated cosmetics analyses in addition to the previous individual haircoloring interviews. Men who are waiting for their wives will not be overlooked.

Coca-Cola Comfort and clarification are the themes of re

furbishing at The Coca-Cola Company Pavilion. Additional benches will be installed around the 610-bell carillon in the center courtyard, so that a greater number of visitors can rest Fair-weary feet while perhaps sipping one of the products of The Coca-Cola Company available for purchase there.

Also for the comfort of "World of Refreshment" visitors will be improvements in traffic control to reduce "standing-in-line" time, as well as a new look in the U.S.O. lounge and ARRL "Ham" shack.

Certain aspects of the main attraction - the "Global Holiday" - of the pavilion will be sharpened

and clarified. For example, the Kowloon bay "water effect" in the Hong Kong area will be altered to make it more dramatic; a greater number of flowers, both artificial and real, will be used inside and outside of the pavilion; additional animals, such as monkeys, will be added to the Angkor Wat temple ruins section; additional surprises will be added throughout the "Global Holiday" to make it a virtually "new" experience journey for re-visitors to The Coca-Cola Company Pavilion.

Continental Insurance Extensive displays of artifacts of the Revolution

and an expanded Cinema '76 theatre are among the new additions to the Continental Insurance Pavilion's exhibit based on the American Revolution. Representative long rifles, hardware and powder horns used by the British, French, Hessians and Colonials will be included in the collection of artifacts. Also on display will be a pair of pistols identical to those carried by General George Washington. The expanded theatre for the musical screen show will include comfortable seating arrangements.

Promotion plans for the '65 season include participation in the Fair's speakers bureau through Continental's offices across the country; a series of publicity mats; advertisements in trad~ publications; and promotional messages in Continental's advertisements in national publications. Full-color posters and a brochure on the Pavilion will be distributed to agents and other interested parties. A teacher's guide and classroom poster will again be made available to schools across the country.

Pryor Doll Collection The famous international doll

Samuel Pryor will take a place of honor at in 1965. The ground level of the Better Living ing will be remodeled to provide a major what is recognized as one of the most exteniSiv·e exhibits in the world. The dolls are of all ages, from every country under the sun, from period in history for the last 3,500 years.

The ground level of the Better Living with the addition of the Pryor dolls, will featured attraction for entertaining and taking of children next season.

DuPont New music, new choreography and new film

mation will be added to the musical revue, derful World of Chemistry" for the 1965 Although basically retaining the same exciting producer-composer Michael Brown has written new number and plans to rechoreograph all dance sequences. In addition, four extra ances will be added, making a total of 48 tions a day, in order to permit more visitors to the show.

The "Wonderful World of Chemistry" is a act program consisting of musical revue and cal demonstrations. In order to accommodate total visitors in 1965, a separate entrance open for those who wish to see the chemical strations only.

Exhibitors in the Industrial area, as seen at night across the Pool of Industry.

Dynamic~ TheDy

World'sFai It will becoJ Fair visitor tors plan th cial cases, 8

Eastman I At the

contemplau the second new photoll As in 1964 ing shows. others will slide shows

In the feature pr4 shown.

Kodak bearing a :to during the available f,

Durin: motion we presentati< availableb ins them throughou· period.

Specia motinggot to be distr

Emmt featured a

lqultabft Equit

by the ad4 plays (eac tation for and liven to each in plays and "sing-a-lo1 entertain the Pool 4

and print kits (for will help exhibit an an annive Plans for entertaim

Festival The 1

Building,· wUl become· a.

il..tAttoiinlll' .and taking care

. ~·q~fc·/ttaturlty ; , :The Dynamic :tdaturity Pavilion at the New York :world's fair takes. on a new role for the 1965 season. . JfWill become a vital, active, on..aite center for older

· · Fatr·visltors. Special hostesses· will assist elder visitors plim their tours of the ·Fair grounds and in spe

. Cl!ll'cit.ses, gain admission to popular pavilions.

·lalfman.Kodak At t}le Kodak Pavilion numerous changes are

contemplated which will give a fresh, new look for the second season of the Fair. Such changes involve new photographs for the building and Photo Tower. As·in.1964 the Photo Salon area will include changing shows. New exhibits are being created, and some oth.ers will be modified. Certain motion pictures and slide shows of the various displays are being changed.

In the Tower Theater a new version of Kodak's feature presentation "The Searching Eye," will be shown.

Kodak promotion and international advertising bearing a New York World's Fair motif will continue during the 1965 season, and Kodak speakers will be available for appropriate meetings. . During 1964 Kodak produced a 16mm sound

mcition IUcture on the Fair, as well as an audio slide presentation. These two productions can be made •vailable to outside groups. Kodak is already schedul

. ing them for a large number of local meetings throughout ·the country during the Fair's interim

. pel'iod. · Special New York World's Fair literature promoting good picture-taking at the Fair will continue to be distributed.

· Emmett Kelly, Jr., the famous clown, will be featured aga&in at the Kodak pavilion during 1965.

·fCivltcible Life · · · Equitable will expand its story of demography

by the addition of two new illuminated visual displays (each over 10 feet wide), a new "show" presentatio.n for the Demograph involving original music

.. and ·live narration, and an on-site giveaway geared to each ·individual state. In addition, new state displays and flower plaques are in preparation. A public ''sina"+long" at the Equitable grandstand will help

··entertain those waiting for the fireworks display on the Pool of Industry each evening. National radio and • print advertising, new car cards, educational kits (for schools), and a ten city promotional tour will help create public interest in the Equitable exhibit and the Fair. Equitable will once again have an anniversary day at the Fair (probably in July). Plans for visiting bands, choral groups, and other

. e,ntertainment are now being considered.

featfval .of Gas The Festival of Gas pavilion will sparkle during

the Fair's second season with a host of new exhibits and displays depicting the history and future of the gas industry •

A giant Carousel, in the center of the gleaming white pavilion, will tell the story of modem gas energy for home and industry .

The garden-like setting of the pavilion is expanded, where a Gas Light Patio will feature the luxurious convenience and fun of outdoor patio living. New display areas will show the latest in automatic gas appliances while other displays will offer predictions of tomorrow.

Extensive promotion and advertising is being planned around the World's Fair in general, where natural gas is providing 80 per cent of the air conditioning, 90 per cent of the heating and water heating, and 99 per cent of the cooking.

formica In 1965, the World's Fair House will be won by

some lucky family who participates in a national consumer sweepstakes. Grand Prize in the sweep. stakes will be a $50,000 World's Fair House, plus lot, anywhere in the country. 2,500 additional prizes worth more than $100,000 will include automobiles, appliances, rooms of furniture, furnishings and accessories for the home.

Home builders across the country will participate by building their versions of the World's Fair House and visitors to these local model homes will be eligible for the national sweepstakes.

In addition, visitors to the World's Fair House on the Fairsite will be eligible for weekly sweepstakes prizes drawn at the House itself.

The national sweepstakes program is designed not only to stimulate fresh traffic at the Fair itself, but to capitalize on the highly successful 1964 World's Fair House Builder Program in which 166 Fair homes were built in over 150 cities across the United States.

General Cisar General Cigar's Hall of Magic show which played

to 91% capacity last year, will have a completely revamped presentation by magician Mark Wilson.

Changes will be made in the three large display windows and to the vertically projected ftlm in the Sports Illustrated exhibit.

General Cigar has been showing a color film primarily to men's service clubs all over the country. Brochures will be widely distributed in connection with the Fair.

Extensive consumer advertising has been built around the Fair and the White Owl, New Yorker, a cigar created in honor of the World's Fair. Several special events are planned to promote Fair and General Cigar attendance.

General Cigar will renew its sponsorship of thr~ Tiparillo Band Pavilion featuring Guy Lombardo.

General Electric Progressland Improvements to the Progressland show will in-

volve mainly refining and updating present techniques. The Carousel of Progress' audio-animatronic figures ha,·e been returned to Walt Disney's \\'e:;t Coa5t studios, where they will undergo appearance and animation impro\·ements to make them mrJre sophisticated and realistic next year. :\ledallion City di:;plays will be refurbished to incorporate new proJduct lines. and in ,;orne cases to ~ri\·e their product presentation a greater impact. A number of chan~eim·oh·ing ,;cripts and crowd flow technique,.: i~ abo

under way. In addition to a promotion program spon=-ored by

Progrei':-land it=-elf, the General Electric Company has already begun to stimulate exten,;iYe World',; Fair adnrtising and promotion tie-ins with Company components' product promotion plans, fur additional mileage. General Electric intend,; to concentrate hea\'ily on effective publicity during the winter and spring. and plans for thi=- publicity are now being formulated.

General foods Again in 1965, fairgoers will get all the new=- -

as it happens- on General Foods giant communications arches at elewn strategic locations throughout

the fairgrounds. . ){o\~ing light:" and pictures on gleaming white

sixty-toot arche=- will report the late,:t local. national and.w_orld ne\\'S - plus Fair news about ,:pecial exhliJ!t:' and programs. dsiting dignitaries. weather foreca:-'b. \\·aiting times and other ewnts uf intere,;t.

Fur the ,;econd ,:.ucce,;siw year, the worldwide r:porti~g network of the Time-Life :\ews Sen·ice in ~e.w ) ork City will iurnish the news for these umque electronic new,:.paper~. which operate ten hours a day. sewn days a week. This year theY will l~.e\:e.n ~ure u,;.eiul to \'i,:itor,; throu!!h imp.ro\·ed \ 1 ~Ilnllty m daytime hour,;.

Hallmark Tribute to Winston Churchill The Hallmark Foundation will pre•eJlt .. ' T ··\

ute to \\" -· . .. · ·" II )f 111,:_lon Churchill. an entirely new exhibit f~r ~he 19ti'-> _sea;:•)n. The PaYilion. which wa,; u~ed

rd:>pe<:Jal e\ent,; last ;:eason. will \Je cc,mpleteh· re-mo eled to house the Churchill exhibit. .

··A Tribute to \\'in;:ton Churchill" \\'1.11 , .·. t. \:UI1'l"t ll :

1. ~- ;:pecial 15-minute Churchill rllm in a lk\\.

til!O-sea t the at re.

. ., -~ collection of paintill)!':' b~· Churchill in a 'eparate !!'allery.

:3. ~ep.roduc:il·n ('i Churchill',.: per,;l'nallil,ran·-'tuoy at l hart\\·ell. ·

4. An exhibition of historical photos bi_l.ia, obj~ts an~ text expressing the \\ mston Churchill both as man and

man.

The proceeds from the exhibit's small awnlfll•lll

fee will go tuwards the construction of a new ill Scho0l of International Affairs in Kansas project initiated abo by Joyce Hall, president of mark Foundation. The Churchill exhibit at th is being de~igned by Phil George. e

House of Good Taste The Hou:"e rJf Good Ta,;te. a showcase at the

frJr the hrJmebuilding and furnishing industries ,.:i,.:ting uf three crJmpletely decorated and eqtJti

1

l ~ueri~P;~ hou,.:e,.: and a fuurth building with a product .. vlolhtt<'i:f~i!

~rea and ::,.:taurant. plans extensive redecoration ••. trJr t !1e 19ti'-> :-:ea:-:on. The houses will be completeti: · new 111 de

1:or from carpeb to wall coverings, fum~ ·

ture. app wnce,: and accessories.

IBM The central attraction at the IB~l pavilion is

multi-;;creen ;;how presented in the raised theater. the "Information )lachine." This sh~w it:< sewral films. which explains dramatically' the method,: u:<ed by computer systems are ... ;n,na,,::.''ll

to those used to ,:.olw human problems in ev~!rvdii.v;;;\1 liie. will be changed for the second season.

L"han)!'e~ are bein)! w(•rked on a;: this report goes to prt>~:' and will be announced ;:oon.

IR:'II plan,; lL' CL•ntinue it-" \'Cl'\' :mccessful reser· Ya~il•n ,:y~tem which wa;: ,:tarted during the last .. nwnth l'i the Hl6-l ,;.ea:'t•n. With this system, visitors · wlw t'llCc'lllitt'r ll•n)! line;: at the Information Machine:·.· will be able tt• !!l' tL> a re;:en·ation booth and secure".. :ickt•t,; ic'r a latt'l' ,;.lww. Cpt)ll returning to the IBM. pa\'ilic•n at tlw time ,-pedfied (•n the ticket, they will

be given im1 tiers of movi tion Machin

Johnson's The rna

Rondelle for "To Be Aliv produced by seat disc sh: persons in 1

Plans c mation Cen designed to home and a and typed o improve eff shoe shines popular chi: the entertai

National Compu

formation : piece of fil miniature 1

be viewed· plays in tl 1965, alon1 techniques equipment storing, h~ straightfoi deal of it i:

Parker p, Parke

will start 1 electronic supply of 1

subsidiari1 ing names tising, pr1 sonal cont employed exhibit at add great' wish to er

Pepsi-Cc Agai1

ney's "It': pavilions

In H senting c out the v. modificat

the pavil

. mM pavilion is its in the raised, ovoid

'~"Jiuu~:." This sJJ.ow, and dramatically how

systems are similar problems. in everyday second season .. Th~

soon. very successful reser

. during the last this system, visitors

Information Machine booth and secure

returning to the IBM on the ticket, they will

1

be given immediate seating on the People Wall, 12 tiers of'moving seats which ascend into the Information Machine. ,t ! . : ' . . . . ~... . ' Joflttson•s Wax · The main feature at the Johnson's Wax Golden

Rondelle for 1965 will be the widely acclaimed film, I · "To Be Alive." The 17~ minute three-screen movie l produced by Francis Thompson is shown in a 500-.,

seat· disc shaped theater and was seen by 2,500,000 persons in 1964.

Plans call for changes in the Home Care Information Center at the Johnson Pavilion which is designed to give instant answers to a wide range of home and auto care questions provided by computer and typed on take-home cards. Changes planned will improve efficiency and service of the Center. Free shoe shines will be offered at the pavilion and the popular children's Fun Machine will be available for the entertainment and delight of the "under-12" set.

National Cash Register Computers that answer visitors' questions, in

formation systems that store the entire Bible on a piece of film the size of two postage stamps, and miniature devices like a television screen that must be viewed with a microscope will be among the displays in this two-story "space frame" pavilion in 1965, along with various examples of man's latest techniques for keeping track of himself. Most of the equipment will demonstrate advanced methods of storing, handling and feeding back information in straightforward business operations. But a good deal of it is designed to entertain as well as instruct.

Parlcer Pen Parker Pen's International Penfriend Program

will start the second season of the Fair with greater electronic computer storage and a new and larger supply of names. The firm's international network of subsidiaries and distributors will commence gathering names throughout the world in January. Advertising, promotion at point-of-sale, and direct personal contact with schools and youth groups will be employed -in this operation. At the Parker pavilion, exhibit and display improvements are planned to add greater appeal for those Fairgoers who do not wish to enroll in the Penfriend program.

Pepsf·Cola Again, in 1965, Pepsi-Cola presents Walt Dis

ney's "It's a Small World," one of the most popular pavilions at the Fair which charged admission.

In 1965, Walt Disney's remarkable dolls representing children in native costumes from througnoutthe world will again be featured. There will be

· modifications to expedite the handling of visitors to the pavilion, but the basic attraction will remain

substantially the same.

RCA The Radio Corporation of America again this

year will provide the "eyes and ears" of the 1964-65 New York World's Fair.

The "eyes" of the Fair are some 200 color television sets located strategically on the grounds and comprising the world's largest closed-circuit color TV network.

The "ears" are some 560 specially-designed loudspeakers which form the Fair's public address system. Installed in overhead lighting fixtures, the speakers carry music and announcements to visitors in every part of the 646-acre Fairgrounds.

Schaefer Center Among the highlights of the 1965 season for

Schaefer Center will be its Sports Host program which ~will feature the personal appearances of some of the outstanding athletes of our generation. Scheduled for the six-month period are such notables as Y. A. Tittle, Joe Louis, Johnny Unitas and Rocky Graziano.

A gallery of prize-winning sports photographs taken by members of theN. Y. Press Photographers Assn. will be a new feature in the Circle of Sports Corridor.

Schaefer's 100-foot long bar and its modern restaurant will continue to be the prize attractions for thirsty and hungry World's Fair visitors.

Scott Paper Scott Paper Company's "Enchanted Forest" pa

vilion on the Pool of Industry is being revised and improved for the 1965 New York World's Fair season. The new exhibit will create a real-life forest atmosphere throughout and will have animal life depicted in natural settings. A walk through the Enchanted Forest explores the mystery of trees and how they are made into paper.

Seven-Up The Seven-Up International Sandwich Gardens

will present many new features next season. Th'e entire exhibit area will be completely

changed with new displays to be announced in the near future.

New signs on top of the pavilion and at strategic locations will provide better identification, and the outside display of sandwiches will be much more complete to assist visitors. The sandwich menu will have new selections and be even more appealing for 1965.

The observation deck will be resurfaced and landscaped and the two fountain pools in the dining area will be transformed into attractive performing stages.

New attendant costumes and a smoother pattern

20

for visitor traffic, along with the many other improvements, add up to an exciting Seven-Up presentation for the 1965 season. Singer Company

The Singer Bowl Exhibit Center in 1965 will present a completely new face to World's Fair visi-

tors. In addition to presenting new company products

in the sewing machine, home entertainment, floor care, computer, electronic and textile machinery fields, Singer will expand its collection of rare fabrics in an entirely new setting. This new collection is an out-growth of the much smaller "Millionaire Fabric Collection" which attracted so much attention in the Singer Exhibit in 1964.

Another display will feature the "new sound at Singer" with demonstrations of the stereo sound capabilities of the new line of hi-fi Singer stereo phonograph and radio products.

A more extensive program of events for the Singer Bowl itself is being planned by the Fair corporation.

Tower of Light A new musical show will be presented at the

Tower of Light pavilion in 1965. Visitors, seated comfortably on a revolving ring, will ride through the seven act, 14-minute fantasy in which electrically animated figures will sing and talk about the part electricity plays in their lives.

The audience will see New Year's Eve, Fourth of July, Christmas and other holidays depicted with a bright new original musical score, dramatic sound and lighting effects and elaborate three-dimensional settings.

A new research display will show how electric utility companies seek better, more efficient ways to supply electric power.

Each night, at a colorful ceremony in front of the pavilion, celebrities will appear in person to throw the golden switch activating the 12-billion candlepower Tower of Light beam.

An extensive promotion program will be executed throughout the country by the 150 investorowned electric utility companies sponsoring the exhibit. Travelers Insurance

A major new exhibit on the first floor of the Travelers' "red umbrella" will serve to relate tf1e story of insurance protection to the theme of the "Triumph of Man" exhibit.

. l~provements will be made in landscaping, repamtmg and the design of a new line for visitors to speed the flow of traffic.

A new 25-minute filmstrip entitlHl "Profile of a Film" has just been produced and will be used exten-

sively with Travelers' speakers bureau. Spealtertl; also concentrate their efforts with local schools·· , a special educational filmstrip will be offered to schools in the country. Two new 5-minute TV are being prepared and Travelers' Fair nt.t~1'1lhh•• being widely distributed.

A plan for reciprocal VIP treatment is worked out with other exhibitors.

UNICEF - Pepsi-Cola Exhibit A UNICEF "Wishing Well" is being

for the area next to "The Tower of the Four A new counter display will feature UNICEF and Greeting Cards, 1966 Datebook Calendar, games, flags, "It's A Small World" records and venir books. New posters and signs will be COIIBDleli ously placed around the exhibit directing the UNICEF Gift Sliop and Photographic after their voyage through Walt Disney's falroiilatii'Jj "world of children."

Westinghouse Contents of the Westinghouse Time \.iausulle

will be the focal point of new displays nlsmn•ed the 1965 Fair season at the Westinghouse Visitors will see over 40 actual objects selected the capsule, along with samples of more than pages of information that will document present lization for peoples of 6939 A.D. Special ceremc•n will be held for the burial of the capsule on 16, Time Capsule Day at the Fair.

Tr Guy F. T

Auto Til The

thrilling the 1965 1964 seal one of th Fair. Ad scale tha who witr packed :t: in new c last the :

Avis A11 The

a most p 1964 sea: 1965 sea: biggest c ing of tl be redesi ance and

Avi1 way pos: the new request.

Chrysfe Chr,

hibition family, 1

tend it'~ participl

"Au tivity, f1 season:. stration amusinl! games j

Line Ri lights in lighting only a f

faster• Ea1

nal buU ent wa~

Th1 Eastern Fair's s:

atrure:JONJ[CElF Note g' vau~nc1ar, books, .~ t recc)rds and· Sou- <'

be eonspicu .. ~} ilh•-+·i'1'11P. visitors to ,\

fho1togr·apblc .. Exhibit ,, lt Disn~ay's fascinating ~l

:.ansporta.ti~ra

.. . 'rite Auto-Thrill Show will present another 900 . ·· ibtflUng performances of the Helldrivers during

. th~ 1Q66 season. This will follow a most successful · 1964. ~ason in which the Helldrivers proved to be

one of the most popular live, paid attractions at the ·. tair. Admission prices will remain at the same low ~ale that helped to attract the near million people .who witnessed the show in 1964. The coming dramapacked performances will feature new Dodge cars in new death-defying acts, with enough thrills to .U..t the average spectator a life-time.

/Avis Antique Rent·a·Car Ride , . The Avis Antique Rent-A-Car ride proved to be

' .. m;~t popular and successful attraction during the · · <-1964 season of the New York World's Fair. For the ·. ; '1966 seaaon certain minor changes are planned. The

biggeat change will be an improvement in the light.·tng. of the area. The Avis information center will bt redesigned to present a more attractive appear-

. ance and to make it more convenient and functional. . Avis will continue to promote the Fair in every

way possible, both during the off-season and when the new season begins. Speakers are available upon request.

Cltrytler Corporation Chrysler Corporation's highly imaginative ex

.llibition with unique entertainment for the entire f~ly, ·and especially the children, will further extend it's amusements for greater direct audience ·participation.

· "Autofare,'' a kaleidoscope of color, music, ac-tiVitY, fantasy and fun will feature during the 1965 seas()n: a new show in the Chrysler Theatre; demon-

. s.tration rides in the Corporation's gas turbine cars: •musing animations in the Giant Car; rewarding _.es for the youngsters; a modified Production Lme Ride; unusual product displays; added highJbrhts in the Giant Engine, and more dramatic night Ughtlng. The efficient handling of large crowds with only' ~ few minutes wait will continue.

. fattern Air lines . Eastern plans to promote its World's Fair termi

~1 building and motor coach service in many differ·ent ways.

· . Through an expa-nsion of its marketing staff, ·~tern will more than double its participation in the

· Fair's speakers bureau program. Fair films and slides

will be distributed to Field Sales offices for group presentations.

Brochures, posters and counter cards will be directed to travel agents, department stores and large commercial institutions .

ford Ford Motor Company's highly popular Wonder

Rotunda and Magic Skyway Ride will feature a number of interesting changes and improvements for the 1965 season. Already one of the top attractions at the Fair, the Disney-designed show will offer a series of exciting new displays and exhibits both inside as well as outside the huge pavilion. Plans are underway to improve both capacity and crowd handling at the pavilion to permit greater attendance and shorter waiting periods. The Magic Skyway Ride which features a trip through the past, present and future in fullsize 1965 Ford Motor Company convertible products, will continue to delight millions of Fair-goers as it did during the 1964 season.

General Motors General Motors, whose Futurama exhibit at

tracted a record-breaking 15.6 million visitors during the first year of the Fair is preparing for another outstanding season.

The Futurama building is being refurbished; its famed "Ride Into Tomorrow" scenes are being renovated and redressed. New exhibits are being prepared for the Avenue of Progress science and engineering exposition. Interior and exterior product displays are being redone and a new layout is being developed. Gardeners are at work readying the Futurama's prize-winning, landscaped site for the months ahead. Improved visitor facilities throughout the building are being installed.

22

Greyhound An award-winning 31/2-minute color film simu

lating a look at this country's scenic attractions during a cross-country bus trip will be the 1965 feature of this exhibit. Sharing honors will be a 10-times-daily fashion show and commentary showcasing Lady Greyhound, a sleek greyhound dog that is the Jiving symbol of The Greyhound Corporation.

The Greyhound Exhibit building also will house several restaurants operated by a Greyhound subsidiary company, Post Houses. Reasonably priced meals and fast service will be available in a cafeteria, sit-down restaurants, snack bars and a Food Service of Tomorrow featuring cook-it-yourself-quickly meals.

Half of Science Exhibitors Martin-Marietta

Since the Martin Company's exhibit "Rendezvous In Space," did not open in the Hall of Science until September, it will effectively be a new show for the 1965 season.

The exhibit- which combines a cinemascope color film with full scale models of space vehicles executing a rendezvous mission- will operate during the second season on a schedule of three shows an hour. The theater in the Hall of Science will be equipped with seats. A closed circuit television system will be installed outside the building to broadcast a program on space themes to the next audience.

Abbott Laboratories

"Chemical Mail," located in the Hall of Science, will again portray through three-dimensional models, cinemicrography and animated motion pictures in full color the role of certain molecules in creating and sustaining human life. The films and models blend into a continuous narration of about 15 minutes. From its inception, the Abbott exhibit took more than three years to complete.

American Chemical Society The American Chemical Society will modify its

exhibit on "Chemical Frontiers of the Sea" in several ways to enhance its attractiveness and educational appeal.

Participation in two special events at the Fair is anticipated. One will be a symposium primarily for science writers, co-sponsored with other scientific societies; the other will be a similar activity, tentatively for science educators, in cooperation with other Hall of Science exhibitors.

Atomic Energy Commission Atomsville, USA, a pint sized atomic city where

children only are allowed through its five-foot en-

trance, plus Radiation & Man, atomic exhibit for adults, and the Dime Irradiator, will again be featured in the Hall of Science by the AEC and ORINS.

A special promotion both before and during the 1965 World's Fair will be a 27-minute color movie featuring the adventures of Christina and Steve as they journey through Atomsville, for showing on TV, in schools, etc.

The Chemistry of Color The 1965 version of the General Aniline & Film

C01·poration's exhibit will contain expanded audio and visual communications techniques to describe the processes by which chemists, "the architects of the molecule," produce industrial and household products on a tonnage scale in the chemical plants of the nation.

Interchem Color Center Interchem's World's Fair Color Center is plan

ning to make changes involving the re-design of some of the mechanisms in the 43 color demonstrations in the exhibit in order to improve them. Focal point of Interchem's Color Center is a 14-foot high, rotating "color tree" illustrating the relationship of saturation and lightness for eight basic colors.

Science For Survival The "Science for Survival" exhibit will have

several new attractions for the 1965 season. The major theme of the exhibit, the adaptation of man to his environment, will be illustrated by a new five minute film. Man has adapted to his environment throughout the ages and is now adapting to the newest hazard in this, the nuclear age, namely, radioactive fallout. This film illustrates how this is being done through dual-use fallout shelters in schools.

Up john The Upjohn Company's electronic "Brain" in

the Hall of Science· is being completely refurbished to edify and entertain a maximum of some 3,000 viewers a day during the 1965 Fair season.

The exhibit has comfortable seating for 50 persons at a time, each of whom is provided with ear- ' phones for list-ening to a running commentary on . how a "thought is born" and how the human brain reacts to everyday sights and sounds.

Lowenbrau Gardens Lowenbrau Gardens, a replica of an 18th cen

tury Bavarian hamlet incorporating an authentic German restaurant and beer garden, intends to continue its successful first year run with increased promotion and improvements.

Under consideration are plans for a 30 per cent expansion of the Garden's restaurant facilities,

in thunenu to feature a children's platter · Friday di11hes, and construction of a new

.';\b~'~(li8tiU!UI similar to the type on display at the Low. enbrau' Olctoberfest. tent in Munich.

Nalflo•ra. '~~~.,Maritime Union

,. :~ In 1965 the National Maritime Union Park will t .. :.a(t:.ppotographic mural depicting the wartime and .:c:·;;~~~ .service of American seamen and the Amer. ; .Jean~inercbant marine.

· /c ·l1te· NMU Park will be freshly landscaped to provjde a restful haven for Fair visitors. It is the Fair's only union-sponsored, non commercial park.

· · •· $tnelaJr Dlnoland • Sinclair plans to make its exhibit more attrac

. · tive and convenient for the 1965 season. The build' hlp, both interior and exterior, will be painted and

··.·. the grounds beautified by the addition of more shrub·. ~ey and flowers. Interior decor will also be substan. tiillly improved. < ', Arrangements are being made to handle the crowds without the inconvenience of long lines.

Sinclair plans extensive World's Fair advertising for 1965. A color sound movie is being made which will be shown to the entire Sinclair organizatt«m as well as used throughout the country.

._· _-.. ~.,' ':. :. .

'10id .. ·,

Socony Mobil

Changes in the Mobil Oil Company Pavilion at the New York World's Fair will increase capacity for participants by 60 per cent. Changes will also provide increased entertainment for persons waiting in line.

The increase in capacity will be achieved by altering the electronic control equipment to operate the film portion of the show simultaneously on both sides of the pavilion. The program previously played alternately on the two sides.

The pavilion which electronically simulate11 the Mobil Economy Run provides contestants an opportunity to test their economy and safety driving skills.

U.S. Rubber Recent tire developments will be shown in up.

dated display windows at the U. S. Royal Giant .Tire. Work will be done on the grounds to facilitate upkeep and general appearance.

The feature of providiug ponchos for passengers during inclement weather not bad enough to halt operations will be continued during 1965.

Dealers across the country will continue to act as local World's Fair Information Centers.

U. S. Space Park

As in 1964, the U.S. Space Park of the New York World's Fair 1965 will be as up-to-the-minute as the U.S. space program, its displays subject to rapid-tire change to keep pace with the history-making accomplishments of the sponsoring agencies, the National Aeronautics and Space Administration and the Department of Defense.

A two-man Gemini mission or a Mariner spacecraft fly-by of the planet Mars, events which could take place during the season, would create new exhibits overnight, just as did NASA's Ranger VII, the Moon-photographing spacecraft, during the first year. All exhibits will be brightly refurbished for opening day. Astronauts and others in the space program, as they can be freed from their duties, again will make appearances for special events.

Underground Home Next season, under the direction of the well

known decorator, Mr. David G. Whitcomb, the Underground Home will be completely redecorated to give it a brand new face.

Underground Home will convert its lobby into a showcase of underground concepts of living including visual presentations of their other houses in the West, designs of scheduled 150-home development with a golf course on top in Nevada, and designs for underground shopping centers and motels.

24

LaheArea AMF Monorail

The AMF Monorail will continue to be a principal attraction at the New York World's Fair during the 1965 season. Seven Monorail trains will travel on 4000-foot tracks 40 feet in the air affording riders a scenic view of the Lake Area. Last season, 2,250,000 riders had the thrill of riding the Monorail and experiencing a glimpse into the Transpmtation of the Future.

Currently, plans are being considered to modify the Monorail station and ride, physically, as well aH implementing new promotion and public relations programs very soon. The latter call for increased participation in the World's Fair Speaker's Bureau; the establishment of an AMF Monorail Speaker's Bureau; design and printing of new brochures and promotional literature; the completion of a color film on the Monorail, plus other supporting projects.

In short- the AMF Monorail holds promise as a greater attraction in '65 than it was in '64.

Carousel Parle

Work is already under way toward further restoring the world famous Feltman carousel horses to their original antique magnificence, as well as installing new lighting and fixtures on the world's largest carousel which operates in Carousel Park in the Lake Area.

A late opening during the 1964 season precluded completion of the restofation of this famous bit of Americana to the original elegance it enjoyed in the days of Diamond Jim Brady.

Alteration of the large outdoor cafeteria along the boardwalk around the carousel is being accomplished in order to improve food service to the public without causing delays in line even on crowded days.

Music from two of the world's largest carousel organs, free dancing, and entertainment from the Carousel Park bandstand will complete this new and exciting addition to the Lake Area.

Santa Maria Florida's Po1·poise Show Log Flume Ride

Dancing Waters

The famous Dancing Waters, which was first introduced to this country at New York's Radio City Music Hall in 1953, and which has since been shown around the world, will be presented again at the Fair with new formations and effects and newly added live performances.

Dancing Waters will present limitless formations, effects and combinations, from a "fireworks" display to a classical "ballet scene," with the waters actually dancing Waltzes, Tangos, and swirling and swishing in modern intricate dance movements.

fireworks Show

The Fair Corporation is considering plans for a nightly presentation of spectacular fireworks in the Lake Area for the 1965 season.

The fireworks would be brought from many different countries and would be twice as powerful as those being used in the Fountain of the Planets show in the Industrial section, due to the greater area available over Meadow Lake.

The schedule of the fireworks show would be arranged so that it would not conflict with the Fountain of the Planets show. The aerial explosions would

uro• Bl~m precluded · · i '·"''····-··-famous bit of ! .. - .•. ,-- .•.• enjoyed in the

•nt.n.nn" .... Cafeteria along.·.· f is being aceom~ · .l

Od •rel'\'ice 1to· the pubUc ()~ cro:Wded cbly~. largest carousel

1\teJ~iJlln.e.J 11t from the. co~nnlete this new and

... ,.,n,.lora show would be conflict with the Foun~ aerial explosions would

· 't.ke 'place. midway between the east and west shores ·• .':of. the lake, and be,vlsible from any spot on the Fair~ ~unds.

· :: • · This new feature in the Lalte Area would last ~~ ~ninlltes each evening and provide a dramatic daily

:climax for. next season's visitors.

· . . J~coPier llde . . . i>ue· to the great public demand for exhibits ,based on visi~r participation, Jaycopter plans in 1965 to develop and expand the use of Its captive helicopter machines, especially with the Baby Jays.

· 1be Jaycopter simulates the action, controls and ·flight pattern of a helicopter so closely that even a .licensed helicopter pilot finds little difference from act~al flight conditions .

Lts Poupees de Paris

This one hour stage show, which features over ' 260 pc>upees with singing and dancing replicas of two dolen of .the top stars in show business, ist~Considering

· doubling its scheduled five shows daily to ten for the 1966' season. · >:-.:\ 'l'he $800,000 production, highlighted by miniatu~ poupee images of such well-knowns as Frank ~lfiatra, Jayne Mansfield, Liberace and Phil Silvers,

also boasts an original musical score and colorful exotic scenes - all presented in an espeeiaUy designed 675-seat theater. ·

Log flume Ride

The Log Flume Ride exhibit will have substantially lower admission prices for the 1965 season. This reduction, combined with a children's rate and a special discount for organized groups, is expected to boost attendance even above the 1964 season's total at this popular ride in a "hollow log" over simulated rapids and water shoots.

Maroda Lake Cruise Maroda Enterprises, Inc. will reinstitute its very

successful Lake Cruise for the 1965 season, offering a relaxing, entertaining boat ride on Meadow Lake.

The Amphicar Ride, which was tested during the closing weeks of the last Fair season, will be ready for full operation this year. It features an amphibious ride into the lake, returning to land.

Also the Thrill Rides introduced at the end of the 1964 season will be brought back again, adjacent to the Hawaii pavilion.

AMF Monorail

· $~11tcr Marla

.... ·Ban :Mar, Inc. plans to add a beer garden and s~ek bar to the environs of its main attraction, the full.:Size replica of the Santa Maria, Columbus' flag&bi~ on the discovery voyage to America.

. · • ··. The new snack bar and beer garden will be called 'Ti811ta Bar.'' .·.··wc~x·Muaeum

:< Walters International Wax Museum was one of . the mo$t successful attractions in the Lake Area at

· the<New York World's Fair last season. The exhibit

will be enlarged next year with many new topical scenes .

The Wax Museum is the largest museum of its type in the country and consists of more than 160 full-size, lifelike wax figures presented in SO tableaux. The scenes range from historical, religious, artistic and mythical subjects to contemporary celebrities of the entertainment world. Among the most popular tableaux are "The Last Supper," 41Presidents of the United States," "Cyclops and Superman," "Movie Horror Figures," "Cleopatra" and 41The Beatles."

/

( I

:!ti

·t:·

l ~~:~'l ,~}

... ,.

;-.;tl't'lt·hin~.: !'t·,,nt tll1· llt'l'\t· ''t'll1t·t·:-- at 1,.1\1:--hin.te :\lt>adtl\\. till!' organization ha:-: ht'l'll itl\()ht·ll. l't'lllll tilt· d:t.\ :tt'1t·t· tht· l·';t;t· :--hut it:-- ~.:att·:-:. in :-:oh·in.te: tlw intril'atl· J'l't,ldt·nJ:-: rd' J'llltitJte tilt' L'i:tr1t t·\j" -:tti111, it1t1, rn,,t!d,;t!l:-- and ha,ing· it n•ady tu g·u :q.;ai11 hy .\J'r·il 1\Hi.-,, j,,.ttt·t· ,.,,,1 tli:111 it 11:'" l,t f11tt·. Till' admini:-:tratiw and ,,,,,.,·:tt in.~.:· r, ll'l't'" :tr·,. l't'"l" •1~:-ildt· t't ,1· t't" ,,·d i r1:1t i t1t.: t hi,.: l''''lll dt·\ tnrr\t-l'taking.

Stuart ( 'onstll

Tlw Opt·· ~,·}Jl•dlllt• of .'-\' . ).''!':tnt planniq 1rit h ~Jll'l'ial tl:

A critiqtl, till! I~ ~~ afr ha :tlld ~~ renvt h<t

Maintenan•1 Looking

11

Ill' II ~l'<t ,.;on, tit 1'11111 illt' rl'f'u"':lil l't• . .;!attran::

Jll'l'iod.

l.t •a f l'l'll x :\Ill t'IIIIH•I' <Ill ;t~.~lii'P (l('t'(l:--\:{1'

1 r:dlit· Ia nt·~ 1 ~~ ,\!111 lll'izt,j

tht• rt·.-,t l~t•int

.-\ I'll II t r:¥ Ht•nt:tr Fair C ill).( 11f materi3

Security Both tfw.J

\\'"rid'~ Fair P t'tiiJ,.;l:tnt pat ro Ocf()IH·r. \'ae~J

IH'l'll ttndt•r t':l)

fl'l':ti!t' and \':Ill

:-;a l't·t~· i1aj, ).'Tillllld.-; <IIIli Ill :tlld t·limina!t•'t '"~"·' ,,1'r11n· ne

The \\'tll~( t ,, it,.; 11ormal tl all },uilding~ f< l•'ll1ial lire sUI

all tinl!',.; \\'it! qllartt•r,.;.

Program a~c ThP l!l6·1 8

F1·t'ltl~ Progr~r

l,<t!id", Pthnic g ,,f :til kintk Ur ro·t'1111' a llt'll' 1 ~-,

'.\ill itll'll!til' lllll

·"'" 1':\t'itt•lllt'Jlt '~lid t'\'t•JI 1.-: of Ul •<JIJII';tl.

ation has intricate

to go and

Oper~tioTL~ Stuart Constable, Vice President

The Operations Division is involved in its heavy schedule of supervising maintenance, security, program planning for the new season, and coordination with special exhibitors, concessionaires and licenses.

A critique of service contractors by the Operations staff has been made to eliminate non-essential and strengthen essential services on the Fairsite.

Maintenance Looking forward to a well-kept Fairsite for the

new season, the maintenance operation is busy with routine refuse removal at all collection points and at all restaurants remaining open during the interim period.

Leaf removal and pruning was completed by late November and snow removal preparations made to assure access to all fire hydrants and keep all other traffic lanes open for working parties.

Motorized equipment not in use was winterized, the rest being kept efficiently operating.

A contract between the Fair Corporation and Rentar Fair Corp. was signed for all internal moving of materials.

Security Both the uniformed and detective forces of the

World's Fair Police department have been on regular, constant patrol duty since the Fair closed its gates in October. Vacant as well as occupied buildings have been under continuous surveillance to prevent pilferage and vandalism.

Safety inspectors are also regularly combing the grounds and buildings to remove hazards to workers, and eliminate anything potentially dangerous to visitors before the Fair reopens.

The World's Fair Fire Department, in addition to its normal duties, patrols the entire site, checking all buildings for combustible materials or other potential fire starters. Radio contact is maintained at all times with dispatchers at department headquarters.

Program and Special Events The 1964 season saw a highly successful Special

Events Program consisting of high school and college bands, ethnic groups, special events and special days of all kinds. Under the direction of the Program Director a new program is being readied for 1965 which will include many more bands and ethnic groups to add excitement to the Fair, all kinds of special days and events of unusual nature with emphasis on crowd appeal.

The highly successful Cities Service World's Fair Band of America under the direction of Mr. Paul Lavalle will be back in 1965 on its unique Bandwagon to again thrill the Fair-goers with its stirring music.

Guy Lombardo will return to the Tiparillo Bandstand with his popular dance music, performing nightly, except Mondays, from May 18 to October 3, 1965.

In progress at this time is a mailing of thousands of letters to various high school and college bands, ethnic groups and specialty groups inviting them to perform during the 1965 season.

Se1·pentine telephone booths being se1·viced fm· limited winter usage.

Singer Bowl Arrangements are now being made with numer

ous performing groups and special attractions to complete the Singer Bowl program for the 1965 season.

A contract has been signed with Thorn MeAn to sponsor 26 Friday shows in Singer Bowl from 6 to 10 p.m. These shows will feature name disc jockeys and be tailored for teenagers. There will also be acts, dancing and tie-ins with high school groups.

On Sundays, Singer Bowl will be devoted to ethnic groups from 10 a.m. to 10 p.m. The first such program, a Salute to Israel, is scheduled for Sunday, May 2, 1965.

Other weekly shows similar to Thorn MeAn's are being arranged to give the Singer Bowl a full, active 1965 prograrr..

fair Information Plans are being made to improve the dissemina

tion of Fair information so that the Fair-goer will have a better idea of what is happening each day. The format of the General Foods Arches has been

changed to include many more Fair events and other information important to the Fair-goer.

Travelers Aid, located in the Singer Bowl, as-sisted more than 16,000 visitors during the 1964 season helping them find friends or relatives from whom they had been separated. These cases involved specific enquiries beyond the normal assistance provided by Greyhound booths and police officers.

promotion is being given the Fair during the period prior to its reopening. The Fair's licensing program will continue to provide significant promotional val- . ues while offering to the public meaningful mementoes.of the Fair from now until its closing in October

of 1965. Atomedlc Hospital .

Over 53,000 cases were treated at the Atomedic Hospital during the 1964 season. Patients coming in with everything from simple headaches to acute coronaries were given emergency care. The only expected, event which never took place was childbirth; ever, several deliveries were successfully made minutes after the mother's removal to a ""''""''"<'!

Landscaping impro11ements were made last fa?l and will be started again as soon as weather ]Jermtts.

licensing Program Eighty-five companies have been granted li-

censes by the Fair Corporation for the manufacture and sale, both on and off the Fair site, of souvenir articles using reproductions of the Unisphere® and other scenes and attractions of the Fair. These grants provided for the Fair-goer in 1964 a choice of items from an unprecedented scope of souvenir products in the categories of publications, apparel, toys, food, jewelry, photography. records, cards and giftware.

Based upon actual experience of consumer acceptance, the Fair's licenses, in planning for next season's activities, are reorienting their product lines to concentrate upon proven items, in some cases repackaging merchandise to encourage sales. and in other cases developing new display units to meet the needs of the retail outlets at the Fair site. Three million copies of the Fair's official Guide Book were distributed in the 1964 season. and work is now underway in the preparation of a completely revised 1965 edition which will provide Fair visitors with the latest information on all aspects of the Fair in its second season. New scenes of the Fair, both daytime and nighttime, have been incorporated in color slide sets and various publications. Finally. plans for the sales operations at the Fail· site next senson are being reviewed so that the limited retail space may be used most effectively in affording Fair-goert' a wide choice of articles commemomting their visits to

the site. Those companies whose products normally rt>

ceive nutionul distribution are featuring World's Fair items in their lines, with the result that additional

hospital. The Atomedic Hospital, under the direction

Sheldon S. Brownton, M.D., is an ultra-modern onstration in operating a hospital around a activity core which includes all monitoring, food, oratory, nursing and operating capabilities.

Professional tours, run successfully on an pointment basis last season, will be expanded for second year, making the Atomedic Hospital an cational exhibit as well as a vital link in the

the Fair.

Concessions Arlington Hats- the souvenirs that were

inent on the Fair scene in 1964 will again new array of official World's Fair models to every visitor. New designs in balloons and will complete the colorful displays. Several will be remodeled for better accessability and venience. The Hat Museum will display a revised lection of historic, smallest, funniest, and prize-winning hats.

The Brass Rail is using the between period to plan additional merchandising f~ltwreil' their Fair operations. The Brass Rail tra•dl1tlOJillt sandwich food favorites will be available in restaurants along with the steak, chicken or specialties. The refreshment stands will be to provide even faster service based on ; .. ,r .... -•

derived from the '64 season.

Equipment for Fairs. Inc~ cortcel;si<,naire$ wheelchair and children's stroller rentals, replace many existing units and add new provide even bet'ler service to Fair visitors the 1965 Fair season. Hertz Corporation, operator of these conce.ssions. distributes that are actual replicas of automobiles. children up to 9 years of age.

(irt>yhound at the World's Fair. Inc.. a ire for internal transportation. plans to

service p1 continue .1

regular c• tinued,

Lecto season, w broadcast! visitors wl receivers on the ear located th given fror

Special 1

Billy Gra~ In 191

playing t(J successful will again by famed.

Dr. G Fair, to fo 1964- "I Fair Enco the role o1 of the Fai1 ing the wl Boy Scout1

BoyS thorities i: motion f01 literature Boy Scout pated in th home citie actively h• which will

TheE useofaddi which wov also under swimming demonstra Long Islan,

Theu Road, will telling the and its nat priate disp' and the~

Childr sured that· operate wi track thre1

exhibit are

nPtl,'d'ftt.Ail, by its Glide--a-ride trains and dis.......... ,.v .. · .. · · . tn<lre,·expensive Escorter service. The

ieriice · around the site will be eon-

' · · teet08r, lne., a new concession for the 1965 ; ~Ott~ 'wm provide a closed circuit radio network . ~~d~tfng · exclusively to the Fair grounds. Fair · vit.i~~ Will receive the broadcast via individual radJo receive~ weighing one-and-a-half ounces and worn on the ~. The reC6ivers will be rented from booths lOca.t(!d ·throughout the Fair and broadcasts will be given 'from 10 a.m. to 10 p.m. daily.

Speclol lxltlbltors

BIDy Graham Pavilion · .. In 19~5 Dr. Billy Graham and his staff anticipate

playing to standing-room-only audiences with their successful tUm, "Man in the 5th Dimension," which

·· Willagain be housed in the beautiful pavilion designed · by famed architect Edward Durell Stone.

· · . Dr. Graham is considering a repeat visit to the Fair, t(;l f()llow up his successful tour here on June 26, 1964- ''Billy Graham Day." A special film, "World's Fair Enoounter," has been completed, highlighting the role of the Billy Graham Pavilion In the success of the Fair's 1964 season, which is being shown during the 'Winter to groups all across the country. Boy Scouts of America

Boy Scout leaders are cooperating with Fair authorities In a major program of publicity and promotion for the 1965 season. World's Fair films and ·literature wUI -be distributed coast to coast to both BOy Scouts and their parents. Scouts who participated in. the 1964 Service Corps are reporting in their home cities on· their experience at the Fair and are actively h~lping to recruit the 1965 Service Corps, which will be double the size of that in 1964.

· · 'J:'he. Boy Scouts of America are considering the use of l!.dditionalland for an authentic Indian Village, which would· 'include a program of Indian dancing;

. also . under study are plans for a specially designed swimming pool which would be the site of life saving demonstrations and displays of aquatic skill. Loag Island Exhibit

The Long Island Exhibit, by the Long Island Rail ROad, Will continue its successful 1964 program of telling the story of Long Island's growth, its people, a:td its natural resources and charm, through appropriate displays sponsored by the county governments and the Railroad itself.

· . Chlldren of all ages, from 8 to 80, can be reassured that the "Route of the Dashing Commuter" will operate with schedules "as usual" on the circular

· track threading its way through the Long Island exhibit area.

Masonic Brotherhood Center The Masonic Brotherhood Center will be refur

bished in time for the start of the l965 season and' the valuable exhibits and memorabilia, now safely stored, will again go on display. Plans call for a World's Fair spokesman to join Masonic officials in visiting upstate and metropolitan area Masons to develop a majoti program of group visits to the Fair in 1965.

"Mormon'' Pavilion This soaring edifice; a replica of thj facade of the

great Temple of the Church of Jesus Christ of LatterDay Saints in Salt Lake City, in 1964 ranked as one of the most popular pavilions at the Fair. Church authorities found it necessary to more than double the size of the original corps of missionaries and count their participation at the Fair as one of the most successful efforts of its type in Church history.

For 1965 the building is being refurbished, with new flowers and bright landscaping. Mo;,mon Pioneer Day, on July 24, will be highlighted by a tremendous dance festival performed in the Singer Bowl by young Church members.

Protestant and Orthodox Center During the period between seasons the staff of

the Protestant and Orthodox Center is visiting churches and church groups across the nation to tell the story of the Center, of the year just passed, and of the Fair's plans for 1965. These trips by the Center's staff will include showings of the allegorical Protestant film "Parable," a new and special film titled "Witness: 1964-1965" about the Protestant and Orthodox Center itself, along with the Fair's film, "Grest Fair- Great Fun."

Sunday, March 14, will be named "World's Fair Sunday" in Protestant churches all across the country, with special collections being taken to support the pavilion in 1965.

Exhibits in thE:~ Protestant and Orthodox Center are being enlarged and expanded and tentative plans call for the installation of an outdoor stage suitable for choirs and other special groups, to be located in the Court of Pioneers.

Russian Orthodox Church This small pavilion- a faithful replica .of the

Fort Ross, California, Russian Orthodox Chapel, built in Gold Rush days -will continue to display as its chef-d'oeuvre the miraculous Icon of the Virgin of Kazan. In 1964 this bejeweled pier.e sparked important ecumenical efforts, including 1\.~rengthened relationships with the Roman Catholic Church, when in October the Holy Icon of our Lady of Kazan was enshrined in the Vatican Pavilion's Chapel of the Good Shepherd as part of a special all-night vigil. These important endeavors will be continued during the 1965 season.

Engineering John T. O'NeiJI, Director

The interim program for "putting the Fair to bed" started as planned on October 19th, the day after the close of the 1964 season.

'fhe program is divided generally into three major tasks; (a) winterization of the physical plant to provide protection over the winter months, (b) repair and rehabilitation of certain facilities, and (c) dewinterization next spring.

Contracts for the work were awarded prior to the Fair closing. The "General Construction" contract, which consists of repairs to roads and parking fields, cleaning of the Flushing River culverts, paving of additional malls, flushing of storm and sanitary sewer lines, and certain other miscellaneous exterior work was awarded to Slattery Contracting Co.

The "Building Contract," which includes all interim building work (except electrical) and exterior painting was awarded to Sawyer & Dolfinger. This contract also covers erection of temporary barricades at entrances, and the winterization and protection of toll booths and turnstiles.

Electrical work, to include all pools and foun-tains and street lighting, is being accomplished under supervision of one of the World's Fair consultants by World's Fair Maintenance Corporation and Allied World's Fair Service Corporation.

Landscaping work, which consists primarily of widening existing display beds and providing additional dispfay beds in the Courts of the Sun and the Moon is being done by Roman Landscape Co. as an extension of their present contract.

Work at the U.S. Space Park, which the Fair Corporation is required to do under the terms of its agreement with the Government, was awarded to W. J. Barney Corporation.

In addition, several smaller contracts were awarded for waterproofing of the Singer Bowl, exteriot• fencing at the Hall of Science, and additional post and chain fencing for protection of grassed

areas.

Progress

Work forces on the site have been de-mobilized, until de-winterization operations can start, but under the terms of the General Construction and Building Contracts, these contractors are on a standby basis, . ready to respond immediately for any emergency

work which may develop.

De-winterization The start of de-winterization work will depend

to some extent on weather conditions. Exterior painting of World's Fair structures will ·

begin the latter part of February, and it is anticipated that all other de-winterizing operations will be in full·. swing by the first of March. Completion is scheduled .•

for the first of April. The period between April 1st and the opening

of the Fair on April 21st will be used for general·

cleanup of the site.

Exhibitor Engineering Plans

Since the close of the Fair on October 18 have been 119 exhibitor's pavilions either mi,nto ....... ,i

or underway for winterization. This figure ,.p,nrf'•RPlrltA

approximately 80 '/t of all pavilions and the n!Iutu.uul~r· are those that, due to nature and design, require

or no work. As of this date 73 exhibitor's pavilions are

ning refurbishing and/ or alteration work for 1965 season. Nineteen of the 73 are known to be ning an entirely new facility. Much of the work will be done is specifically a refinement of nm~ra.T.UJJ to facilitate more pleasant conditions for the

this year.

All winterization work was substantially completed by the scheduled date, December 15, 1964. No significant problems were encountered except in the Meadow Lake parking fields where it was found necessary to postpone paving repairs until spring due to a greater ground settlement in the area than had been

Winte1'ization of fountains, similar to Fountain a/Jo1Je, was completed last year.

anticipated.

30

J.P. Groene

The WCl season with moorings.· P1 diately adjac

The Mil an excellent the "Wheel everything f and noveltie

Cars an hour, day, v

A snacl1 will be in op a canopy for protection fl

TheU.f exhibits sho on navigatio

on· October 18 ther.e . . either winterizqd

· ···· ftg\lre represents and the remainder .

desjg'n. require little ....

ari-,aa, P. Groenendyke, Jr., Director of Waterfront Development

The World's Fair Marina is ready for the 1965 season with its full complement of over 800 slips and moorings; Parking is available for 1,500 cars immediatelY adjacent to the Marina.

· The Marina Administration Building contains an excellent Laundromat, showers, rest rooms, and the "Wheel House" -a marine shop that supplies eveeything for the yachtsman including marine gifts and novelties.

Cars and boats can be rented from Avis by the hour, day, week or l.onger.

A snack bar restaurant with open terrace dining will be in operation. The terrace will be covered with a canopy for special affairs and large groups to insure protection from the weather.

The U.S. Coast Guard will again have on display exhibits showing its activities and full information on navigation and navigational instruments for boat-

men. Marine displays will be held continuously by Evinrude and Johnson Motors with world-wide boating information furnished to all on request. These exhibits are housed in special fiber glass reinforced buildings along the main promenade.

The Sinclair Refining Company will continue to serve the boating public with the most modern fueling station. The floating docks are made from fiber glass reinforced plastic developed by Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corporation, and Outboard Marine Corporation is similarly providing fiber glass boats for continuous launch service to boats in the mooring area.

By spring the fall planting of trees and shrubs will take away the new construction look of the area, and benches will be installed for the comfort of the non-boa towner.

The breakwater which protects the Marina from storms will be planted with grass and trees.

Hall of Science

32

The Hall of Science exhibit was patronized extensively by Fair visitors during the first season of the Fair. We anticipate public enthusiasm will be even greater in 1965.

Plans have gone forward to complete the post-l<,air organization of the Hall of Science. A charter has been granted by the Board of Regents. The distinguished Board of Trustees listed below has been elected.

After the Fair, the Hall of Science will not be a museum of static displays. It will remain, as it has been during the Fair, a living, dynamic institution. The Hall of Science will be for future generations a great cultural center, designed to instruct, enrich and inspire all those who visit it. It will be educational and entertaining - the scientific equivalent of a great National Theatre, in which the leading actor is the human mind, seeking through the ages to understand the world around it and to make man at home in a universe more compatible with his existence.

The precise form the Hall of Science exhibits will take after the Fair will be determined by the Board of Trustees with the aid of the best expert ad-vice available.

It is contemplated that post-Fair use will be made of outstanding scientific exhibits presently in the Hall of Science and of some of the scientific exhibits which are located elsewhere in the Fair and are adaptable to permanent use.

To that end the Department of Defense and the National Aeronautics and Space Administration have been asked whether they will make the present Space Park a permanent exhibit. Martin-Marietta Company has indicated its willingness to donate its fine space exhibit in the superstructure of the Hall of Science.

A number of other exhibitors are interested in having their Fair exhibits remain at Flushing Meadow as a legacy for the Hall of Science. With this assistance from exhibitors it will be possible to make effective post-Fair use of this monumental structure as soon as the Fair site has been cleared and restored sufficiently to permit public use.

Paul R. Screvane

Boa1·d of Trustees, Hall of Science

Robert F. Wagner, Ex-Officio, Mayor of the City of New York

Paul R. Screvane, Ex-Officio, President of the City Council

Newbold Morris, Ex-Officio, Commissioner of Parks

Mario J. Cariello, Ex-Officio, President of the Borough of Queens

Dr. Leona Baumgartner, Assistant Administrator for International Development

Dr. Detlev W. Bronk, President, the Rockefeller Institute

Joseph E. Davis, President, Carver Federal Savings and Loan Associa .i.on

Seth H. Dubin, Partner, Utall, Miller & Dubin

Dr. John R. Dunning, Dean of Engineerinr. and Applied Science, Columbia University ·

Charles E. Eble, President, Consolidated Edison Co. of New York, Inc.

Daniel Gilmartin, President, LocallOO, Transport Workers Union

Dr. Grayson Kirk, President, Columbia University

William L. Laurence, Science Consultant, New York World's Fair and the National Foundation-March of Dimes

Joseph A. Martino, President, National Lead Company

Robert Moses, President, New York World's Fair 1964-1965 Corporation

Frank Pace, Jr., Independent Consultant Clifton W. Phalen, President,

New York Telephone Company Charles F. Preusse, Partner,

Whitman, Ransom and Coulson Dr. Isidor Isaac Rabi, Professor of Physics,

Columbia University Robert W. Sarnoff, Chairman of the Board,

National Broadcasting Company Ralph Straus, Government Consultant Mrs. Marietta Tree, United States ....... .-.. ...

sentative to the United Nations.

The ope Apri122, 19E this season amounted tCJ 053wereadJ tickets. Thh still outstan1 tion now to season than word-of-mot millions wh1 for the 1965

The sal• discontinuec prices and 1

children dut Each sc

of no more charge fron: mar or higl miles of the any school April, May,

Certific $6.25. Each sion. The ce: or other he~ Order Forn Form shoul1 cates being check or m< payable to Corporation

NewYod Seventh l 418 BrooJ New Yorl

A peri< for the deli of additiom letter signe, to the 418 E

If mor• additional 1 each additi< is presentin of age or ur youngster i: cate. Any a

ndance . o~rating-aeason of the Fair commenced on . 1964 and ended on October 18, 1964. During

of 180 days, the total paid attendance · 27,148,280. Of this attendance 16,540,- '

adlnit. t~d on the submission of advance sales leaves 14,186,590 advance sale tickets

~g·r;anllllng. The Fair is in a much better posi'attraet a larger attendance in the 1965 . in 1964. The tremendously favorable

u-or.-m1ou1:n advertising given the Fair by the who saw it affords a basis of high hopes

1961S season. The sale of 20 ticket books at reduced prices was

· on May 31, 1964. It also decided that the . p~edures for the admission of school

:;'~W.8PlitiJC1Jren during 1965 would be the same as in 1964. · : · ·Eaeh 8cb.ool group certificate will admit a group

· · more than 25 students with one teacher in ?.:~IJ@rp· ftom any publlc, private or parochial gram·''""IU' ,.,LJ·.- high school, located within a radius of 50

·""'·:~--~~ the site of the New York World's Fair, on

day, Monday through Friday, during , June, September and October, 1965.

····-.•-• .. _·. Certificates may be purchased at the price of : > :16~26; Each certificate is good for one group admis

:&ion~ The certificate must be ordered by the principal :'or;•o-tiJer head of the school using the School Group

.. Ol-der Form. The completed School Group Order . :'·?:;r4rm should state the number of admission certifi: /:; eates beinr ordered and must be accompanied by a • <j ~eb~ or money order for the proper amount made : ; :·:~able to the New York World's Fair 1964-1965 : . t; ,; CorpOration. The orders should then be sent to:

-;; ' '

. New York World's Fair School Group Certificates _· Seventh Floor

_ •18 Broome Street .NJ.W York, N.Y. 10013

•· •. · ·. .A. period of about two weeks should be allowed r:f.or ~e delivery of the certificates. Schools in need · of<~dditional forms may obtain them by sending a 19tter · ~igned by the principal on school stationery

.· ~;~he 418 Broome Street address. · ., If more than 26 students are in the group, an

· ~ttonal group certificate must be presented ~or :tach' additional 25 or less students. The alternative .~_~$presenting single tickets, costing $1.00 if 12 years

• ::,:~ . .P or under and $2.00 if over 12 years, f_or ev~ry < J~ter in excess of the 25 allowed by .the certifi. (~; Any adults accompanying a group, other than

~::~·· '·:.

:-

the one teacher per certificate, must pay the regular adult admission price of $2.00.

It was also determined that all children, ages 2 through 12, accompanied by an adult, will be admitted for the price of 25¢ on each Monday and Friday from July 1, 1965 until the re-opening of school in September.

A survey, based on a sampling of 10,000 visitors to the Fair, showed that 48.3% of the visitors came from the Metropolitan Area. 98.1% of those interviewed felt that the Fair was worthwhile coming to see mainly by reason of its magnitude, educational value and beauty. 98.4% found the Fair grounds clean and 99«}'o thought the Fair personnel presented a clean appearance and were courteous.

Since the close of the Fair, work is progressing in completing the records, reviewing 1964's operation results and establishing new budgets for the interim and 1965 operating seasons and for the post-Fair period.

34

Colll/ll.lti£~«11if>IIN ~-•••~I JJJ"L•blic llei«:Jiitl-,IIS Thomas J. Deegan, Jr., Chairman

The communications, public relations and promotion effort has been reorganized and streamlined under the direction of Thomas J. Deegan, Jr., chairman of the Fair's executive committee.

An Advisory Council of top level communications leaders is being formed by Mr. Deegan to confer with Fair President Robert Moses and him at appropriate intervals to determine the best ways of building attendance for the 1965 season.

Debs Myers, former executive assistant to Mayor Wagner, now executive vice-president of the Deega·n Company, will supervise the Fair's communications, public relations and promotion program in consultation with Mr. Moses and Mr. Deegan.

William Berns, Fair public relations consultant, directed the efforts of the team of film-makers responsible for the new Fair film which is being previewed at today's meeting. Among other duties, Mr. Berns will see that the new film, "To the Fair," receives maximum distribution.

William Donoghue will continue as consultant on publicity and will continue to work directly with the press. William Laurence continues as science consultant, with William Adams in charge of sports programs.

Murray Davis, assistant to the president, will act as liaison between the president's office and the communications staff.

J. Walter Thompson Company is working with Mr. Moses, Mr. Deegan and the communications staff in putting together a campaign of Fair advertising and promotional literature, with heavy emphasis being placed on the New York metropolitan area, generally considered for this purpose about a 200-mile radius from New York City.

The impact of the Fair upon the magazine world has been an outstanding success and is expected to continue through the second season. Over 3,052 publications carried news of the Fair with a total circulation exceeding 500 million. Many national magazines at·e already planning feature coverage of the Fait· for this year. Among them are National Geographic, Town and CountJ·y, Rcada's Digest and Good Housekeeping.

There will be heavy emphasis placed on the free o~p.ortunities for the Fair Corporation and its exhtbttors to pat·ticipate in radio and television shows -some of them originating at the Fair itself. In

addition, radio-TV kits designed to provide stations with vital new programming material will be distributed to the broadcasting industry shortly before the Fair opens. ' -

Rept·esentatives from exhibitor public relations staffs and Fair executives have been assigned to small working committees whose responsibility is to implement Fair public relations efforts in connection with special events, radio and TV, tie-in advertising and general press relations.

Travel agents will continue on the list of important collaborators in promoting the Fair. The tmvel industry will again receive a 25% discount on Fair tickets.

Preparation and distribution of written and via- ·. ual support for participants in the Speakers Bureau is moving ahead. Many of the Fair's exhibitors assist · with this important promotional phase, as witnessed in the exhibitor section of this report.

Mr. Moses, Mr. Deegan and other Fair executives : · .. · have been meeting with major exhibitors to analyze results of the first season in connection with all major· policy and operating areas. Developing an overall' plan of promoting and running the Fair is the main objective of these meetings.

Close working relationship on a promotional basis is being developed with the New York Con.; vention and Visitors Bureau, New York Hotel Ass().; ciation and other similar potential attendance-build;ing groups who have an important practical as well · as civic stake in the Fair.

It is interesting to note that the World's Housing Bureau, operated by the New York Lm1ve111•

tion and Visitors Bureau, reports that no one reservations through its office had any difficulty ing their accommodations after arriving in York.

Mr. Moses has emphasized that in the season of the Fair particular attention should be cused on the international aspects of the exn,ostt10 Three paramount points in the 1965 promotion be Foreign, Fun and Families.

The l bring AccOJ $4001 of N1 achie·

the ·list of im· the Fair. The

a 25% discount on

on a promotional the New York Conew·York Hotel Asso·

attendance-buildpractical as well

the World's Fair New York Conven· that no one making

ad any difficulty hold-. arriving in New

that in the second lttentum should be fo- ·

of the el[position. 1965 ·promotion will

.''' :: -: ,·

~tl'he Fair Sa,l-u,tes •"'·''

. ·.The New York World's Fair changed the face of New York last year and will bring one final summer of entertainment and lifetime memories before it closes.

· •· · According to the New York Convention and Visitors Bureau, Fair visitors brought '".,..'.:"''"'·· .... · · i$4()0 million in new revenue to the City's economy in 1964. There are other facets

, of New York that are changing it for the better. The Fair takes note of these ·· achievements and complementary activities. The Fair salutes ...

36

Most of New York's museums and cultural institutions offered special programs during the 1964 World's .Fair season. Many of the museumK aiKo maintained special Fair exhibits in the New York City Building where complete information on the City's cultural activities was available. The Fair's own information service made available on a daily baKis information concerning the presentations of these institutions, located in all five Boroughs, and many of the Fair visitors took advantage of their fine programs.

Museums, libraries and Societies

Cultural organizations offered their experience, exhibition spaces and collections in a cooperative effort with the Fair to present excellent programs which could not have been duplicated on the Fairgrounds. New presentations are planned for the 1965 season, and a few of these have been announced:

The Asia Society "Mingei - Folk Art of OldJapan," opening May 6, 1965.

The Brooklyn Museum

Solomon R. Guggenheim Museum

Jewish Museum

Metropolitan Museum of Art

"Gallery of New World Indian Culture," opening May 2, 1965.

Special exhibitions from their permanent collection.

Three special shows: "Illustrated Hebrew Manuscript" "Jacob Epstein-Sculptor" "Pierre Alechinsky -Artist''

"Three Centuries of American Painting" April9-0ctober 17, 1965

Museum of Contemporary "Object Environment," Crafts the work of American

craftsmen.

Museum of Modern Art "Modern Architecture U.S.A."

Museum of Primitive Art "Best of African and Oceanic Sculpture"

New York Historical Society

Two special shows: "New York C'ity Scene, 1800-1865"

Riverside Museum

Whitney Museum of American Art

"New York Cityto the World"

SelectioDB from Ameri~ ·.· · · can collection, from May ... · 2 to June 3, 1965. · 5th Annual lnterna. · tiona! Art Seminar of' .· Farleigh Dickinson UJU.. \ versity, from September. 26 to November 7, 1966,

Special shows of the'.· . work of younger artists.· from the museum's eoJ~· leetion.

Theotherparticipatingmuseumsandinstitlltio,ns::'JI who exhibited both in the New York City BuUdilrur·; and in their own facilities also plan to present exhibitions for 1965, which will be announced They are:

American Museum of Natural History Brooklyn Botanic Garden Gallery of Modern Art

(Huntington Hartford Museum) The Hispanic Society of America The Pierpont Morgan Library Museum of the American Indian Museum of the City of New York New York Botanical Garden New York Public Library New York Zoological Society Staten Island Institute of Arts and Sciences

Lincoln Center - 1965 Program Thousands of visitors to the World's

1965 are expected to attend a wide-ranging of events in the Second International World's Festival at Lincoln Center.

Festh·al events will be presented in the · York State Theater at Lincoln Center. The which was opened last April, was designed for dance and operetta and was financed the State of New York as part of its ntall'tii':INI

in the cultural activities of the World's Fair. scheduled for presentation in the theater American Ballet Theater (March 16 to AprU the San Francisco Ballet (April 13 to 18); tb8 York City Ballet (April20 to June 13 and 7 to October 31); and two productions of Theater of Lincoln Center. "Kismet" (June28 31) and "Carousel" (August 9 to September 18)• ·

TherE Philharmoll continue th year of "PI weeks star1 signed as": vide vocal narratorsatmosphere enade condt colm SargeJ music festi1 harmonic c Copland, D1 Foss. Cham' ican perforJ series of fre by the New the city's b1

TheRE continue at ington Squs

Lincoln Ce harmonic 1

and. institutions City Building

to present new announced later.

regular concert season of the New York lllll''DlOllllc, at its home in Philharmonic Hall, will

thl~ullm May 30. The Philharmonic's third 1~Plron11enadE!" concerts will be given for five

·*+~triJi1'111' June 2. The Promenade concert, de"a new type of musical evening," will pro

and instrumental soloists, dancers and - and time for refreshments - in an

created for each performance. The PromCOlildUcto:rs will be Andre Kostelanetz, Sir Mal

SalrPJ:tt and Franz Allers. A French-American fAailivsll. July 14 to 31, will feature the Phil

untonic conducted by Leonard Bernstein, Aaron Darius Milhaud, Charles Munch and Lukas

un1uu,~,- groups, made up of French and AmerMirl'm"'Mt~rR. will be part of the festival. A new ·of free outdoor concerts will be given in August

New York Philharmonic in parks in four of .city's borourhs.

Repertory Theater of Lincoln Center will :~k'!:':Cijl)l~11eat its temporary location, the ANTA Wash

~quare Theater, until the fall of 1965, when

it will move to its permanent home, the Vivian Beaumont Theater at Lincoln Center. Current in the rep~ ertory are ••Incident at Vichy," by Arther Miller ;the Richard Wilbur version of Moliere's ''Tartuffe," HThe Madwoman of Chaillot," by Jean Giraudou_x, and "After the Fall," by Mr. Miller. Projected for the Repertory's opening at Lincoln Center is a new adaptation, by Robert Lowell, of "The Oreseia" by Aeschylus.

Hour-long tours of Lincoln Center, including Philharmonic Hall, the New York State Theater and observation of current construction, will be conducted daily. Visitors may watch rehearsals, when in progress, from observation booths.

A concert at the United States Pavilion of the World's Fair will be given on September 24 by the International University Choral Festival, now being organized by Lincoln Center. The festival will be composed of choruses from 15 nations, including the United States. The choruses will perform in Phil-harmonic Hall. ·

J~-,.es Beach

3~

by Sidney !\l. Shapiro

For the summer of 1965, Guy Lombardo will present another spectacular World\ Fair show entitled "Mardi Gras" at the :Marine Theatre at Jones Beach State Park, principal facility of the Lung Island State Park Commis~ion. Peny B. Dmyea. Jr .. President. This new show will follow in the tradition of other musical extra\'aganza~ in the past. ~uch a~ the highly succes:;ful"Around the \Yorld in 80 Days."

")lardi Gras," the newest addition to the June:' Beach Theatre outdoor spectacle,-, will brin)! tu the theatre's stage and lagoon all of the g-aiety. )!lamuur and pathos of exciting old ~ew Orlean": the colorful

beauty of )larcli Gra,;; the birth of Dixieland jazz and the ,.;washbuckling piracy of .Jean Lafitte.

Anangemenb can now be made for groups_ large or ~mall- at special low rates for World's Fair exhibitor,;. convention:', corporations, theatre parties and other organized group:'. \\"rite Guy Lombardo at .June,; Beach or at the World',; Fair.

Transportation to J one;; Beach by car, bus or rail i;; con\'enient. and the new Verrazano-~arrows Bridge ;.:a\'e:-i as much a,; an hour for motorists arriving from lower ~ew Jer,;ey and points further south.

")larcli Gra;;" will open on June 26 and will play nightly through September 5, 1965.

Jones Beach Theatre has drawn thousancb to its ,-ummer mu,;ical ,;pectacular,; produced by Guy Lombardo.

Asp visitors l

Park on· dip in th

Fac1 Fair are forrnatio the Fair.

Thrt industria will be s1

Jones Be

Gathm·ec represen ions and Hundreli the sum~ '[Jroducti colorful "salute" has been officials 1

and was

of Dixieland jazz Jean Lafitte.

made for groups -for World's Fair

theatre parties Guy Lombardo at

Guy Lombardo

As part of their trip to New York to see the Fair, visitors are invited to renowned Jones Beach State Park on the south shore of Long Island for a cooling dip in the Atlantic.

Facts, figures and description of exhibits at the Fair are available at Jones Beach and similarly, information on Jones Beach State Park is available at the Fair.

Throughout the season, World's Fair exhibitors, industrial firms, Long Island communities and others will be saluted on special "Mardi Gras" nights at the Jones Beach Theatre.

Gathered on the huge Jones Beach Theatre stage are representatives from the World's Fair State Pavil·iom and the Federal exhibit rep1·esenting 21 States. Hundreds participated in the nationwide salute in tl&e summer of 1964 and attended Guy Lomba1·do's production of "Around The World in 80 Days," in colorful state uniforms. This was the la1·gest official "aclute" held by the famous marine theatre which 1aas been honoring communities, Heads of State, U.S. ot/icials and leading citizens for more than a decade, and was offtciaUy titled: "United States Night."

Authentic, colorful Mardi Gras floats such as this will decorate the Jones Beach performance in 1965.

Startling scenes on water, stage and in the air are combined to make a thrilling memorable experience.

The tropical splendor of "Paradise Island" will be remembered by many for its lovely dance settings.

·- -~- Sr:dge

- ·: · 3:-::ige

W. Earle (;iJnwre ll

At tl dt>nwl i I io1 I it·~ II' ill i I' a ric All l'llll'<tiH'l'~

i,.;t ing Jll'l'

til il it iL•,.; \\ con,.;trudi u poll t lw t lt•nt to wl l'OIII'"l', dl

Ph as• lllrill'd al'l

"''('t!Pd Ill

)!I'OliiHI,.; o 11·ill IJe IJu <'it.1· Buil1 \1"<1.1' ,.;~·,.;t l'

quail' are< 11·a.1·,.;. Th1 f1 II' t hP Ill

to ,;uppkr in t lw oJll

Ph as

\\'ill IJp PI ,.; I l'lll't ion park IJu il I h PH ( l'l' \'

ruad,;, wa Thl'

al,.;o ll'ill I Ht1taniral .~mall ani lllg,;,

\\"lw lini~hl'd,

:-;tl'l'l'l to II(• ,.;ulJ:-;ta

Ph as pll't !' the :\rPa ant llH'Ilt 0\'l' l'id1•d in t i ng,; 11·ill I t ional aul ll'hich wa I hl' Cit.\' I

Tht>r ~itt• ll'hir l'idt•d t hl lllllditicat i

Bronx-Whitestone Bridge

w. Earle Andrews, Consultant Gilmore D. Clarke, Consultant

At the close of the Fair in October 1965, the demolition of the exhibits and other temporary facilities will initiate the construction of the Post Fait· Park. All of the temporary parking fields, roadways, entrances, and pools will be removed so that the existing permanent roads, walks, pools, planting, and utilities will remain to serve the new park. The new construction is outlined in three phases which build upon the frame-work of permanent facilities. The extent to which these phases can be completed will, of course, depend upon the availability of funds.

Phase I - Following the demolition, the di8-turbed areas will be regraded and either topsoiled and seeded or developed for athletic fields and playgrounds or other recreational facilities. Parking fields will be built to provide service to the Amphitheatre, City Building and the new park facilities. The roadway system at Meadow Lake will be modified for adequate access to the Park from the adjacent expressways. The utility system will be adjusted to provide for the needs of the park, planting will be included to supplement existing trees along the roadways and in the open park areas.

Phase II- Other needed recreational facilities will be provided in the Central Area with the construction of additional ballfields, courts, and auxiliary park buildings. The Singer Bowl and the Amphitheatre will be prepared for park use. Additional roads, walks, and parking fields will be built.

The first stage of the Queens Zoological Garden also will be built on the site adjacent to the existing Botanical Garden. This will be an open area zoo for small animals displayed in their natural surround-ings.

When Phase II of the construction program is finished, the Central Area including the Lawrence Street to Main Street portion of Kissena Corrider will be substantially complete.

Phase III -The work under this phase will complete the recreation facilities in the Meadow Lake Area and will supplement the landscape development over the entire park. New exhibits will be provided in the Hall of Science and additional park buildings will be built in the Central Area to provide additional auxiliary facilities necessary in the 646 acres which was leased to the World's Fair Corporation by the City of New York.

There are certain existing buildings on the Fair site which are being considered for Park use provided the owners are willing to pay for necessary modifications. (continued on page 43)

The Queens Zoological Garden, an open area zoo where small animals will be displayed in their natural swToundings. The zoo is to become a part of the permanent post-Fair park.

Rendering of the New York State pavilion, which may be altered and retained as a prominent feature of Flushing Meadow Park after the Fair. The New York State buildings would be used as a 1·ecreation center with emphasis on summer activities.

Rendering of the Bell System exhibit as it may appear if converted for post-Fair park u.'le. The lower portion of the building would be an indoor recreation center with court games, dance flom·s, meeting rooms, and a small theatre for dramatics and dancing.

POST-FAIR PROGRAM- PARK CONSTRUCTION.

Park Facilities, Phase I

Park Fadlities, Phase I I

Park Facilities, Phase I I I

, .. , : -D

Topsoil, Seeding and Planting, Phases I & Ill

Supplementary Planting, Phase III

Pool }/odification, Phase I

---~ I i

-~----. -- .. ----~ _...______ ~

Ther site whic vided thf modificat

Bell: may be < with cour small the

Equi an outdol under th1 horseshOE

New the Pavil: a recreat and corrE City BuiJ,

The athletic p tion with would fit for the : which arE tral Park may cont

DESIGN c:=====:::::J

GENERAL CONSTRUCTION

BUILDING CONSTRUCTION

. LANDSCAPING

.··There are certain existing buildings on the Fair · which are being considered for Park use pro

the owners are wiling to pay for necessary

System - The lower portion of the building be converted into an indoor recreation center court games, dance floors, meeting rooms and a theatre for dramatics and dancing.

· .· Equitable Life- The building may be used as outdoor adult recreation area with game tables

, ..... ,,,,..,.,·~ .. the roof and adjacent court games such as · ' horseshoes and bocce .

•. ... ··. New York State- This complex consisting of · .>the Pavilion, Theatre, and Towers is under study as

/.a recreation center with emphasis on summer use O:and correlated with the programs in the New York

City Buildings and the indoor recreation center. · · The pavilion is proposed as a covered area for ·athletic programs, dancing, and concerts in conjunc-tion with a children's day camp program. The theatre . would ftt into this program in addition to providing for the Marionettes and their related workshops

are now housed in the Swedish Cottage in Cen-Park. The towers are a tourist attraction and

· continue as such in the Park program.

coNSTRUCTION ezzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzm

1965 1966 1967

Singer Bowl- The Bowl is under study as a site for summer opera and ballet and at the least may be used for athletic programs and pop concerts.

Federal Pavilion - The building is being studied by the Board of Education as an education and retreat center.

Greyhound - The Fire Department is considering this building as a communications center and as a base for some equipment.

Japan -The stone walls of the building may be removed and reconstructed elsewhere in the Park in connection with a Japanese garden.

The Pavilion - The structural aluminum dome is being considered for use after the building is no longer needed as an exhibit area as the basic element of a walk-through aviary in the proposed zoo.

This proposed construction program calls for the completion of all the park facilities in Flushing Meadow Park in the Summer of 1967. The Hall of Science is an existing feature of the post-Fair Park; it will be ready for use in the Summer of 1966. By carefully controlling the access, the swimming pool at the Amphitheatre will be open to the public at the same time.

~

7

i

..

!! ..

POST

DEMOLITION

1. Removal of Fair-built Roads and Parking Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ . 2. Demolition of Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............................. . 3. Removal of Temporary Pools, Entrance Towers, Directional and Street Signs, Intramural Bus Statio1111, ·. ·

Entrance Gates and Fences, Information Booths and Flagpoles . . . . . · 4. Removal of Unisphere Lighting, and Demolish Electrical Substations .......... . 6. Demolish Temporary Storm and Sanitary Structures, Removal of Hydrants, Service Connections and Te1111110Jt'll

Light Poles; Replace Fixtures on Permanent Light Poles .................... . 6. Removal of Temporary Installations from Entrance Building and Pool of Industry

CONSTRUCTION

General 1. Grading and Topsoil ......... . 2. Seeding and Planting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................. . 3. Utilities- Revise Pump Stations; Adjust Storm, Sanitary, Water, Fire, and Police Communications

Convert Electrical Distribution System to Park Use ... 4. Entrance Building and Boathouse Modifications 6. Parking Fields . . . . . . ....... . 6. Ball Fields and Playground 7. Rehabilitation of Permanent Pools 8. Roadways 9. Lighting ...

Central Area 1. Baseball, Softball and Football Fields; Handball, Paddle Tennis and Shuffleboard Courts 2. Comfort Stations and Concession Areas (2), Equipment and Storage Building (1) ...................•

3. Field House and Bleachers, Comfort Station and Concession Area (1) ........ .

4. Assembly Arena Modification 5. Planting . . . . . . . . . . . .. 6. Parking Fields ..... 7. Roads and Pedestrian Walks 8. Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. Hall of Science Exhibits (initial installation)

Meadow and Willow lake Areas 1. Softball and Football Fields, Playgrounds 2. Comfort Stations . 8. Planting . . . .. 4. Parking Fields ... 6. Roads, Bicycle Paths and Pedestrian Walks 6. Willow Lake Cleanup 7. Lithting .. 8. Amphitheatre

lawrence Street to Main Street 1. Zoo <Stage n 2. Parking Fields 8. Roads 4. Bicycle Path 6. Lighting 6. Planting

DD

. ...... ':'. . ........ .

-

-' .. , . . . . . . . . . . $1,700,000

. 755,000

700,000 50.000

600,000. 275,000 75,000 70,000 75,000

.............•..• _..... ••. . ............ $ 225,000·

................ · ..... , .... ·············· 217,0o0' 0' 0 ~ 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 I a "' o o I o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o

• 0 •••• 0 0 ••• 0 0 ••••••• 0 .....

••• ••••••••• 0 ••••••••• ,,,;

",' o o--0 o'o o 0 j'o 0 0 .. 0 oo I 0 0 0 0 tOO

•• .- ••••••• 0 ••• 0 •••••• ~ ••••

.............. " ••••• ;: •• : 0 •

lOO,OC)O .......................... ••••••••• 0 0 •••••••• 0 •••••

175,000 85,000 .

............. $

••• • • •.•• •••• - ••••••• 0 ••••••

o' I 0 0 0 0 oo o 0 0 o 0

....... • . ' ..... ' . ' ..... ' .. ' ..... ' . . . . . . . . 1,000,000 ••• ' •• 0 •• ,·, •••••••• ; •••• 0

• ••• • • 0 ••••••••••• 0 0 ••••••

o o,•• ot o o • o • o o oo I o o o o o o o o o

•••••••• ••• ••••••••• 0 •••••

. ....................... . •• 0 •••••• '. 0 •••••••••••••

. ........................ , ••••••••••••••••••• 6 •••••

. ....................... . . . . . . ' .......... ' ....... . . ....................... . ........... ~ ............ . . ....................... .

,• ........................ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ······. ....................................... 100,000

............ -.......................... .

.......•.............. ,.i ............. .

1,200,000 60,000 33,000

o ~ o o o o o t o o o o o o t t o o o o o o o o o o o o o o • t t t o o o t I . ......................... ' •••••••••••• 0 ............ .

0 ••••••••••••• 5,000 .................. ·-· .. , ..

.......................... . ................... ' ..... .

$4,300,000 $2,200,000 .

• 0 ••••• 0 •• • •••

... ' ....... ~ " .. . . . ... . .. . . . . .

.............. 0 o 0 00 oO I 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 tO 0 I I 0 0 o 0 0 0

300,0oo . 100,000 ·370,000 125~000 325 ...

50-400,000.

17,000 10,000

100.000

-~f'~~ .u,tWl') of. lUJ.DI ~.~!iTS ~:J~ srnws;.: "'· ~ol\'lli EW/f3ID ~ ~: fr HERBEMl. ~ VN..~'"' S fill~ j~.J~ .B¥\'MlfEi. l. ~ £J.tSE"E f. 31.~ ftl~ i; !!L~' -WL..f41V' !L~ ~£BUJW ~'flt1J\; B:i"¥11'.:1::+ ~C+. ~~"'D ~!:::,'f_,~ ... . .:.rws BR.1ID.:' ~ 'N. ~MI\1>. ll:cl.3:\ Y. :BRrN+ ~. 'ffi~~. ~~ . ./1(~ muc:: ~ 'f' ~CK:f' Jf. a =Di- -· iUJ"L.;;.E WL.~I\o +. l\Ul?K;.jf\V :SE.. tt ~ ;ru R=m:w.~ !J;.\\Tll:" ~ ::lL. +011t.. Jf. ~tr ... ~f?E.....r -.~'1:1+- ~ ::-An...tttr :AMm. r, .r:;-AF!Pt:. Jf: ::~~8-l..~~f il'IW4'ru::;: :;AVA~-.. _If.

~M<UUE, .r£,..i:f ~.._~AND..i:f: .!OHt-.. "": t..·AJ·-4~ -H.."'VMffi' , ~ ~~ .. .tt::u~ r. ;::..t,, ' ~;.'1"· r..::=Mi:~l'i ::..&• ·•.:. ~"'- t~Nlr Q'lHt.. ": .1.:..'1.., ~~ ~ .. Vf<:. bnt'i'E:t -0.1.- 1~ 'r-\iW;:.;:,) ~ .. ;-.nN; J~ :; :.nt>l"ti:--' ·En~i.:'.t~ f.~~~ ~..~ n:tW:::: ....... ~~:{' ~"''W-~~ l l"·i. :r; ~ 1\Ll}A. • ~..m· ~w._

i-\l'lWb~t .::: ~ : .. ~·· tJ~ ~ ... . hl.;{'Vf.~.: .:.t.!'h:t i-. 1"4..:J.i,' 1"'~1 T -~ J:"\..Y"'l_:," ~~ r-.. :,F~t_ rt. ·l;l,\''IU~! ~ n..=~i<lfll( t'.f.~ $.. ~l .. t..l"t- ;t~~..\.l, n;:-i .~':'· . '!'..£~ -llt.t;'" _t..t.;-.... n.~u~-:-· ,,;,~-~--~- __ .,~: -~~t~.-..:.~

''W.."':' ·~ ~.,.'1::-· -~rt.:: i·'i-lo~~'"'"'( ..,.., \~i; . "' 'r)~, ; ~~~.H. ~~"""-"!7- t. t-~r.~ ~ .. ~ t.(''!i'::'"tt'lf. :r.~\"tt::~'

'\olS::(-.[1' -~~-"'~2';:

..;J.,WF.:,1 J.. =·AA_£• WW.L f,.P£.,::.t.- ~. :::~tN"'Ji~r -i"J?.~E: : =--..)ftlr.Ptt< .: w. ::::- "'flf>. MS1 li?..Z'tE ~~W..;!!. JJ-«1.. ·w. ::=:f'.Jttttu• :Pr:RI:lt - -'f"'.AW~" Jf. ?.t:;~ 'I ~ • .21ii'At• .B'lE ==tEO!f. £)Wit' t ~e«:L· ::;-!tt?--3 y. =tt::e:"'lE. YJL~lV :. :::: :J~' _::U!!:- ~t-~Cffig"" :: _ ~tta ffi~ -. :EtE" n~uN: iEtL 35?t#ffi: = .:iiAHE.. =tE: 'IV. !L~ --t:JM~ = n j -=::1~ .... :u:LJEtSDt· - '"'i..l~ 1\'. n.'1..1:!J=':: . rN 4,A.._ _. .3J.:.Ll -f<.\ffi'' ~ i;.LJ, u •.~--+4'tl~ A. im'~+UA -{~~'"L: ~ :b~ .... n;. ·::~ imllU, II.~. ?t-""tl~' imS't'L.":..l ~·n.. : . .AA~ i,:Nt. .r, ~:OU';'4f..

-=.:wr ~~. ~~,,~(.'\l~ ++4. ~m L.~ Y. ++-l~~

v. '"~~-- +l.l~~t W<\ .. 'A..~ 't. ~~'1~'''t 1..{;\l $1~ H~l'il"~ <4,~ r.;-"fl.Lt;l..,...... ;4.l.'t' "'.::~;

~·\~l'H~' ~ lt~ ..~ '$t.llt ... ~~ ~-~=' l'\.'1'to. ~ ·~"' • .;-· 'WI, , til.A' "- ~:-·~ .;-, ~'~ 1'\.~:ti·t,l' ~-~' ~ '-\"t~ •· 4..~ r:::r l~l.'l>, ., 4.;"'"'' ~

..\'t.!t..•· ~~~~~~~ ...,;-: :=t.••.n ' ~~:~t "<;"\ .. ;':'~·· ~:--A·~. t' -~ t....i'~~ ~.f.t ... '{ l.;.~·

·~t.t~ ·~ ·~: ~· \:I'd, ·~l '7: .... ! .... t":.;.,\'~t~; \.~V'Jil, 1',.,'\>:_,'"\~~. ~~~~~~ ~~.

;..A,~;-.t·. " ··~-"·' t ~ '

""'!:~:~,:.:•~ .. '~~,, "'""'"t.,;,·~ ,, ·..;~~,,.,.,.

J. ANTHONY IVA S. V. PAT RICHARD C. I C. MICHAI::L ALFRED E. PI CLIFTON W. I SAMUEL R. f CHARLES PO FORTUNE R • JACOBS. PO WILLIAM E. f CHARLES F. I MRS. ERNES' SAMUEL F. F EUGENE C. F ROLAND L.!; WILLIAMS. f RICHARDS.! FREDERICK' EDWARD V. I HAROLD RIE MRS. RALPH JACKIE ROBI WILLIAM E. I DAVID ROCK JOHN D. RO< JOHN J. ROC JOHN A. ROC JAMESJ. RO SAMUEL I. R BENJAMIN S STANLEY M. ROBERT W.: PAUL R. SCR JOSEPH T. Sl DALE E. SHA WILLIAM A.! CHARLES H. JARVIS J. SL C. R. SMITH HULEITC. S JOHN I. SNV DR. RALPH V JOSEPH P. S GEORGE E. S JACK I. STR~ NATHAN STF RALPH I. STI ARTHUROCI LIEF J. SVER BENJAMIN~ S. JOSEPH T GEORGEC.l CHARLES C. DAVID TISH~ AUSTIN J. T~ WILLIAM J. 1 ANTHONY J. MRS. MARIE JUAN T. TRII GENE TUNNI H.C.TURNE

HARRY VAN ARSDALE, JR. THOMAS J. WATSON, JR. SIDNEY J. WEINBERG DAVID A. WERBLIN ALEXANDER M. WHITE ROBERT M. WHITE, II JOHN HAY WHITNEY MRS. WENDELL WILLKIE EVERm T. WINTER CHARLES B. WRIGHTSMAN ANGUS G. WYNNE, JR. JOSEPH ZARETZKI WILLIAM ZECKENDORF HERBERT ZELENKO EZRA K. ZILKHA

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE THOMAS J. DEEGAN, JR., Chairman RALPH J. BUNCHE EDWARD F. CAVANAGH, JR. LOU R. CRANDALL JAMES J. DELANEY JOHN ELLIOTT JAMES A. FARLEY BERNARD F. GIMBEL WALLACE K.l:fARRISON MRS. ALBERT D. LASKER CHARLES B. McCABE VERY REV. LAURENCE J.

McGINLEY, S.J. GEORGE S. MOORE ROBERT MOSES ARTHUR H. MOTLEY RICHARD C. PATTERSON, JR. CHARLES POLETTI WILLIAM E. POTTER CHARLES F. PREUSSE SAMUEL I. ROSENMAN PAUL R. SCREVANE DR. RALPH W. SOCKMAN

FINANCE COMMITTEE GEORGE S. MOORE, Chairman FREDERIC H. BRANDl WILLIAM H. MOORE WILLIAM H. MORTON WILLIAM S. RENCHARD DAVID ROCKEFELLER JOHN M. SCHIFF DALE E. SHARP ALEXANDER M. WHITE

ORGANIZATION COMMmEE BERNARD F. GIMBEL, Chairman GARDNER COWLES G. S. EYSSELL VERY REV.LAURENCE J.

McGINLEY, S.J. ALFRED E. PERLMAN

Counsel

WHITMAN, RANSOM & COULSON

Bond Counsel

HAWKINS, DELAFIELD & WOOD

Spec:lll Counsel

W. BERNARD RICHLAND

Labor Relations

EDWARD C. MAGUIRE

Auditors

PEAT, MARWICK, MITCHELL & COMPANY

.48

Adrntnl8tratlon

EXECUTIVE

ROBERT MOSES, President ERNESTINE R. HAIG, Secretary of the Corporation and

Assistant to the President MURRAY DAVIS, Special Assistant to the President HAROLD J. BLAKE, Coordinator to the President

COMPTROLLER

ERWIN WITT, Comptroller KITTY SPEAR, Administrative Assistant to Comptroller JOHN J. BRENNAN, Deputy Comptroller ARTHUR W. WALTER, Chief Accountant JOHN LYNOTT, Assistant Chlel' Accountant JOHN O'CONNELL, Pass Manager ARTHUR J. LESSMANN, Manager, Insurance Department A. A. CHRISTIDES, Customs Manager

INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS AND EXHIBITS

CHARLES POLETTI, Vice President ALLEN E. BEACH, Director, International Exhibits DOUGLAS BEATON, Assistant to tha Vice President GEORGE H. BENNETT, Assistant to the Vice President LIONEL HARRIS, Assistant to the Vice President BRUCE NICHOLSON, Assistant to the Vice President JOHN S. YOUNG, Assistant to the Vice President

FEDERAL AND STATE EXHIBITS

WILLIAM E. POTTER, Executive Vice President MICHAEL R. PENDER, Deputy to Executive Vice President

and Director of State Exhibits F. J. McCARTHY, Special Representative

TRANSPORTATION SECTION PORT OF NEW YORK AUTHORITY

S. SLOAN COLT, Chalmnan AUSTIN J. TOBIN, Executive Director GUY F. TOZZOLI, Director, World Trade Department FRANCIS D. MILLER, Director of Transportation Section,

World's Fair E. DONALD MILLS, Chief of Planning

INDUSTRIAL SECTION

MARTIN STONE, Director JOHN R. REISS, Assistant Director, Sales PHYLLIS ADAMS, Assistant Director, Exhibitor Relations LEON NEWMAN, Consultant, Industrial Eventa

OPERATIONS STUART CONSTABLE, Vice President SHIPLEY FLYNN, Assistant to Vice President CARL E. HOLGREN, Assistant to Vice President STF.PHEN P. KENNEDY, Commissioner, Maintenance

and Security RICHARD C. PATTERSON, JR., Chief of Protocol GATES DAVISON, Deputy Chief of Protocol ROBERTO G. de MENDOZA, Assistant Chief of Protocol SELMA L. HERBERT, Assistant Chief of Protocol WILLIAM R. BECKETT, Assistant Chief of Protocol MARY JANE McCAFFREE, Director, Women's Activities WALTER E. GIEBELHAUS, Program Director HUGO A. SEILER, Operations Director, Radio-Television·

Public Address WILLIAM H. OTTLEY, Director, Special Events SHELDON S. BROWNTON, Chief Medical Officer WILLIS S. MATTHEWS, Deputy Director, Maintenance and

Security RAYMOND F. TARKMAN, Office Manager MICHAEL A. SANTORA, Assl&t!lnt Office Manager WALKER C. NOE, Purchasing Agent MADELINE TRUSLOW, Supervisor, Flies and lnfomnatlon Bureau WILLIAM A. KANE, Director, Concessions ROBERT I. COHEN, Assistant Director, Concessions

COMMUNICATIONS AND PUBLIC RELATIONS THOMAS J. DEEGAN CO., INC.

THOMAS J. DEEGAN, JR., Chairman DEBS MYERS, Executive Vice President WILLIAM BERNS, Consultant, Special Projects WILLIAM DONOGHUE, Consultant, Press Relations WILLIAM LAURENCE, Consultant, Science JOHN TASSOS, J. Walter Thompson Co.

ENGINEERING JOHN T. O'NEILL, Director of Engineering S. A. POTTER, JR., Deputy Director of Engineering J. P. GROENENDYKE, JR., Director of Waterfront Development CARL A. OSTLING, Director of Design and Construction JOSEPH MYERS, Director of Planning

UNITED STATES WORLD'S FAIR COMMISSION

Norman K. Winston, Commissioner Sam w. Klnpley, Aullttnt Commluloner . Jlmes J; ~. Special Alllltlnt to Commluloner and Ualson Officer with Fair Corporation

NEW YORK STATE WORLD'S FAIR COMMISSION

u. Gov. Malcolm Wilson, Chairman

. Chartee J. Bf'o1NM William T, Conklin

May Pnllton Dlvle H. Genet

Mortlmor S. Gordon Joseph A. Kaiser Otto Kinzel Herman I. Merlnolf

Martin B. McKnaally, Counsel

Mra. Paul E. Peabody, VIce Chairman

Julius L Mintz Clllan B. Powell William A. Shea Joseph T. P. Sullivan

William Drohan, Project Director

NEW YORK CITY WORLD'S FAIR COMMISSION

Robert F. Wesner, Chairman

David Ron Angelo J. Arculao Mario J. Cariello

Newbold Morrla, Euwtlve Secretary

Mrs. Marlett~~ Tree Edward G. Miller, Jr.

COUNSEL WHtfti&N,IIANIOM I COULSON

IOND COUNSEL HAWKINS, OIL"IILD I WOOD

LABOR RELATIONS IDWAIID C, MAIUIIII

SPECIAL COUNSEL W. IIIINAIID IIICHLAND

FINANCE COMMITTEE

O[ORCIJ' S. MOORE, Chmn. DAVID IIOCKEF£LLER ,REDEIIIC H. IRANDI JOHN lol SCH"F WILLIAM H. MOORE DALE E. SHAIII' WILLIAM H. MORTON ALEl!AtiOEII II. WHITE WILLIAMS RENCHAIID

s,eclll Aut lo the Ptnl-'••• IIUIUtAY DAVIS

Coor•tttaltr ta tht President

HUOLO J. ILAKE

SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION AND ASSISTANT TO THE

PRESIDENT

ERNESTINE R. HAIG

INDUSTRIAL TRANSPORTATION INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS

ENGINEERING Dlttctor

MAIITIN STOll!

..OliN R. 111111 "HYLLII ADAMI

DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION

Dl•••••• CARL A. OSTLING

0£C£WSER, 1964

Port of Ntw York Authority

AUSTIN J. TOliN

GUY F. TOZ ZOLI FRANCIS D. MILLU

CONSULTANTS

GILMORE D. CLAUE A. It MORGAN SIDNEY Itt SHAPIRO

VIce l"ru16tnt CHARLES POLETTI

ALLEN E. IUCH DOUGLAS lUTON GEORGE H BENNETT LIONEL HARRIS lltUCE NICHOLSON JOHII S. YOUNG

WATERFRONT DEVELOPMENT

Dfrtctor

J.P. GRO!NENDYKE, JR.

, Director . JOHN T. O'NEILL

DIIMJIY S.A. POTTER

PLANNING

Director

JOSEPH MYERS

FEDERA CITY .E ,, •• 101 R ...... fttitu;;, • F. J.llc CAJitlll . . . . t:VUETT T. Wli!TIIt: · F. IIICHAt:L CAll AllY JAMtll II. SMITH . IIOIEIIT L. ti!OIIT\,1 LEW II. PAit.fiiOIIt:

: . ' "

' "' . . -' . . ,1'1 •' ~. • •

. ·., ' '• \ ' .. .. ·.:: ~ . ' "

BRINKMANSHIP AT NIAGARA FALLS

We were aotonlohed to Hnd that an h 10 enlarKe· ment of thlt Queatar hlgh-retolullon closeup had the quality we wnuhl expect from a prell camera only a few feet away. As thlt loy teetered here on the brink for a lew mumentt, perhap• you can HI 110"<111 tiny dropittt of water were stopped cold at f/11, on Tri·X 111m ot 1/500 econd. Pleaoe notk:e the tremendous depth of Heidi That'• what tmall aptrture and yreat dlatancc make pooslble. The araln wa1 ney IJIIble, tuo, to we aoll our hall to Kodak for thla oplendld negative material. Camtra wa1 a Ountar-modiHed Nlkun F. avail· able onl)l throuah ut.

We left the tprO<:ket holes on thl1 •cellon of 35-mm. ftlm for you to oee. It 11 alwoys nice to pubUth a clooeup picture that could not puulbly have been faked, save perhaps from a balloon. We doubt II any other teleacope could take so aharp 11ijcture, for many reaaont.

llach ueatar It a labor of love. There are leu than 3 of them throuphout the .world today. We make only a few hundred each yrur, and oiler for lilt unly tho10 whosr optical quollly hu been vcrlfted 01 oupcrnne by tnllnr on real lllfl at nlaht. Since Queatura can exte only by

o•tonlshlna performance and perlrclinn of Image,

~e a ~~~~:.,:~~e oYrf~! ~~~~~~~~~·~:r~~ :~~a~~;~ ~o"~ ~~~~.t~~ ·.~~~·'o~r ,:.~~;nr.nr"~~~~~."~:e~~r.~·::cch oet 11 motched by election and then "married" by aapheric hand-retouching. Moot of today's (}uestnrs hove mirrors of temprraturr-shock· rnlotant quartz, the beat material obtainable. We have made this precious crystal available •lnce 1957, wllh the result that nearly all the quarll-mlrrored telescopet In the world are QutSiart. Ench lens-mirror act Is held In only one rotational poailion. The lens mull dror off· uxls by .0015 Inch, and thrn be free of at con· otralnl In Ito prcclaion cell, since any slightrst preuure from a retaining ring would derogate the Image. Thus the lens of evrry Quratar ever made should rallle whrn lOU shake the tube.

The old auylna that "trines make prrleetlon, but perfection Is no trifle" seems very true to us who find ouraelvrs every day In the trifle business. Only when we pel each trine just right can we oend another beautiful lillie Questar Into the world with pride ond satisfaction.

Quntur is the nnest and moll versatile small telescope in the world. Prices begin at $795. &nd fur yt>ur copy nl the new 40-page booklet with M pages of color and much general infor· nmlion, with e .. oys on optics, seeing and tele· •cnpic photography. One dollar postpaid in U. S., Mexico and Canada. By air to West lr.dlc• and Central America, $2.~0. By air to Europe, N. Africa dnd S. America, $2.50. By air In Australia and elsewhetr, $3.50.

QUIESTAR BOX 10, NEW HOI'E, PENNSYI.VANIA

AN ASPECT Of EXCELLENCE

l'he versatility of Leoflardo Ja Vim:i u·as so prodigious that we look b~~&k on him as one of the great geniuses of all lime. He u•Of'ktd ;, every field. Whatever he touched, he im· proved, and the wide r11nge of his adivities still inspires us U'ith awe.

Perhaps one measure of 11 man is the breadth of bis intelledual curiosity, the number of his interests. Unless you who read these lines are 11 profession11l astronomer, your intenst ;, our little telescope proves something about you, too. Quest11r was mtUie for people Uke yourself, u•ho have it~quiring minds.

We only make one telescope, but its versa· tility seems boundless. Do you know thai u·e sell more Quest11rs for work in other fields thatJ for astrotJomy? We have 11/ways wt~t~ted to turn the exqr~isite resolving power of the astronomer's classical instrument on all things near and f11r, with new ease and comfort at1d com,enietlce. No one htUI done this before, just as no o11e had. ever put compoutld tele· scopes iflto regular producliOfl as we have

done. There is only one Questar optical system,

ot1e size, o11e superfine quality. It introduced the flew lem-mirror Makmtov optics, and, u:e are told, often outperforms other examples of such systems. Take photography, for instance. Here Questar becomes the sharpest of all telephoto lenses, and by sheer meritorious perfortnt~nce 11•as chosen to be the first high-power telescope to reach outer space in NASA's ma11ned. Gemifli spacecraft, And If you s11w the l11unching of the first manttetl Gemini spacecraft ofl your TV, three-q~~~~rlers of all network take-oD pictures of it were made by other Questars on TV cameras at Cape Kennedy.

In coming months u•e shall print in these columns other examples of Quest.w's versalility to shou· how many things it can do for yot1. Quesl4r u·as not designed to suppl1111t larger telescopes, but to supplement them. It is for taking with you wheret•er you go, to e:"plore further not only the heat,ens, but 11lso this lor•ely planet on which we so fortumllely fmd ourselt•es.

~ TE

Vol. XXX,

COVER: Sl Holt 0 Museu record walls.

QUASI-S"

~AI SPAC. E f. V ~ -Pete THIRTY

-Artt

OBSERVI -And

ECLIPSE -Frar

SOME soun

CopyrighJ, 1965 Sit\' PviiLISHING Colll'ORATION

All rights reaerved.

Matioging Edltot WlWAM E. SHAWCii.Oss

CONTENTS AUGUST, 1965

·~O'hlt sinee the: OPening of th• New. York World's Fair lost. year, this permanent • :· .. :Holl <W Si:leoce hos been completed. EventUally It will be port of the city's

:Mtlsellrri Of Science and Technology. In this scene at dusk, Peter A. Leavens ' teeotds patte.· ms of light from underwater floodlights that play on the SO-foot

• ·. . . .·.. \Valls. !See page 68.1

, ;w¢·=~~~~·w~~~~~ ~A;~,,·v·· 67

.. ·.~>;'-::··Peter A. Leavens ........................ . V ..... 68 ' ..... THIRTY-SIX MILES IN THE SHADOW

·. ~rth~r N. Cox, Donald H. Lieb~:~nberg, and Sidney N. Stone 72

. OBSERVING THE ECLIPSE FROM PERU ~ndrew Mlchalitsanos and Steven Goldstone . . . . . . . . . . 76

·• ~CLIPSE .EXPEDITIONS ON MANUAE ATOLL ,,.-F~"k M. Bateson ... : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

NOTeS ON SOME PLANETARY PROBLEMS : ..,.;,o.B;,verly · T. 80

TITAN 3C . . . . . . . . . . . 86

""'·•"'''"''"""' ,· NETWORK Williams, and R. C. Hoy . . . . . . . . 88

91

.............................. 83

95 · · · · · · a~ci ·As'trophy~ic~ · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·

••• ' ••• 0 •• 0 ••••••••••••• 0 0 0 •••••• ' ••••••

118

104

75 84

110

120 92

122

SKY AND TIILI!SCOPB. b PUhiJJhcd JIIOIItbly by Sky Publisbina Corporation, Hurud CoUr.se Obstna· torJ, Camll=· , Maa. 021 ~8. SecoOcl·daa poJIIIJII paid at Bottoa, Mall., and u additioaal maWaa oBicea.

SuiNicri ocu 16.00 Pet JUr Ia lbe Uolred Swa aad posMUioos; 111.00 lot nro ,an; $16.00 lot t~ .,.an. To Mlltico, aad all coumria ollbe l'lm .American Posul Union, $7.00 for ooe Jtat; $13.00 fol two~~· U9.00 fol Ibm~ To all other fonilll COUDuies. 18.00 tor one pru~,$1S.OO for nro YtUJi IZ2.00 lor duee ,...,.. Cioadlaa aod Other foteilll tmllaances should be made in united Sca~e~ cur· ~. · $!Aale f!1f11 60 ceou. S.d ht•IS: Jaauarv, 1962, 10 PRieD<. 60 ceou ~~ copp. Volt. I throuah XXII (.NO!embei, ll/41, 10 Demmbet, 1961), Older from W. ]. ]Olmloo, Joe., Ill Pifth Ave., New York 3. N. Y.

AU DCidris lot d!aale ol lddtess - be aeor ooe month in adnace IDd accompanied by old IIIII DeW ~ Wbcn lllldl111 'JOIIt renewal order, or wtid111 In reprd 10 toW' lllbtc:ripdoa, your current J!11!1ina llddiW IIIUIC be pvea. lletum our bill form with lUICwaJ ,.,.,mem. Circulation manger, Naacy ll. Bol100. Ollice lllf: }DIDM Bnlton, khb B11laer, Mary SiiYa, John SlllliJIImS, C.therine Wentzell. SblJ'lll!l: ll. MmH.

l!diiOIUl and lchenbiaa oBias: 49-50-51 Bar Sette ltd:.~. CambricJae, Mass. 02138. Phone 617 UN 4·7~60. Allllwu ed!IDn: ~" Viqiala K. Cos: ""· MoWe u. Boriaai o)smiiJ,, Leif ]. ~. Admallioa - ue llRWcl In STAHDAU RATB AND DATA SllllVICI!, or oent upon request; dOiiDJ date ia 20th ol tee· ond llillllth ~ dare of laue. Adteniailll repcaencadve for tbe 11 weslml 1111a: Earl A. ]acboa, 4ZS B. GMa SL, Puadeila, Calif. 91101. Pboae 213-681-:nn. UIIIDlichcd anldes and pictures are welcome, bur PIIIIDIIt -doo or NllllD II aoc auaranceed. . Tile ptiadpd anldeiiiN illdmd iD THII lUL\DIIU' GIJJI)B TO PWODICAL LITIIIATIIU.

Quasi · Stellar C~l~~l~~ M. ANY OBJECTS hithertq ~

as very faint blue stan in~i~f~, own Milky Way are. ac~ally ~·~~·;· variety. of extremely distant galaxi~, a<:.; cording to Allan Sandage of Moun(wn; son and Palc:lmar Obsei'Vatorlea, , Thobjecta (whidt he calli QSG; for '4*"i~ stellar galtJJCies) differ from the f~!ii~ quaaars (often called quasi..SteUai i<ill~):> in not being strong sources oftadiq eQJi$. • aion. .· .· .

In our Milky Way, the .vait majoiit}' Of: faint stan are yellow and red dwam But back in 1947, M. L. J'{umaaon ~nd. F'. .· .... Zwicky (both of Mo~tnt Wilson and P~. · · mar). pointed out that a·· •prinkllng · 9f abnonnally blue stars .- faint u lllligni~ tude 15 oci:ura near the . north galactk pole. Very. extensivf! search~ made· by W. J. Luyten (Univenlty of MinrtCI()ta) revealed that these dim blue objl:(tl.occuxby the thousands in many Parts of .the sky, to as faint as magnitude 19. At Ton· antzlntla Observatory in Mexico, G. Haro, B. Iriarte, and L Chavira discoy~ many more of these· oddities.

· Up until this year, astronomers genet'• .. ally believed that the faint blue. objedl· . were stars, some of them being relatively nearby white dwarfs, ·the other. mi!JDheis: , .. of an exteruive halo surrouniling . d:te . Milky Way galaxy. Nevertheless, .~ere . · were a few hints pointing toward an extra• . galactic nature. Already in 1947, Hmna·. son and Zwicky noted that object· 46 · in their list was evidently a 15th-magnitucle galaxy, and in 1958 Iriarte pointed out that another example, Tonantzintla 730, was on photographs recognizably a galaxy rathe.r than a star. Las.t year, 'Zwicky re- . ported on the widespread existe(lc:e of very compact galaxies, some of them blue; and even antidpated that they are related to quasars (SKY AND Thi.ESCoPE, Septem-ber, 1964, page 151). ·

Sandage's discovery is that there are two kinds of faint blue "stan," Those bright· er than magnitude 141 are for the mast part actually stellar, whereu those fainter· are predominantly enormowly distant, superluminous galaxies. 111 the Astrophysical journal for May U, 1965, he explains how be came to this conclusion.·

During the last year or two be ~ been systematically photographing the positions of quasi-stellar radio sources, and identifY" ing many of them by their excess ultraviolet brightness (see picture on page 16 of July issue). But curiously, many objectl were found that imitated the ultraviolet excess of the true quasars, yet that did not occur near any radio-ao\ll'Ce ~~~ion. A study o£ plates taken with the 48-lnc:h Schmidt telescope showed that such inter· lopers averaged three per square degree. down to a limiting magnitude of 18.5. This suggested a connection with the Luy~ ten-Haro objer.ta previoualy mentioned,

(Continued on page 71)

ifugwt, 1965, SKY AND TELUOOPI 67

;,:;;~~p) Copyright, 1965 S&v PuBLJSHJNo CoiU'OMTION

All rights reaerved.

Editor·in·Chiilf CHARLES A. FEDDER. Ja.

Marn~ging Editor WILLIAM E. St~AWCROIS

CONTENTS AUGUST, 1965

COY.IR: Slric:e the Opening, of the New York World's Fair last year, this permanent · . Hallof Science has been completed. Eventually It will be port of the city's

· Museum· of Scierite and Technology. In this.scene at dusk Peter A. Leavens · .. recbrcl$ PQttern$ .of light from underwater floodlights that play on the SO-foot

walls. fSee page 68.1

_ ··•··· ... · .•. QUASI-STELLAR GALAXIES .................... "(/'.

·W:·sp~tetts~~~r:a~~n~ ~ ~ .~~~. ~~~~~:~. ~~~.~~1.1 .V ..... THIRTY-SIX MILES. IN THE SHADOW

-Arthur N. Cox, Oonold H. Liebenberg, and Sidney N. Stone

OBSERVING THE ECLIPSE FROM PERU .....:.Andrew Michalitsonos and Steven Goldstone ......... .

ECLIPSE EXPEDITIONS ON MANUAE ATOLL .~rank M. Bateson ... : ......................... .

NOTES ON SOME PLANETARY PROBLEMS . -Beverly T. Lynds . . . . . . ......................... .

THE DUAL..,FUELED BOOSTER TITAN 3C ............. . WESTERN SATELLITE RESEARCH NETWORK . ~.A. McCue, J. G. Williams, and R. C. Hoy ....... .

AMATEUR ASTRONOMERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 High School Astronomy Club In McKeespOrt-Andrew Macosko

ASTRONOMICAL SCRAPBOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 The Earth's Shape

BOOKS AND THE SKY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Landolt-Bornstein Astronomy and Astrophysics All About the Universe Gallleo Golllei Catalogue of Galaxies and of Clusters of Galaxies We Are Nat Alane

CELESTIAL CALENDAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 The August Occultation of Sigma Sogittorii Season for Minor Planet Ceres Opens

GLEANINGS FOR ATM's .................................... 104 Vemlers for Setting Circles A Teen-Ager's First Telescope-A Doii-Kirkham-Richord Steeg

LETTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 NEWS NOTES .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 84

OBSERVER'S PAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II 0 June's Partial Lunar Eclipse Deep-Sky Wonders-Walter Scott Houston Photographic Limiting Magnitudes-Fredrick Veio

RAMBLING THROUGH .AUGUST SKIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 SOME ASTRONOMICAL ANNIVERSARIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 SOUTHERN STARS ........................................ 122

67

68

72

76

78

80 86

88

SIC¥ AND TJ!li!SCOPB it PUbllabed DIODlhly by Sky Publisbina Corporation, Hanatd College ObsrJ:Ya· rorr; Camhridp, Mass. 02H8. Seallld.cJau posaae p&id It Bostoo, Mau., and It additional mailiq offices.

Subtcri&::j~ $6.00 per yeu io the Unired SWei aDd poaessioos; $11.00 for two yean; $16.00 for duee yean. To Mexico, aad all (OWitriCI of the PaD American Postal Union, 17.00 for one ]l!U; $ u.oo tot nro JUt~; $19.00 for duee ~ To all ocher foftiao counules, $8.00 for one yearLJU.OO for two yem; 122.00 for dun ,...,. OiJwll&n aad other foteip remittlllcct lhouJd be made in unired Saua cur· ~. Sinale copy 60 ceno. &leA usws: Januuy, 1962, to PfCiellt, 60 ceao per !X'PY· Vols. I tbrou&h XXII (Ncioember, 1941, co December, 1961), or:Ur from W. J. Jolwon, Inc., Ill Piftb Ave., New York ~. N. Y.

All notlca for cbaoae of lddrea 1111111 be ICIIt oae IDOilth in adVIDce and accompaoied by old aDd new lllld'-- Wbeo ICadiD&. 'fOUl renewal Older, or writina in rqanl to !'JIU oubocripdon, your cumru .mailina ~ 111111t be pvea. Ketum our bill fotm with reomt ,PaJIIICilL Orculation manaaer. Nancy R. Bolton. Ol&ce IIIII: Joanne BolmD Smb Balaer Mary Siln, John Simmoos, Catbcrioe WcotJell. Shipper: R. Mercer.

lldltorial and ldftnlii'na ollim: 49.;0.51 Bay Slate Rd;~, Cambriclae, Mau. 02138. Phone 617 UN 4-7~60. ~ editon: ~~. Viqinia JC. Cox: Ml, Mollie u. Borlaa; obs,.;,,, Lelf ]. Robi0100. Ad\letllliq 1a1111 ate lilllld i.a STANDAIID JIATB AND DATA SBRvtCB, or lent upoo request; closiq date Ia 20tb of ICC· oad ._cb .PJCCedilll date of issue. Ad~oa rcpmeoa11ive for the 11 weotern lUres: Earl A. ]acboo, 42' B. Gs.a &, Puadeila. Calif. 91101. Phone 213-681-nH. UOJOiidre.t utidCI aad piawa are welcome, bur ~ IIUeAdoa or teaUD Ia - p&ra~~leed. . 'lbe priAciJid udds are indexed io THB :RIWIBIS' GUJDB TO PBRIODIC.U. LlTBRATUU,

. · .ri':. r Quasi- Stellar CalaxJe';:

MANY OBJECTS. hitherto rega~~ . ··· . as very faint. blue stan in,ide·o¥-r• .· .•

own. Milky Way are actually a stran~: . variety of. exq-emely distant . gal;nda,; ~&:< " · cording to Allan Sandage ot Mount Wilson and Palomar Observatories. Tliese . objects (which he ·calla QSG, .for ritiliii· .·· stellar gala~eie&) . differ from· the fa!nous .. · quasars. (often. called quaai-stellar source•) , in not being strong sources of. radio emii-. sion. ..

In our Milky Way, the vast majority of · faint stan are yellow and red dwarfs. But back in 1947, M. L. Humason and F, Zwicky. (both of Mount Wilson and Palo- . · mar) pointed out · that a sprinkling of abnonnally blue stan aa faint aa magill· tude 15 occurs near the north galactic pole. Very extenalve searches made by W. J. Luyten (University of Minneaota) revealed that these dim blue objecta occur by the thousands in many puts i of me sky, to aa faint as magnitude 19. At Tonanulntla Observatory in Mexico, G. Haro, B. Iriarte, and E. Chavira discovered· many more of these oddities. .

Up until this year, aatronomers gener· . ally believed that the faint blue objects were stan, some ·ot them being relatively nearby white dwarfs, the othera membeta of an extensive halo surrounding ·die Milky Way galaxy.· NevettheJesa. there . were a few hinu pointing toward an extra· galactic nature. Already in 1947, Hutna~ son and Zwicky noted that object 46 in their list was evidently a 15th-magnitude galaxy, and in 1958 lriarte pointed out that another example, Tonant.dntla _730, was on photographs recognizably a galaxy rather than a star. Last year, Zwicky reported on the widespread existence . of. very compact galaxies, some of them blue, and even anticipated that they are related to quasars (S!tY AND TELESCOPE, Septem• ber, 1964, page 151).

Sandage's discovery u that there are two kinds of faint blue "stars." Those bright· er than magnitude 14! are for the most part actually stellar, whereas those fainter are predominantly enormously distant, superluminous galaxies. In the Astrophysical journal for May 15, 1965, he ex· plains how he came to this conclusion.

During the last year or two he luu been systematically photographing· the positions of quasi-stellar radio sources, and identifying many of them by their exceaa ultra· violet brightness (see picture on page 16 of July issue). But curiously, many objects were found that imitated the ultraviole·t excess of the true quasars, yet that did not occur near any radio-source position. A study of plates taken with the 48-inch Schmidt telescope showed that such intey. lopen averaged three per square degree, down to a limiting magnitude of 18.5. This suggested a connection with the Luy. ten-Haro objecu previously mentioned,

(Continued on page 'II)

August, 1965, SltY AND TELIICOPB 67

park at the New York World's Fair, seen (rom atop the Ford pavilion. The tallest of the full-scale Titan II, complete with its Gemini capsule. All photos are by the author unless noted otherwise.

Space Astronomy at the World's Fair - II PETER A. LEAVENS

TAST YEAR in June this magazine L featured some of the science exhibits

at the first se;1son of the New York World's I'air, with special emphasis on the space park. The architectural g<·m o[ the 19()5 season is the newly completed Hall of Science, fn-st of three adjacent structures planned as a pt•nnanent municipal museum o[ scienfe. It was dedicated on September !lth last year.

This $7,500,000 cathedral-like building was designed by Wallace K. Harrison. Its serpentine 80-foot-high concrete walls and stained-glass insets could represent either the 13th century or a strangely tranquil fumrc. At night underwater floodlight beams from small lagoon fountains dance on the exterior. Directly behind the building is the space park.

Within the Hall of Science, daylight

68 SKY AND TELESCOPE, August, 1965

lilters through thousands of blue-purple \Villl'ts glass rectangles that arc dotted with scattered red and yellow jewels. In the great main hall the principal attraction for visitors is an elaborate Martin !\1 arictta production called "Rendezvous in Space." A Cinemascope motion picture in wlor by Frank Capra is effectively interrupted to spotlight a lifesize space station and earth taxi executing a realistic docking maneuver high above the audience.

The film has man-in-the-street inter-views and narration by Danny Thomas. It shows lift-offs (rom Cape Kennedy, the Ranger 8 lunar approach, high-power elapsed-time sequences o£ Mars, .Jupiter, and Saturn, and impressive scenes of stars and nebulae. There is ample ~nimation to illustrate the rigors of Jiving in

spaceships, although the authenticity of the Walt Disney-Buena Vista astronomical movies is not matched in this one, which is also marred by cartoon footage of dubious pertinence to the whole.

Downstairs in the Hall of Science, among gracefully molded reinforced-concrete ramps, supports, and ceilings, are II thoroughly prepared exhibit areas. Subjects incl<.~de the atom for children (presented by the Atomic Energy Commission), the brain (Upjohn Co.), marine d1emistry (American Chemical Society), man (Abbott Laboratories), the phenomena of color (lnterchemical Corp.). disease (Ames Co.), and cancer (American Cancer Society).

The Hall of Science is operated now by the Port of New York Authority under Francis B. Miller, director of the World's

Fair transpor C. Reiley as L. l..aurence, fair, is on t1 Hall o( Scie~

Many of astronomy ar eral Motors stars illumir colored nebu boring plane to the stellar a colonized Ford pavilio visitors in ne alive and n< men, createe [ul space ci vehicles arch completes t experience.

Particular motion pic1 shown at t suspended tl Tri-Arc 3!15 projectors a used separal is twice repl of solar-im; National 01 Palomar M•

Amongd

Above a1 New Yo: an inter scale sp; is coupl1 the autb 120 feet just as

Fair transportation section, with Robert C. Reiley as building manager. William L. Laurence, science consultant to the fair, is on the board of trustees of the Hall of Science.

Many of the other exhibits feature astronomy and space travel. In the General Motors Futurama ride, foreground stars illuminated by ultraviolet light, colored nebulosity, and images of neigh· boring planets have been added this year to the stellar backdrops that lead toward a colonized lunar landscape. The big Ford pavilion's Magic Skyway transports visitors in new automobiles past incredibly alive and noisy prehistoric monsters and men, created by Walt Disney. A beautiful space city abstraction, replete with vehicles arching through pressurized tubes, completes the visitor's unusually vivid experience.

Particularly worth seeing is the color motion picture "To Be Alive.'' being shown at the Johnson's Wax stunning suspended theater. This film employs the Tri-Arc 335 process, with three 35-mm. projectors and three 18-foot-wide screens used separately and together. Astronomy is twice represented, with handsome shots of solar-image projection at Kitt Peak National Observatory and of observing at Palomar Mountain.

Among the most popular exhibits at the

Above at right is the Hall of Science (see front cover), which is to become part of New York's permanent Museum of Science and Technology. At lower right is an interior view of the blue-purple windows. High over the audience, fullscale spacecraft go through a docking maneuver in which a three-man shuttle is coupled to an orbiting laboratory. The picture below was taken at night by the author, in color. It shows the World's Fair symbol-the enormous Unisphere, 120 feet in diameter. The day and night illumination moves around this globe just as if it were turning on its axis. Several satellite orbits are represented.

A fanciful lunar relief map decorates the roo£ of the Spacearium theater in the Travel and Transportation pavilion. fair has heen the General Electric pavilion, where an actual demonstration of tontrolletl nuclear fusion climaxes a \Valt Disney "Carousel of Progress."

This 12-foot-high exhibit demonstrates the brain's reaction to sensations of light ami sound. It contains 38 miles of wiring and 30,0011 light bulbs. Setlucnres of light representing brain nll'ssagcs shuttle along metal tubt•s that depitt ncrw pathways. Giant aluminum disks "reatt" with geometric light pattt•rns-the~

show mt•mory n~ntcrs ami the like. U pjnhn Co. phnto.

70 SKy A!IID TEII·.~CUI'E, A II,!; liS I, /I)(,;

Here six satellite auditoriums, each seating :!~H persons. rcmlve around a huh ol stages in this Lostinating 200-(oot-di· ameter building. noted for its rapid, syn· t hronitetl people-transport. _.\fter watch· ing a dramatitatiou of the progress of elcnrility spanuiug i5 yt·ars. ami seeiug a huge skydome of storms, "solar llan·s," ami spinniug atoms. the spet tators descend spiral ralllf" to witnr;s t•uerp;y released with a haug ami a lla•h from plasma energized to 50.000.01100 Fahrenheit.

The HO-[oot-diamcter lunar-landscaped spherical rap of the largely wnnnercial Tr;l\cl and Transportatiou building em·· ers a liWI-seat Spau·ariurn, where KLl\1 Royal Dutch :\irlittcs is screening "To the :\loon aud Beyond" iu color and Cine· ram;t. Lowell Thomas provides popular astronomiral narration while the audience watdH?S lofty sceues of journeying far through the galaxies, iu a \ iew extendiug mer au emire hemisphere.

QUASI-S1 (Continu

which occur wi square degree, high-galactic-lat photographic n

Sandage's sec' from color me ject, two differ' determined: 1 blue) and B· It is possible t diagram, as she that there was he made sepa1 brighter than fainter.

In the form fell very close teristic of non of the points and instead 1: determined £1 tion was deal blue objects ' quasarlike.

Supporting to different li latitude blue of 8,746 of 1 Sandage's dia in their num and 15, then tween 15 an again indica object. More part of the c slope predic quasars.

The stati! photographi1 number qua to I; by ma1 roughly equ QSG's domi

As a final Schmidt me: pect QSG's during late

~ ooJ Ill II) :::;, ~ ~

.... lol ooJ C)

~ ~

~ 5

-0.4

0.0

-0.4

Each d In the Sandag

Q.Utf.SI-ST&UR GA.UXI& .. . (Cpntinued from. page 67)

Wbii;h Oc:cut ·with a freqUency of four per . ~uare. degree, when counu are made in hfsh~c:tic·ktitude fields to. a limiting pltotOgriphic magnitude of 19.

. Sandage's second J>iece of evidence came (rqm .eolcir meas~tnenu. For each object, tfiO difterent color indexes could be detetmi~ed: U -: B {ultraviolet minus blue) . and B- V (blue minus yellow). It .~. posaible to plot these in a two-color diagral:D, as shown below. Sandage found that there was a startling difference when he made ·separate plots for those objecta brighter than magnitude 14.5 and those fainter.

In the former case, the plotted pointa fell very close to the curving line characteristic of normal stars; in the latter, most of the points were well above that curve, ant\ instead lay close to the straight line determined from quasars. The implica· tion ·was clear: the brighter high-latitude blue objects were stan, the fainter ones quaaarlike.

Supporting evidence came from counta to different limiting magnitudes for high· latitude blue objecu, from the catalogue of 8,746 of them by Haro and Luyten. Sandage's diagram shows a slow increase in their numbers between magnitudes 10 and 15, · then a much more rapid rise be· tween 15 and 19. The change in trend again indicates two different types of object. Moreover, the slope of the steep part of the curve matches rather well the slope predicted for analogous counu of quasars.

The statistics indicate that down to photographic magnitude 12 halo stars out· number quasi-stellar galaxies by about 25 to I; by magnitude 15 their numbers are roughly equal; and at magnitude 19 the QSG's dominate by about 25 to I.

As a final check, Sandage and Maarten Schmidt measured the red shifts of six suspect QSG'a with the 2()().inch reftector, during late April and early May this year.

-1.2

Of the six, one turned out to be a star, and two had only continuous spectra. The remaining three, however, showed very large red shifts. ·

A 17th-magnitude blue "interloper" tentatively labeled BSO 1 showed two very broad emission lines, at 8475 and 4279 angstroms. Sandage identifies these as the carbon lines 1550 and 1909, shifted from the far ultraviolet into the near ultraviolet and blue regions of the spectrum, respectively. The shift amounu to z = 1.241, where z is defined as (~- 'Ao)/AO> where ~ is the observed wavelength and 'Ao the laboratory wavelength.

In the case of Tonantzintla 780, mentioned earlier, three oxygen lines, two of neon, and four of hydrogen could be recognized. These indicate a shift of z = 0.0877, with no ambiguity. Clearly this object is extragalactic, and if ita distance is estimated from the ordinary velocity· distance relationship, ita photographic absolute magnitude comes out about -22.2. This is exceptionally luminous for an optical galaxy.

The remaining object is 16th·magni· tude Tonantzintla 256. Its spectrograms show three lines each of oxygen and neon, and four of hydrogen. Their wavelength displacementa amount to % = 0.1807, which would be a very large shift for a normal 16th-magnitude galaxy.

The three objecu just described resem· ble quasars in every respect, except that they are radio-quiet.

Sandage gives some preliminary esti· mates of the properties of QSG's. There should be about 88 of them brighter than photographic magnitude 12 over the entire sky. From the red shift data, the distance of a 12th-magnitude QSG is about 230 million parsecs (if we assume a Hubble constant of 75 kilometers per second for each million parsecs). Inside a sphere of this radius, there are about 20,000 times as many normal galaxies as QSG's. Thus the latter are cosmically rare phenomena.

Nevertheless, they are much common·

100,000

10,000

1,000

~11-Sky" Counts of Blue Objects

10 12 1-4 16 .. PHOTOIIRAPHIC MA.NITI/06

The Haro·Luyten catalogue Iiili 8,746 blue objects in 1/20 of~ lky. Here are AllaD Sandage's counlll of the total numbers brighter than various magnl· tude limiu, scaled up to repn:aent the

entire aky area.

er than the quasars, by a factor of about 500. Sandage makes the interesting . suggestion that the quasars are in fact quasi· stellar galaxies going through a temporary stage of intense radio emission.

SMITHSONIAN SPACE SCIENCE CONFERENCES

To celebrate the 75th anniversary of ita founding, the Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory will hold two week-long sym· posia in Cambridge, Massachusetts, this month. The first, dealing with meteor orbita and interplanetary duat, is ached· uled for August 9·18. It will be followed on the 16-20 by a symposium concerning artificial satellite studies of the upper at· mosphere. More than ll50 astronomers from about 20 countries are expected to attend the sessions, held in cooperation with Harvard Observatory.

Two popular lectures will be open to the public, "Falling Stan" on August lOth by Peter Millman, and "The Aurora Polaris in the Magnetosphere" on August 17th by Sydney Chapman.

~~.· ·~· . tl .. z~. • v ::t~>l-4.50 Q1 '-... V< 14.41 • ., ~ -o.e '· • •

~· • • • • ~ ~ ·'t • ... "'-0,4 ~:". .\

• • g ~ ~ "' ~

·~ . ~ .. • ~ .\.

. ·:'···~ 0.0 ~*·~ b . -a • -o.• -0.2 o.o +0.2 +0.4 +o.e +o.e -0.4 -0.2 o.o +0.2 +0.4 +o.e +o.e

BLUE MINUS YELLOW BLUE MINUS YELLOW

Each dot repi'Cientl a blue bigh·latitude object in these two charu, where U - B color index il plotted a~inst B - V index. In the rixht·hand chart, for objecu fainter than yellow magnitude 14.5, many of the high points are Identified by Allan Sandaxe as quui-steUar galuiea (QSG). Mount Wilson and Palomar Observatories charta on this paxe are adapted from

the Astrophysical Journal.

August, 1965, SKY AND TELESCOPE 71

At an altitude ul 40,000 feet, William H. Regan of the Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory took this long-exposure photograph to show the shape of the outer corona. Typical for sunspot minimum, the corona extends mostly from the sun's e(JUatorial regions (lower left and upper right). Some polar rays are also in evidence. All photographs are by Mr. Regan unless otherwise noted.

Thirty-Six Miles in the Shadow ARTHUR N. Cox, DoNALD H. LIEBENBERG, and SIDNEY N. SToNE

Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory

FLYING INSIDE the moon's shadow at 150 knots above 80 percent of the atmosphere and its clouds and water

vapor, the Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory's NC-1 !J5 aircraft experienced four minutes -17 seconds of total solar t'dipsc on May !JO, I!Ui!i. The mid-totality point was at 15~· 08' west and 15" 05' somh, just over 1,000 nautical miles from our base on Samoa ami 260 miles northwest of Tahiti. Ou the sea below us, totality lasted (our minutes 10 seconds, hut the best duration on latul was only thrc·c miuutcs 17 seconds, at Bellingshausen in the Society Islands. With this long cdipse, scientists from Los Alamos made measurements to dorumcnt the solar corona in a year of the ttuiet sun.

Samoa. The Hawaiian-based flights were predicted to enjoy the longest totality ever observed, nine minutes 10 seconds, but our heavier, shorter-range aircraft (which were prohibited by the French from refueling at Tahiti), confined obser-

LASL

vations to less than half the optimum duration.

With an instrumented aircraft and operating crew available, we were able to plan coronal research related to our own normal work, using optics and recording devices available in our laboratory. A coordinated program was developed by our staff members familiar with eclipses and coronal observing problems. We sought broad-wavelength photographs in polarized light, and coronal photographs in the 5303-angstrom light of the strong forbidden green line of 13-times ionized iron. The shape of this line was to be determined at selected points in the corona by both photographic and photoelectric techniques, and photoelectric intensities of the coronal continuum and selected emission lines were to be measured. Charles Hyder, of the University of California at Los Angeles, was successful in a very difficult green-line polarization measurement sponsored by the High Altitude Observatory in Colorado.

Intercalibration of all the data with the balloon-borne coronal observations of Gordon Newkirk should make the data directly comparable to times when the sun is more active. The completely analyzed results from our flight will give information on the temperature, density, structure, motions, and composition of the corona.

As with all eclipse expeditions, things didn't go exactly as planned. Delays in equipment installation allowed only one practice flight to check our coronal trackers, using the moon as a target during the early morning o( May 20th over the Gulf o( Mexico. After a delay of one day in Hawaii, to pick up spare parts for our ground equipment that had been shipped to Samoa a week earlier, we finally arrived over Samoa only to find the airfield closed by weather. Diverted to the Fiji Islands, we made a practice sun run on the way back. With three days out of seven lost at the operating base, only extra effort on the part of the observers made the expedition a success.

In the Los Alamos aircraft, the observ-

,, ·t· ·i· --·,.&ORA·BORAI,

t ~ I ·T- ... __ j ... ~.

i i

Four American airnaft were aloft fm this event: a KC-135 instrumented by the Air Forre Cambridge Research Laboratories; a Comair !l!JO newly acquired by NASA; ami two .\ir Fonc NC-135's, ours and one sponson·d by Sandia Corp. The first two operatt•d out of Hawaii, and the two Atomic Energy Commission aircraft out of Tafuna ncar l'ago Pago, American

The Hight paths of .t~c Los Alamos and Sandia aircraft. !\larks on the longer rnute show the po~auons of the Los Alamos plane at the principal stages of

totahty. Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory chart.

72 SKY AND Tn.r.scoi'E, Augwt, J%5

A maze of W. Ogle, £erometer1 calibrati01 ~anning 1

ing instrume altitude of • forward of • order to vie'll moon's shad~ an angle of map. For tb miles to the instruments left, the fligl the eclipse f totality dural minutes 27 s

Detailed F circumstance! mos, and out ingly. The through 10-~ eclipse calib alternative ol

The Los AI runway at' optical-qua the wing. were kept 1

A maze of lldentific and Sight-control instruments IIUJTOunds four Los Alamos &dentists: (clockwise from left) K. Williamson, W. Ogle, D. Liebeoberg, and W. Wolff. They are working around the 10-inch f/8 automatic-tracking telescope. Two interferometers and one photoelectric photometer are clustered near the focal plane (where Mr. Liebenberg is holding a mercury cah1muion lamp). Dr. Williamson checks the output from the interferometer that employed a photomultiplier and preaure scanning system. The photoelectric photometer was wed to observe coronal emission lines and regions of the continuum.

ing instruments pointed upward to an altitude of 44 degrees, and 15 degrees forward of abeam on the left side. In order to view the sun at eclipse time, the moon's shadow track had to be crossed at an angle of 60 degrees, as shown in the map. For the Sandia airplane about 10 miles to the southwest, with its larger instruments looking directly out to the left, the flight had to run 75 degrees to the eclipse path. The Sandia observen' totality duration was therefore only four minutes 27 seconds.

Detailed predictions of all the eclipse circumstances bad been made at Los Alamos, and our flight was scheduled accord· ingly. The Los Alamos plane was put through tO-minute pre-eclipse and posteclipse calibration runs. Plans for an alternative observing location were ready,

The Lot Alamos NC155 airaaft on the runway at Tafuna, Samoa. Note large optical-quality glass windows ahead of the wirig. During the eclipse, they were kept clear by a defog m«hanisrn.

August, 1961, SKY AND TJtLESCOPE 78

At left, the bright circle of sunlight lies in the focal plane of the automatic corona tracking unit. Fiber optics pipe light from the image there to the four photomultiplier tubes at the corners of the surrounding plate. In case the automatic de· vice should fail, P. Rudnick is ready at the joystick of the manual controller. At right, Charles Hyder makes some adjustments to the optical train of the telescope he used for polarization measurements of the green coronal emission line. Sunlight enters through the window at top center, and passes along the optical bench below. The servomotors at upper

right are used to tum the bench manually or automatically.

but they were not needed because a last· wntact position angle and the time had expected. This enabled author Cox, minute climb to 40,200 feet put us above showed that we were within a few miles scientific coordinator of the expedition, the thin cirrus clouds. During the flight, of the predicted point, with the duration to inform all observers at the onset of sun-compass measurements of the second· of eclipse within one second of what we totality of the length of time they would

have to carry out their programs.

The inner corona ami bright prominences on tl1e sun's limb are recorded here. Polar brushes, distinguishable as patterns of bright and dark lines, arc at upper left and lower right. The small spot %-inch from the left edge of the picture is the planet JU(liter, less than half a degree southwest of the sun's limb. and

only 1!1 hours after conjunction of planet and sun.


Particular care was taken not to fly over Bellingshausen, where numerous ground parties were stationed, because heavy con· trails were being laid by aircraft on eclipse day. Our closest approach was 30 nautical miles to the west, and the Sandia plane's final tracks were never closer than 38 miles. The Bellingshausen observers viewed the eclipse through light cirrus clouds.

Some of our instrumentation was un· usual in an aircraft, and included newly developed corona trackers. These devices worked to better than one minute of arc on the interferometer-photometer setup and reasonably well on the coronal cam· era. Unfortunately, there was not opportunity to collimate correctly the tracker used in Dr. Hyder's experiment, and he had to resort to manual tracking to take out the maximum ±t-degree error of the tuned-up autopilot.

Two Fabry-Perot interferometers, work· ing on the image from a 10-inch telescope of 80-inch focus, were made rugged enough to fly, and they worked well. One inter· ferometer swept the fringes over a pho· tomultiplier tube face, using a pressure 'Canning system. \Vith the photometer, also on the same telescope, six coronal emission lines and narrow-wavelength re·

gions of the cor01 served photoelectt interference filte1 and the trackers t the light from the

Author Stone m tions to an aerial rately timed phot ized light and emission line. T tained photometr graphs of the co· five solar radii. J

a clear view of t defogged optical

All of us are next opportunity eclipse, on Noven tion of totality o Argentina coast 1

utes; this can b r.hree minutes in

U nquestionablJ even greater va vations will be

Sir: From the Ran~

crater Alphonsus the May issue of . possible to estim surface dust laye1 lowing reasoning

Fig. 1!1 on pag( one of which is c into a chain of that these dimpl' the drainage of vasse or crack u that this crevasse all the moon du! it. If so, we ma dimples as equal layer.

From the scale the rille is about ternal shadow ~ about 1,000 feet. would cast a 1,0(1 be found with tJ the Alphonsus ( 3,300 feet high, t ow. Thus the d( hence of the dus 3,300/15,000 or 2

Of course, thi! locality, and tll might be very di over, we have co1 file of a dimple drainage into a

N. A. Barricell ing depth of 1 layer with ai1

. un· ~t.:.:.o~ .. .:t newly

devices of arc

i)tQinet<er : setup cam·

oppor· 'tracker

~r't~~~~~~tlt, and he to take

:I:J~ree'ert~or of the

·'··· · gion• ohhe coronal continuum were ob· · ~ed photoelectrically through dielectric ~terferenc:e fl.lterr.> Theae . instruments

· arid thf traders uaect fiber optics to pipe the light from the £cical plane. .. · ~uthor S~rie made a number of ada pta~ tiona to 1m .aerial camera and took accu· nuely timed photograph• ·in white polar~¥ light and in light . of the green emission line. This oororial camera obt~ined pbotomelrtcaily t'lllibrated photographi of the c:qrona out to more than five solar· radii. All the. instrUments had a clear view of the eclipse through well d~fogged optical windows.

AU of us are looking forward to the next · oppoKtunity to Oy at a total solar eclipSe, on November 12, 1966. The dura· tion of tOtality on the ground along the . ~ntina coast will be nearly two milt· utes; this can be lengthened to about three minutes in our jet aircraft.

'(Jnquestionably, at future eclipses an even greater var.iety of refined obser· vations will be possible from planes.

LETTERS Sir:

Fro1J1, the Ranger 9 photographs of the · ttater Alphonsus that were reproduced in the May iuue of SKY AND TELESCOPE, it is possible to estimate the thickness of the 11urface dust layer as 220 feet, by the following reasoning.

Fig. 15 on page 501 shows several rilles, one of which is clearly resolved in Fig. 16 into a chain of dimples. Let us assume that these dimplea have been formed by the drainage of dust into a narrow ere· vaase · or ttack underlying the rille, and that this crevasse is deep enough to collect all the moon dust capable of falling into it. If so, we may take tile depth of the dimples as equal to the depth of the dust layer.

From the scale of Fig. 16, we find that ·the rille is about 2,000 feet wide. Ita in· ternal shadow extends halfway acrossabout 1,000 feet. How high an elevation would cast a 1,000-foot shadow? This can be found with the aid of Fig. Ill, where the Alphonsus central peak, said to be 8,!100 feet high, throws a 15,000-foot shad· ow. Thus the depth of the riiJe dimples, hence of the dust layer, is about 1,000 X !1,!100/15,000 or 220 feet.

Of course, this value refen to just one locality, and the dust layer thickness might be very different elsewhere. Moreover, we have considered the interior pro· file of a dimple as entirely due to dust drainage into a reservoir below, as aug·

N. A. Barricelli'a method for estimat· ing depth of the moon's surface dust layer with aid of Ranger pictures.

The temperature of the solar corona can be deduced from this photograph Donald Liebenberg took with a Fabry-Perot biterferom· eter during totality on May 50th. The bright fringes are due to the 5805-angstrom coronal emission line. MeaiiUI'C· menta of the fringes will yield the width of the 5ll05 line from place to place in the corona, in· aJcating local tempera· tures there. As used by astronomers, the Fabry· Perot interferometer is a teleacope attachment consisting euentially of two predtely parallel glau plates. A ring pattern ia .f?rmed that u very aennttve to wave·

length changes.

gested by the uniform width of the rilles visible in the photographs. If, instead, dimples are caused by the collapse of underground cavities, the thickness may be very much less than 220 feet.

Sir:

NILS AALL BARRICELLI Dept. of Genetics

Univenity of Washington Seattle, Wash. 98105

While observing meteor showen, I find that the charts on which I plot meteor paths become soaked with dew after only an hour's work. I would like to hear from other amateurs how they prevent this.

Sir:

KARl. W. PLORAN 111 Southampton Rd.

W. Holyoke, Mass. 01041

For those who enjoy puzzles with an astronomical twist, I submit the follow· ing:

Five club memben use five telescopes at a star party, each instrument having a different color and aperture, and pointed at a particular object. The observers possess star atlases, each a different one. After reading the following clues, can you decide: Who was viewing Mill in Hercu· lea? Who used a 8-inch refractor? (Solu· tion on page 90 of this issue.) I. Jack's telescope was blue. 2. Jim owns a 4-inch refractor. 8. Albireo in Cygnus was being observed

through the black telescope. 4. The black instrument stood to the

right of the green one. 5. Ann was observing Epsilon Bootis, a

double star. 6. The telescope of the observer with the

Atlas Coeli was an 8-inch. 7. Norton's Star Atlas was used by the

amateur with the white instrument. 8. The Ring Nebula in Lyra, M57, was

observed with the · middle ·telescope. 9. Bill was the first one on the left, next

to the observer with the gray telescope. 10. The amateUr using the Bonner Durch·

musterung was next to ·the observer with the 10-inch reflector. ·

11. While viewing the double star Alpha · Herculis, one observer had Atlas Eclipticalis for reference.

12. The white telescope was next to the 6-inch reflector.

Ill. Suzy used the Beyer-Graff Star Athu.

Sir:

JOHN H. MALLAS 5115 E. Tomahawk Trail

Scottsdale, Ar.iz.

Here in New Zealand, May SOth~a eclipse was total shortly after sunrise, in a month notorious for cloud and rilin. Therefore, as director of the Auckland planetarium, I decided to obsetve from the air, inviting the public and amateur astronomers to participate. We charteied three DC8 airlinen, which carried report· err, newspaper photographer&, and a radio announcer who broadcast a ·running eclipse commentary.

Although at 10,000 feet we Hew well above any low-level miat arid cloildt, a cloudbank from a storm center 1,000 miles to the east bid the sunrise. However, a little before mid-eclipse the sun rose over the bank and aU phenomena of totality were observed.

We noted Baily's beads at aecond and third rontacts, three bright proniinences, the inner and outer corona, and a wealth of detail almost impossible to· assimilate in the shortest two minutes most of us had ever experienced. Immediately after third contact, the moon's wedge-lbapect shadow was seen racing away aaou the ocean. R.. A. MciNTOSH

4 Kingsway, Three . Kings Auckland, New Zealand


Observing the Eclipse from Peru

Shortly before totality, the waning so· lar crescent was filmed by Amedee S. Landry (U.S. Embassy, La l'at) at l'un· ta Grama, near Cerro Monson, l'eru.

I N 1937 the Junior Astronomy Club ol New York sent an eclipse expedition to Peru, where some of the first color

pictures of an eclipsed sun were taken. In 1963, 10 of us went to 1\laine to view totality on July 20th. Our third cxpedi· tion, once again to Peru for this year's eclipse of !\lay 30th, was by the two club members making this report.

As we laid out travel plans, it was obvious that only South America was within the f111ancial means of the club. The main equipment a1ailable was a fiind! reflcuor made hy dub members; with a mounting kill by Richard !.me, it weighed 75 pounds.

At the time of our flight via Peruvian

t1 •

ANDREW MtcHALITSANOS and STEVEN GoLDSTONE

]1111ior Astronomy Cl11b, Neu• York City

Airlines from 1\1 iami, we knew little of what to expect in Peru or where to go. Fortunately, upon our arrival at Lima we contacted the president of the Peruvian Astronomical Society, Victor A. Estrcmadoyro, who with his brother Gustavo was our host during our stay. They graciously olfcrcd us free lodging in Casma, 250 miles up the coast, where the various groups of observers were to a;semblc hefore dispersing to their sites.

However, two days before ellipse date, Dr. A. A. Giesecke of the Peruvian GeophysiGtl Institute olfercd us a 2~·ton U. S. Army truck, with driver, that was on loan to the International Geodetic Survey Service. Next day at fi a.m. we left Lima ami drmc north on the Pan-American Highway, reaching Casma around noon. There we met a small party from the NASA satellite tracking station in Peru, who planned to obscr1e the eclipse from the coast.

We had decided to usc the truck to scanh [or a high-altitude observing site. At I p.m. the two of us and our driver started [or Huarez, some !JO miles inland. \\' e were to report back to the coast groups if we found a suitable place, but after six hours o£ drivi11g far into the Andes, to an altitude of 11.000 feet, we found the road almost impas,ible. The strain was he:ny on both \chide aud us.

Near dusk we entered the little lndiau village of Pira. The mayor greeted us with informatiou about a party of eclipse obscncrs only four kilometers farther on. Rut on laboriously intereprcting his Spanbh, we realized he was speaking of an American group from long ago. Photographs in his candlelit office showed that we were standing where two .Junior .\'tronomy Club members had stood before. \\'e ha<l stumbled on our eclipse site o[ 1!137!

Sime driving 011 to Hamel was too risky, we wrned hack down and came into Casma at midnight, hal£ an hour

Alberto A. Giesecke, executive direc· tor n[ the l'c·ruvian Geophysical In· stitute, lt•nt the· authors the 2!·ton

trurk sct•n below.

befmc the l'enn ian Astrouomical Society arri1 cd. It was decided that i( coastal we a thcr was unfavorable at dawn, we would combiue se1·eral expeditions in our trmk and head back to !'ira. Although it was near the uorthern limit of the eclipse track, that high location should prO\·idc very dear skies.

.\s eclipse morning dawned at Casma, there were absolutely no douds; those that built up over the Amlcs later in the day uc1er affected our work. During the aftcruoon we went dowu the < oast to

near Culebras, choosiug a site a few feet from a Japanese astronomer, :\ltmumi lshituka. He was rcu~i1 iug radio time

... Ldt: :\h•mht•rs ol the l'l'I'U\ ian :\stmnomiGII Sudety in· spt'< tan niJS<·ning site·. l'hotos by Stc,·en Goldstone. . :..

. ' - .... -

The authors are seuir ~lichalitsanos at the lei

ment from y

~lr. Landry adjusts camera and 500-mm. z, used to take tbe par1

ture on tbe prece

His equipment all he waits £01

executive direc· Geophysical In·

authon the 2tton seen below.

Astronomical Society decided that if coastal

mfavorable at dawn, we several expeditions in our

back to Pira. Although northern limit of the

that high location should skies.

dawned at Casma, no clouds; those

the Andes later in the our work. During the

went down the coast to choosing a site a few feet

astronomer, Mutsumi was receiving radio time

The authors are setting up their eclipse equipment at Punta Grama: Andrew Michalitsanos at the left, Steven Goldstone at the 6-inch reHector with encourage·

ment from young Peruvians. Photo by Amedee S. Landry.

Mr. Landry adjusts the Hasselblad camera and 500-mm. Zeiss lens that he used to take the partial eclipse pic·

ture on the preceding page.

signals and late weather reports. By an hour before first contact (whid1 we were to time at 4:48 p.m. Eastern standard time) we had set up our 6-inch telescope for coronal photography.

About 10 minutes before totality a thin cloud obscured, the low-lying sun, but moved away in time. Totality arrived at 5:55 p.m. and lasted nearly 140 seconds. The corona seemed tenuous and weak to the naked eye, because of mist over the Pacific. Its outer part was lost, but the inner corona and chromosphere were clearly visible. About 10 crimson promi· nenccs were seen and photographed; they provided good targets for guiding the reflector. We watched the thin solar cres· cent for almost five minutes after totality.

The spectacle was over. We carried our instruments a quarter mile to the truck, where an American from our embassy in Bolivia joined us for the six-hour ride back to Lima. During the next few days, the Estremadoyros took us on several

His equipment all ready, Japanese astronomer Mutsumi Ishizuka relaxes as he waits for the ecfipse to begin. Photograph by the authors.

In the top picture, taken by the au· thors as totality began, prominences are seen on the sun's eastern and northern limb. In succeeding views, the moon's motion be~s to cover these, but reveals prommences at the opposite points. They linger in the last picture, though totality has ended.

Note the silhouettes of douds.

tours of Lima, its university, and other sights. We enjoyed especially the beauti· ful planetarium. On Wednesday, June 2nd, return to New York took 15 hours.

The 1963 and 1965 Junior Astronomy Club eclipse expeditions were planned and carried out entirely by high school and college students. We hope that future members of the club will keep up this tradition, to demonstrate the contribu· tions that juniors can make to astronomy.


This corner of Manuae in the Cook Islands was occupied by the New Zealand expedition from Mount John University Observatory. Erecting pillars for its instruments are three stall members (left to right): Edward Devinney, Stanley Sobieski, and William Protheroe. Looking on are Ivan Thomsen and Bruce Orton of the Carter Observatory, also in New Zealand. All photographs with

this article are by the author.

Eclipse Expeditions on Manuae Atoll FRANK M. BATESON, Mo11nt john University Observatory, New Zealand

SIX NATIONS sent expeditions to the small atoll of Manuae in the Cook Islands of the South Pacific to observe

220 seconds of totality of the recent solar eclipse. This is the location described by the writer in SKY AND TELESCOPE last October (page 210).

Probably this was the greatest concen· tration ever of astronomers on any one island for a solar eclipse. From the four supporting vessels came ashore 73 scien· tists and 150 tons of equipment.

On May 30th the sky was clear until about 20 minutes before totality, when heavy clouds rolled in from the southeast. The observers had only a brief glimpse of totality between clouds-just sufficient to show that the edipse was a most interest· ing one. An hour later the sky was again clear.

It is unlikely that the optical observations will yield results of scientific value, although for some programs this could not be known until the films were developed by the scientists after their return home.

of sodium oxides high in the atmosphere. The buildup at Manuae commenced

with the arrival of the New Zealand expedition on board HI\INZS Endeavour. Ivan Thomsen ami Bruce Orton (both of Carter Observatory, Wellington) had plans to study the overall appearance of the solar corona, using two 4-inch tele-

scopes of 60-incll focal length. Thomsen has developed some of the plates, and on four of them the inuer corona has been recorded. How useful these photographs will be remains to be seen. The second New Zealand party, from Mount John University Observatory, had a much more detailed program, but weather prevented securing any significant data.

After disembarking the New Zealand party, the Endeavour sailed for Rarotonga, where it took aboard both the United Kingdom and Australian expeditions. The former included scientists from Oxford University (D. E. Blackwell, D. Lambert), and from Manchester University (John James and R. S. Sternberg). Dr. Blackwell had a 12-inch coelostat and a paraboloidal mirror to form a solar image 1.3 inclles in diameter. By means of diaphragms, he planned to isolate portions of the solar limb where Baily's beads were to appear, measuring their rate of change of brightness. Dr. James' program was photographing the corona through a Fabry-Perot interferometer and filter to isolate the 5303-angstrom line of 13-times ionized iron.

The Australian group comprised R. G. Giovanelli, G. Norton, and E. V. Mugridge. They had twin 5-inch equatorial telescopes to searcll for solar spicules, one instrument in red hydrogen light, the other in yellow continuum light.

One day after the arrival of the Australians and English came the Japanese Maritime Department's training ship, Shintoktt Maru, carrying a 19-man expedition headed by Kuniji Saito of Tokyo Astronomical Observatory. Two scientists from the Radio Research Laboratories stayed aboard and made successful observations of the terrestrial ionosphere during the eclipse. The intended program of the Japanese was described in the

However, the radio astronomers were successful, and useful measurements were secured of micropulsations in the earth's magnetic field (d1anges caused by the solar wind). Observations of the ionosphere also succeeded, while Michael Gadsden (National Bureau of Standards) obtained large-aperture spectra of the sky showing sodium D lines in emission; these may permit evaluation of the photodissociation

At r~ght is the leader of the Japa':lese t;xpedition, Kuniji Saito of Tokyo Astrono!D~cal Observatory. He and hts assutant are inspecting the equipment of Wt!ham Barron. of the Air Force Cambridge Research Laboratories. The large whtte structure m the background is Kitt Peak National Observatory's portable

darkroom. Palm trees and low scrub cover all of this small atoll.

78 SKY AND TELESCOPE, August, J%5

Left: Graham Nor Industrial ResearC:

at the obseJ

Right: This two-m instrument are AI

p()(

Marcil SKY AND TE Before the japane1

fully discllarged, there graphic vessel J'itjaz. expedition. The see sembled a wartime be Hooding ashore. Wall palms directed unload the ships and the cal the observing and livi

The Soviet expedit M. Gnevyshev of Pu Kislovodak station. 1 fully planned a wide tions: spectral studi cllromosphere; photo~ in white light and ir studies of the corona; and the geographical (A. Glebov's prelimin latitude 19• 15' 4!1", 57' 43", with an uncer

Despite curtailment observations, excelle1 with a radio interfero length. This instrun 1.1-meter metal mirro it was operated by a I team. They paid pal solar radio emission

Use of an interfe eluded instability due of the receiver, and registration of first a11 radio frequencies. AI satisfactory, and will l the radio brightness solar disk.

A radio telescope !1.!1 centimeters, with used by the Leningr under A. 1\folchanov. values for the solar r pressed in units ol radius) 1.012 ± 0.00!1 1.071 ± 0.004 at !1.27

Left: Graham Norton stands next to the twin five·inch refractors sent to Manuae by the Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Reaearch Organization of Australia. At the upper end of the frame are mounted the lenaea; small tubes are

at the observing end. With Mr. Norton are R.aiaa and M. Gnevyshev of Pulkovo Observatory in Russia. Right: Thls two·meter telescope was wed to measure the cUameter of the sun at two racUo wavelengtba. Shown with the butrument are Audrey Molchanov, leader of the expedition from Leningrad University Oblervatory, and Yury Nikitin.

Poor weather ruined many optical investigations, but racUo astronomers were unhampered.

March SKY AND TELESCOPE, page 149. Last to arrive was a party of II from to pinpoint the most probable recovery Before the Japanese vessel bad been the United States in the auxiliary schoon- area. Although one successful launching

fully discharged, there arrived the oceano- er Goodwill. The leader, Keith Pierce of was made from the Goodwill prior to the graphic vessel Vitjaz with the U.S.S.R. Kitt Peak National Observatory, bad eclipse, on May 80th a first attempt was expedition. The stene at Manuae re- wanted to use a spectrograph of one·meter frusttated by the balloon fabric ripping. sembled a wartime beachhead, with cargo focal length to observe the H and K lines Very strong wind prevented a second flooding ashore. Walkie-talkies under the in the coronal spectrum at the high dis- launch in time to have the balloon reach palms directed unloading operations from persion of three angstroms per millimeter. its ceiling height (100,000 to 120,000 the ships and the carting of material to E. P. Ney (University of Minnesota) feet) before totality. the observing and living sites on the atoll. was at Manuae to measure the intensity Quite apart from the auc:cessful ob-

The Soviet expedition was headed by and polarization of coronal light. Ground- servations obtained by some parties, the M. Gnevyshev of Pulkovo Observatory's based telestOpes were to record these eclipse was valuable in bringing together Kislovodak station. This group had care- properties of the inner corona at about so many astronomers from different coonfully planned a wide variety of observa- 1,000 points out to three solar radii in tries who work on problems of solar tiona: spectral studies of corona and both blue light (4300 angstroms) and in- physics. Numerous fruitful discussions retbromosphere; photography of the corona frared (8500). Balloon·borne telescopes suited. The feat of getting the many in white light and in color; polarization were to make similar measurements out- installations ashore and of settling the studies of the corona; radio observations; ward from three solar radii. astronomers into their living quarters at and the geographical position of Manuae. Both photography and telemetry were International Camp called for consider(A. Glebov's preliminary result was south to be used in Dr. Ney's program, and it able organization. It would not have been latitude 19• 15' 43", west longitude 158• was hoped to launch the balloons from possible without the wonderful work. of 57' 43", with an uncertainty of ±5".) the deck of the Goodwill. Several success- the Polynesian residents of the island, and

Despite curtailment of the Soviet optical ful trial flights were made from Manuae the fine cooperation among all parties. observations, excellent work was done to obtain data on upper-air winds, in All of us who were at Manuae will long with a r.tdio interferometer at 4-cm. wave· order to select the best release point and remember this. length. This instrument comprises two I.l·meter metal mirrors, 5.6 meters apart; it was operated by a Pulkovo five·member team. They paid particular attention to solar radio emission during totality.

Use of an interferometer system excluded instability due to change of gain of the receiver, and permitted accurate registration of first and fourth contacts at radio frequencies. All records were quite satisfactory, and will be used to determine the radio brightness distribution on the solar disk.

A radio telescope working at 1.3 and 8.3 centimeters, with a 2-meter dish, was used by the Leningrad University party under A. Molcbanov. Their preliminary values for the solar radio radius are (ex· pressed in units of the photospheric radius) 1.012 ±: 0.005 at 1.27 em. and 1.071 ± 0.004 at 3.27 em.

While M. Gadaden of the National Bureau of Standards looks on, U· linois astronomer Gordon Henderson adjusts his equipment. The large riiirror tracks the sun, and reftects light to a grating at the end of the l·beam. There the light is dispersed into a spectrum, and reflected to the recording equipment in the tent.


A winter view of the new Planetary Research Center at Flagstaff, Arizona. It contains a large collection of copies of the finest planetary photographs from many observatories, stored for use by qualified scientists. The center was made possi· ble by a grant from the National Aeronautics and Space Administration. This facility and a similar one at Meudon, France, were established after a request by the International Astronomical Union in 1961. Lowell Observatory photograph.

Notes on Some Planetary Problems BEVERLY T. LYNDS, Steward Observatory, University of Arizona

M AY !!RD was the official opening of the new Planetary Research Cen· ter at Lowell Observatory, Flag·

staff, Arizona. To mark this occasion, the American Association for the Advance· ment of Science (Southwestern Division) joined with the Arizona Academy of Science in sponsoring a conference on problems of planetary physics. At this afternoon meeting, several papers were presented on new observational finding11 about the moon and planets, in particu· lar Mars.

One question of great current interest is how much carbon dioxide exists in the Martian atmosphere. D. M. Hunten (Kitt Peak National Observatory) reported his new determination, based on spectrograms of Mars taken with the giant 60-inch solar telescope at Kitt Peak. On these he mea· sured the strength of C02 absorption (ea·

001 mm Qtmm I 0 mm

WAVELENGTH

tures near 10,500 angstroms wavelength in the infrared. This absorption is produced almost entirely in the Martian atmo· sphere, with only a minor contribution £rom terrestrial carbon dioxide. Dr. Hun· ten concluded that the amount of this gas on Mars would provide a layer 43 meters deep, if under standard terrestrial conditions (temperature o• centigrade, pressure 760 millimeters of mercury).

A second attack on this same problem was described by Guido Miinch (Mount Wilson and Palomar Observatories) and Gerry Neugebauer (California Institute of Technology). They have derived a method for measuring the absorption in strong bands of carbon dioxide, while avoiding uncertainty in the level of the continuum spectrum of the planet. They applied this analysis to an infrared band at 2.06 microns, photographed with the

I 0 em

Left: Temperatures of planets as deduced from brightness measure· ments at different in· frared wavelengths (on· ly three for Mars), ac· cording to Frank Low.

Right: Infrared inten· sity curves measured by Dr. Low. The large dip at 10 microns is pro· d uced by terrestrial o~one. The dashed Ju·

, 0 • ., pner curve represents a blackbody at 1!10" K.


coude spectrograph of the 100-inch Mount Wilson reflector.

Planetary astronomers have two reasous for particular interest in the infrared region of the spectrum. Not only are molecular absorption bands observed there. but this region also contains the bulk of the thermal radiation from a planet. Frank Low (National Radio Astronomy Observatory) told of his new observations of planetary radiation at wavelengths from 20 microns out to a few millimeters, through "windows" in the earth's atmosphere.

8 10 12 14

WAVELENGTH IN MICRONS

Mara in 1965 is fc drift of the aurfac red light, 4:51 U1 light. The while large dark Boreo.l Sinus Meridiani ~

He hu developed cooled germanium t ates at only a few de zero-which is aome 1

sensitive than the be infrared detector.

Dr. Low describe observations at one-n using the 200-inch characterized aa the highest resolution a• diagrams is a drift c lowing the moon (tl to move past a am focus of the 2CJO.ind

In this chart. the portional to lunar and time advance• t1 sharp riae at the 1,

Mara in 1965 it followed through a complete axial rotation in theae Lowell Obaervatory photopphl. Note the Jeftw. aid drift· of che surfac:e markiDal from one frame to che next. The caption of the tint view reada: )fan, 1965, Man:h Slat, red ~ 4:51 Uo.iYenal dine, lonsitude of central meridian 190". In the cecond picture aud others, "Y'* meani yello.w light. The white aorth polar cap il at the bottom ofeacb image. Just above it, fu the lut frame of the cop row, li 1a1p dark Boreosyrtil. Underneath the very dark uiaDgle of SYrtia Major. In the 549" and 1158" picturft (lleCOad '*"); Slnua MericiWai II the dark blob above center, at the right end of the clwky bar (Sfnua Sabaeua). In the next two viewt, ·

· (51" and 51"), the larp patCh below center ia Mare AddaUum.

He baa developed a new deteetor-a cooled germanium bolometer that oper· atea at only a few degrees above absolute aero-which it tome. thouaand times more sensitive. dlan the be.t exiltlng uncooled infrared· detector.

Dr.' . Low deeaibed in particular his .obsei:vationa at one·miliimeter wavelength uaing the 2GC).inch telescope, which he characterized u the "ndlo telescope" of highest resolution available. One of hla diqraml ia a drift curve, obtained by al· lowing the moon (three days before full) · to move paat a small diaphragm at the fOCUI of the 200.inch reflector.

In thia chart, the vertical ICille is proportional to lunar JUrface temperature, and time advanc:es toward the right. The sharp rile at the left is caused by the

moon's bright limb pusing the dia· phragm, the height of this rise indicating a temperature of about 560' Kelvin for the sunlit portion. The temperature dropa •teadily as the diaphragm approach· ea the terminacor (aunriae line), and the unilluminated part of the lunar disk is represented by a low, mort plateau, cor-

A drift curve at l·mm. wavelenllth, obtained by l'rank Low with w 200-lndl relector at Palomar Obeenatory. Dellectiona are proportional to temperature, and indicate vatuea between 120• aud S&O• K.

resporading 10 120• K. .In other obltrYa· dona at 20 microns with higher reaolving power, Dr. Low found that nighttime teal.· peraturea vary considerably with polltion on the moon. · ·

One chart by Dr. Low praen~a in· frared data from I 0 miaona to . wavelengtha 10,000 times u long. Since Mara

200-inch Telncope Lun1r Drift

TIME-

August, 1965, SllY AND TELESCOPE 81

Martian afternoon clouds hover above Amazonis and Arcadia in the same positions during a 30-ycar interval, in these blue-light exposures with Lowell Observatory's 2-1-inch refractor. In each (·ase, the scas~n in the Martian northern hemi· sphere was ncar the start of summer. Left to right, the photographs were made on A pnl 11. 1935, at 5:17 UT; !\larch 18, 1950, 6:40; and February 26, 1965, 6:-10. The respecthe lon!;itudcs of the central meridian are_H6', 173', and 144'; thus

we see the same face of Mars as in the final image (longitude 164') on the prccedmg page.

has insufficient atmosphere to trap much solar heat, its temperature changes little with wavelength, whereas Venus' increased long-wave radiation is thought to originate from a surface heated to around 600' K. by the greenhouse effect.

As for Jupiter, the increase in appar· ent temperature with longer wavelengths is probably caused by nonthermal radiation from an ionized region around the planet, similar to the earth's Van Allen radiation belts. When the giant planet is compared with bodies having little or no atmosphere, such as the moon, Mercury, and Mars, it shows a very different nature. The dashed curve superimposed on the Jupiter scan is the blackbody radiation expected for a temperature o£ 130" K., which is tltat of the planet's visible cloud surface.

UBV system). but. early in April a reel filter was added to permit measurement of red (R) magnitudes as well. Observations could be made on approximately half the nights, and by early May about 100 sets of multicolor magnitudes had been obtained.

Since about December 1, 1964, systematic photography of 1\f ars has been under way with the university's 12-inch Fecker reflector (plate scale 1 Ot seconds of arc per millimeter). Each night a complete set of photographs has been taken every 2! hours (conditions permitting) in five wavelength regions: ultraviolet, blue, green, red, and infrared.

In a third New Mexico program, C. W. Tombaugh and E. J. Reese are making visual observations with 16-inch and 12-inch reflectors.

Taken within a few minutes of one another on February 26, 1965, these pictures show how the Amazonis-Arcadia clouds appeared in different colors. From left to right, the clouds are hardly visible in red light, inconspicuous in green, outstanding in ultraviolet, and strong in blue light. The photographs were obtained with the 12-inch Fecker Cassegrain telescope at New 1\fcxico

State University Observatory.

During the current apparition of l\lars, a cooperative study has been under way by observatories in New ~lexico, Arizona, California. and France. Stuart E. Jones of Lowell Observatory gave the symposium an interim report on this joint activity:

Ari:ona. At Lowell Obsenatory, pho· tographs in blue, yellow, and red light have been obtained with the 24-inch refractor by Kent de Groff and Mr. Jones. They have also been making visual observations.

California. At Table Mountain Observatory of Jet Propulsion Laboratory, Charles Capen has been studying Martian atmospheric phenomena and changes in surface detail. His photographs are in ultraviolet, violet, blue, green, yellow, red, and infrared light, covering a wavelength range from 3000 to 8700 angstroms. He has also employed color film and has made color drawings of the planet.

France. l'ic du 1\lidi Observatory in the Pyrenees has a new 43-inch reflecting telescope for planetary work. This year Paris astronomer J. H. Focas has made photographic and polariscopic observations of :\Iars. Martian cartography has been a field of particular interest.

The prcsente of a new feature on 1\lars, uot risible 011 photographs taken in pre\'ious years. was reported by 1\lr. Jones. It is a small dark marking between Thoth and Elysium, in the region called Nodus Laocoontis, that stands out sharply on red and yellow exposures. The feature is very nearly at the center of the disk in the ~larch 27, 1965, photograph on page 81.

This spring, a remarkable recurrent cloud pattern was observed on 1\lars: three clouds that formed anew each Mar-

New Mexico. Photoelectric photometry o£ 1\lars is one type of observation being undertaken at New Mexico State Uni· versity. This work was begun on 1\larch 26th by Bradford A. Smith and T. B. Kirby, using a modernized Iii-inch reflector with an f/35 Gregorian follls. At first only ultraviolet, blue, and yellow magnitudes were measured (in the standard

These three images of Mars on February 19, 1965, were recorded at the Jet Propulsion Laboratoq's Table :\fountain Ob~er\'atory in California. The rnlor, Unhcrsal time, and <·entra!-meridian longitude are (left to right): red, 9:-13: 2·19:; blue, 8:47, ~37'; and \'inlet, 8:55, 239'. In red light, the desert Elysmm 1s large and bnght near the left edge. In the blue and \'inlet \'iews,

note the increased brightness of the sunrise (right) limb of 1\lars.

82 SKY AND TEIF!.COI'E, August, J%5

tian afternoon m·c region. Said Mr. J strongly on blue 1 on yellow ones, ar the images secure<

Mr. de Groff m and latitudes of tl tographs of 1965 • 113", +38"; and three clouds wen years 1950 and 19 cival Lowell's glc Within the accura coordinates matcl perhaps for 1903. sible to show any cloud pattern and the surface," Mr.

The Lowell Obi shown a striking tion picture of tl black-and-white fi request of Dr. f, the sequence of ' sible rapid chang sphere. The phc the Lowell 24-incl with the assistano

The film was 1964, from 4:14 1 at one exposure 1

jected, all 400 fr 16 frames per l

thirds of a comF 25 seconds. Next ages are presenu Finally, the first full.

In summarizin1 Kuiper (Univers the importance ' such as reported safely expect a knowledge of th tions at infrare< lengths. Alread) 1-mm. observatio by the National I atory at a site o continued visual, toelectric observ together with c< space probes, intc is mounting.

The symposiu Jished in a Lowe from which som1 drawn.

AMERICAN AS SOCIETY TO~

On August g. nomical Society versity of Mich annual Russell lc gren, on spectr photoelectric pi sessions arc sch1 tronomy, the otl

The meeting l\1 icltigan's obse tain-Portage Lal visit to McMat

in these northern hemi· UT; March 18,

, and 144°; thua

At Table Mountain ObservPropulaion Laboratory,

baa been atudying Martian phtmOIIIlCIIa and changes in

photographs are in blue, green, yellow, red, rovering a wavelength

8700 angstroms. He color film and has

drawings of the planet. du Observatory in the

a new 43-fuch reflecting telework. This year Paris

has made photopo:lariacopic observations of

cartograp1hy baa been a

tian afternoon over the Amazonis-Arcadia region. Said Mr. Jones, "They show most strongly on blue photographs, quite well on yellow ones, and are present even on the images secured in red light."

Mr. de Groff measured the longitudes and latitudes of the three clouds on pho· tographs of 1965 as follows: 135•, +19•; 115", +liS•; and 105", +Ill". The same three clouds were photographed in the years 1950 and 1955, and appear on Percival Lowell's globe of Mars in 190ll. Within the accuracy of measurement, the coordinates match for each year, except perhaps for 190ll. "It has not been pos· sible to show any correlation between the cloud pattern and identifiable features on the surface," Mr. Jones stated.

The Lowell Observatory symposium was shown a striking time-lapse 16-mm. motion picture of the planet Jupiter. This black-and-white film was prepared at the request of Dr. Focas, who plans to use the sequence of exposures to study possible rapid changes in the planet's atmosphere. The photography was done at the Lowell 24-inch refractor by Mr. Jones, with the assistance of Helen S. Horstman.

The film was made on November 7, 1964, from 4:14 Universal time to 10:5ll, at one exposure per minute. When projected, all 400 frames are first shown at 16 frames per second, displaying twothirds of a complete Jovian rotation in 25 seconds. Next, the 84 best single images are presented for I 0 seconds each. Finally, the first sequence is repeated in full.

In summarizing the symposium, G. P. Kuiper (University of Arizona) stressed the importance of infrared observations such as reported by Dr. Low. We can safely expect a rapid increase in our knowledge of the planets from observa. tions at infrared and millimeter wave· lengths. Already a large telescope for l·mm. observations is under construction by the National Radio Astronomy Observatory at a site on Kitt Peak. With the continued visual, photographic, and photoelectric observations of the planets, together with contributions made from space probes, interest in planetary research is mounting.

The symposium papers will be pub. lished in a Lowell Observatory Bulletin, from which some of this report has been drawn.

AMERICAN ASTRONOMICAL SOCIETY TO MEET IN MICHIGAN

On August ll-6, the American Astro· nomical Society will meet at the Uni· versity of Michigan, Ann Arbor. The annual Russell lecture is by Bengt Strom· gren, on spectral classification through photoelectric photometry. Two special sessions are scheduled, one on radar astronomy, the other on radio galaxies.

The meeting will open with a tour of Michigan's observatory at Peach Moun· tain-Portage Lake and conclude with a visit to McMath·Hulbert Observatory.

ASTRONOMICAL SCRAPBOOK THE EARTH's SHAPE

F OR an intriguing mental exercise, sometime pick a familiar astronomical

fact or concept that is habitually taken for granted. Then, in a skeptical mood, try to demonstrate its correctness to your· self by simple reasoning from experi· ence. As an example, how do you justify your belief that the earth's shape is approximately a sphere?

The mid-20th century has added a dramatic new demonstration of this, in the form of photographs of the earth's rim taken from artificial satellites. Since the horizon on all such pictures bulges upward, it is easy to surmise that the earth's surface is uniformly convex and therefore spherical.

Navigators, geodesists, and astronomers have a confidence in the earth's rotundity that is solidly based on an enormous mass of experience irreconcilable with any al· ternative. The safe arrival of a transoceanic plane at its destination and the production of an accurate map of Asia are hardly possible otherwise. An ama· teur astronomer who observes an occulta· tion of a star at the predicted time for his location knows that he could not do this if the Nautical Almanac Office were grossly mistaken about the shape of our planet.

Such grounds for confidence are all relatively recent, as centuries go. How did the belief in the earth's spherical shape become firmly established among the ancient Greeks?

The earliest scraps of information available about the astronomical ideas of the Ionian philosophers of the 6th century B.c. indicate a very different concept of the world. Thales is said to have believed that the earth was flat and floated on water. Anaximenes, while agreeing on the flatness, assumed air as the supporting medium. Anaximander

The world of Macrobi· us (5th century A.D.) was a sphere, quartered by north-south and east· west ocean belts. In the hemisphere shown here, Britain, Thule, and Eu· rope are at upper left. South of Africa, and forever inaccessible be· cause of tropical heat, Macrobius placed a vast temperate continent, in· hablted by unknown races of men. This map is from the 1560 Lyon~ edition of Macrobius'

book, Scipio's Dream.

visualized the earth as a cylinder suspended in space, its depth a third of its diameter, with mankind dwelling on the flat upper face.

There has been some uncertainty whether the first Greek thinker to propose the earth's sphericity was Pythagoras or his follower Parmenides, about 500 B.c. In any event, there must have been a growing acceptance of this concept at people grew more familiar with certain natural phenomena suggesting it. Travelers to the north would have reported that certain stan became circumpolar, and attention must have been paid to the 1st-magnitude star Canopus which, in· visible from Greece, climbed steadily above the southern horizon during voyages to Egypt.

An interesting sidelight on the spread of the idea is offered by the historian Herodotus, who wrote in the 5th century B.c. He doubted the story that a party of Phoenician sailors circumnavigated Africa, finding it incredible because they were said to have had the sun on their right while sailing westward from the Indian Ocean into the Atlantic. This story is evidence that some peoplethough not Herodotus-were aware of the consequences of the earth being a sphere.

Among the Greeks, many adherents of the belief in a spherical earth were con· vinced by abstract ideas, not observation. Thus Plato argued that the universe, as well as the earth, is a sphere because the sphere is the most perfect of geometrical forms. Aristotle furnished a proof based on his principle that all heavy bodies tend uniformly toward the center of the universe.

But Aristotle also marshaled observa· tional evidence. During eclipses of the moon, the edge of the earth's shadow Ia

(Continued on page 87)


NEWS NOTES MOON'S DISTANCE

The first systematic radar measurements of the moon's distance were made at the Naval Research Laboratory in 1957. In this work, which extended over a month, differences of a few kilometers showed up between the radar and the predicted dis· tances, changing in a seemingly periodic pattern.

The explanation of these discrepancies is that nearly all of a lunar radar echo comes from a very small area at the center of the moon's disk. Because the amount of the lunar librations is con· stantly changing, this "spotlighted" area is shifting slowly within a region about 300 miles across, sometimes encountering low plains, sometimes mountainous highlands.

In 1959 and 1960, a new series of observations was made that extended over eight lunations. The nearest point of the moon each month traced roughly the same ellipse over the lunar surface. Thus, by relating the range measurements from each month to the same general lunar area, it was possible to eliminate largely the effects of topographical irregularities.

Four NRL radio astronomers (B. S. Yaplee, S. H. Knowles, A. Shapiro, and K. J. Craig) have collaborated with Yale astronomer D. Brouwer in this analysis, which has recently been published as NRL Report 6U4.

They find that the mean distance between the centers of the earth and moon is 384,400.2 ± 1.1 kilometers. This result depends upon assumed values for the radius of the moon (1,738 kilometers) and for the equatorial radius of the earth (6,369.836 kilometers).

Expressed in miles, this new earthto-moon distance is 238,854.7, putting the moon about two miles closer than the value cited in many textbooks.

The precision of the radar distance is considerably better than in any previous determination. According to Dr. Yaplee and his co-workers, the accuracy is limited primarily by the uncertainties in the lunar radius and in the velocity of radiowave propagation.

SLOW NOVA IN AURIGA Cuno Hoffmeister, director of Sonne

berg Observatory in East Germany, reports an unusual faint nova in Auriga that took years instead of days to brighten. He came upon the object this April, while he was intercomparing photographs taken with the 16-inch f/4 Sonneberg refractor.

On checking, Dr. Hoffmeister found that this star had already been recognized in 1960 on Sonneberg plates by a visiting Bulgarian astronomer, 1\lrs. M. Popova of Sofia. At that time the star was classified as possibly a long-period variable, and it was assigned the preliminary name S 5420 Aurigae.

The nova was invisible on plates taken

84 SKY AND TEt.ESCOPE, August, 1965

GEORGE S. MuMFORD

in early 1959; it appeared that October, and brightened slowly to maximum (mag· nitude 11.3) in January, 1963. By the spring of 1965, the nova had faded to fainter than 15.5.

The total range of this nova is about 6! magnitudes, for it is reco1p1izable. as a faint blue star of photographtc magmtude 18 in the Palomar Sky Atlas, on a photograph taken in 1951. An earlier maxim.um about 1943 is indicated by some warttme Sonneberg plates.

The star is located in the southernmost part of Auriga, near the Gemini border, at right ascension 6b 12m 331, declination +28' 36'.5 (1950 coordinates).

STRUCTURE OF 3C·273 When the moon occults a radio source,

the moving lunar limb serves as a high· resolution scanning device. Hence the occultation of a quasi-stellar source can provide valuable information about its structure. However, one complication arises for sources less than about 10 seconds of arc in size: the recorded changes in intensity are dominated by diffraction at the moon's edge.

P. A. G. Scheuer, Cambridge University, has obtained a practical solution to the mathematical problem of reconstruct· ing the original distribution of brightness across a small-diameter source. In a recent issue of the Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society, he applies his method to occultations of the impor· tant source 3C-273 observed by C. Hazard on August 5 and October 26, 1962.

It was previously recognized that 3C-273 is double. Dr. Scheuer's analysis of recordings at 1,410 megacycles shows that the A component is about five seconds broad, with a core 0.9 second in diameter. The B component has a diameter of 0.5 second. There are uncertain indications of additional, weaker components of small size.

NEW EVIDENCE FOR EARLY LIFE

Life is now known to have existed on the earth for about 2.7 billion yearsalmost a billion years longer than hitherto believed. Discovery of chemical molecules produced in the distant past by living organisms was reported in Nature by Nobel laureate Melvin Calvin and his associates at the University of California, Berkeley.

Before some 600 million years ago, no living things had hard skeletons. This lack of bony fossils, together with the great heat and pressure that ancient rocks have undergone, makes it difficult to identify Precambrian fossils by their forms. Nevertheless, earlier this year P. C. Cloud, Jr., of the University of Minnesota, reported remains of microscopic algae in Canadian rocks 1.9 billion years old (Science, April 2, 1965).

The Berkeley scientists, on the other

IN THE CURRENT JOURNALS SUNSPOTS FROM GALILEO TO

HALE, by Giorgio Abetti, Leaflet 432 of the Astronomical Society of the Pacific, June, 1965. "The occurrence of spots on the sun's disk was known in the earliest history because at the time of greatest solar activity they can often be seen with the naked eye. They could hardly have escaped notice when the brightness of the sun was diminished by the absorption of the lower layers of the terrestrial atmosphere."

THE MAGNETIC FIELD OF THE GALAXY, by Glenn Berge and George A. Seielstad, Scientific American, June, 1965. "Following clues first provided more than a decade ago by optical telescopes, radio telescopes have recently traced out a highly oriented magnetic field in our galactic neighborhood that may provide the 'backbone' of the spiral arm in which the sun and its planets are embedded."

hand, use a new chemical technique based on the detection of the hydrocarbon molecules pristane and phytane in rocks. These molecules are believed formed only by living systems, yet they are stable enough to resist long periods of extreme heat and pressure.

Both these substances have been found in rocks from the approximately 2.7-billion-year-old Soudan formation in Mione· sota, the oldest carbon-rich rocks in North America. While it is not possible to identify the precise kind of life from which the molecules came, one clue is the fact that phytane is a derivative of a component of chlorophyll, which is essential for photosynthesis in green plants. Perhaps the molecules were produced by some chlorophyll-containing organisms like blue-green algae, the most primitive known plants.

If this interpretation is correct, says Dr. Calvin, the occurrence of photosynthesis indicates that terrestrial life was rather well established 2.7 billion years ago. Future plans call for a similar analysis ol South African rocks 3.4 billion years old. The age of the earth is generally set a1

about 4.7 billion.

LIFE IN AN AMMONIA· RlCH ATMOSPHERE

When the possibility of life existing elsewhere in the solar system is discussed. Jupiter is usually discounted because of its dense atmosphere of noxious gases, in· eluding large concentrations of ammonia and methane. However, a recent report in Icarus (April, 1965), suggests that cer· tain life forms might survive even there.

S. M. Siegel and Constance Guimarro of the Union Carbide Research Institute are engaged in a long-term study of the survival of plants, bacteria, and other forms of life under extreme conditions. In the course of their experiments, some plants of the genus Euphorbia-similar to

cacti-were sealed in jars cont gas mixtures as 15 percent at percent hydrogen, and 50 pe ane. When the specimen• w« after two months in this e1 their surfaces were coated ~ microorganisms, including ty teria that can survive without rertain species of fungi.

According to the authors: " exposure ... to ammonia-rid plant surfaces were essentiall microorganisms, save for rat sporelike forms. Hence, all o isms obtained subsequently f1 regions must have been produ germination, fission, or oth« reproduction under the expc mosphere."

It is widely believed that atmosphere originally contair gases as Jupiter's now does. these results support the id forms could have been prese long ago, before the transitio ducing atmosphere to the pt ing one took place. MoreovCJ of microbial life might eve upon Jupiter at dense atmos where suitable temperatur« prevail.

IMPROVED PENDULUM ASTROLABE

In principle, an observer c his latitude and longitude b times at which two (or mor• a particular altitude above The pendulum astrolabe Is c instruments invented for 1

tions in geodetic surveys. Essentially, it is a 60-d

cacti-were sealed in jan containing such gaB mixturea as 15 · percent ammonia, 35 ~cent hydrogen, and ISO percent methane. When the specimens were removed after two months in this environment, their surfaces were coated with various miaoorganiams, including types of bacteria that can survive without oxygen, and certain lpeciea of fungi.

Ai:cording to the authors: "Prior to the exposUre ..• to ammonia·rich conditions, plant surfaces were essentially devoid of microorganisms, save for rare spores or sporelike forms. Hence, all of the organisins obtained subsequently from necrotic regic>ns must have been produced by spore germination, fission, or other modes of reproduction under the experimental at· mosphere."

It is widely believed that the earth's atmosphere originally contained the same gases as JuJ>iter's now does. Therefore, these results suppan the idea that life forms could have been present on Earth long ago, before the transition from a reducing atmosphere to the present oxidiz-ing one took place. Moreover, some forms of microbial life might even now exist . , ,. upon Jupiter at dense atmospheric levels where suitable temperature conditions prevail.

IMPROJIED PENDULUM lfSTROUBE

In principle, an observer can determine his latitude and longitude by noting the times at which two (or more) stan reach a particular altitude above the horizon. The pendulum astrolabe is one of several instruments invented for such observations In geodetic surveys.

Essentially, it is a 60-degree elbow

The Perkin-Elmer 60-degree pendulum astrolabe. The caging mechanism indi· cated in the diagram below protects the wire-suspended mirror while the instrument is being tran1p0rted from one station to another. At right rear,

the large box contains the photoelectric star detector. telescope mounted in a vertical plane, with a horizontal wire at its focus. Star· light passes through the objective lena down to a pendulum-aupported horizontal

mirror, where it is reflected upward into the eyepiece. When the observer sees the star pass the horizontal wire, its altitude is 60 degrees.

The latest and moat refined pendulum astrolabe has been developed by Perkin· Elmer Corp., Norwalk, Connecticut, for the U. S. Army Engineers at Fort Belvoir, Virginia. To be used in second-order surveys, the 54-pound portable device can determine geographical position with a probable error of about ::1::0.05 second of arc-about li feet on the surface of. the earth.

The teleacope in this instrument has a S.l-inch objective and magnifies 68 times, with a one-degree field. Its 7x finder has a field of 10 degrees. In mak· ing a star observation, the observer turns the instrument around a vertical· axis to the proper azimuth, which is Indicated by a horizontal 5j-inch finding circle, graduated at one-degree intervals. The eyepiece reticle consists of five curved horizontal lines, so an average cari be obtained of the five times recorded as the star passes over them in succession. When only bright stan need to be oblerved, a photoelectric detector can be used to obtain the record automatically. The ob· servation of a set of stars well distributed in azimuth yields the latitude and local time; comparing the latter with Universal time, known from radio time signals, furnishes the longitude.

lfugust, 1965, SKY AND TELI!SCOPE 85

1-i

THE HEAVIEST payload e~er orbited was hurled aloft on june 8th, by a

versatile booster being developed by the Air Force to carry a variety of payloads, including communications satellites, nu· clear-explosion detectors, and manned space laboratories.

The Titan !l has two configurations: liA is the liquid-fueled three-stage core section alone; !IC has in addition two solid·

THE DUAL-FUELED BOOSTER TIT AN 3C

Left: As Titan liC lifts off, its solid-fuel boost· ers are belching Dame. One i§ seen on each side of the liquid-fuel main body. A small fourth rocket is also attached; its white nose may be seen in front of the dark vertical stripe on the right-hand solid-fuel rocket. This is the thrust vector control, whose stream enters the solid-fuel exhaust through a ring of ports, in such a way as to de· Rect that exhaust in the direction required

for control.

Below: A camera aboard Titan !lC views the re· ceding coast of Florida. At left, 108 seconds af· ter takeoff, the main body (top of frame) be· gins firing, just before a solid-fuel booster is jettisoned. The right· band picture shows this motor falling to the ocean below. All pho· tos from U.S. Air Force.

fuel boosters attached. The nearly 500,-000 pounds of thrust developed by a Titan 3A is increased to some 2,000,000 pounds by attaching the solid-fuel motors, each 120 inches in diameter.

In the June launching, the auxiliary motors carried the core to a height of about 25 miles before they burned out and were jettisoned. Then the liquidfueled section took over and drove the

transtage and payload into orbit. An Air Force spokesman points out that boosters 156 inches in diameter could almost double the payload, to some 20 tons.

Although the basic Titan had flown before (February issue, page 95), there was considerable worry about its behavior with the two hot solid rockets strapped alongside. This was the first time such rockets had been fired right-side up; hitherto they were tested in stands with their noses down.

Fortunately everything went smoothly, and the heaviest space vehicle ever launched by this country rode into the sky on a bright yellow flame 500 feet long. On the pad the Titan 3C weighed nearly I! million pounds. About 29,000 pounds of ballast and instrumentation went into an orbit inclined 32 degrees to the equator. Apogee and perigee heights were 127 and 103 miles, respectively.

Coming within a week of the successful Gemini 4 flight, this launching again raised the question of where we stand in the so-called space race. Ever since the first Sputnik in the fall of 1957, news media have been reporting guesses as to how many years behind the United States has been.

The Soviet Union has scored an impressive list of firsts, but the United States has been far more active. For example, Soviet scientists placed the first payload into orbit, Yuri Gagarin made the first manned orbital flight, Alexei Leonov first ventured outside a spacecraft, and a Soviet probe was first to photograph the moon's far side. On the other hand, we have had more successful launchings every year since 1957. By mid-1965, the totals were 235 to 99.


The real differences h: gram emphasis. Very ea was able to boost heavy rockets. Hence they ha~ large manned craft. I power, we concentrated miniaturized equipment sophisticated. With inl systems, our scientists ha1 and deeper into interpi

At the same time, NJ Force rushed the devel, and powerful rockets. 1 booster appears to have a less than 1,000,000 pour the 400,000-pound thrust our successful Gemini J

NASA's Saturn I (thrust and Titan !IC appear to erful boosters flown to

Tims the United Statj lites in orbit (1!17 to debris of various sorts) lunar and planetary p booster power. Nevertl J\Iueller, NASA's chief j flight, wisely counsels th error to believe we hav( of several years held by

At a press conference on june 21st, LieutenaJ nin stated that Soviet SJ they are still leading th ing on the Gemini 4 Oi:

"After the first step w . . . gained confidence exist 15 or 20 minutes il suit. Also, I must menti Several days before Bal returned to Moscow, th permission for a small @

to come and have a tall the Voskod II spaces! results of the flight. granted permission. Tl ... and everything was cans in great detail. apparatus, equipment, emerging, and all sorl were told to them. I t of great help in the p1 flight."

Thus it seems that measure of where the race stands. With a ideas and techniques, any manned flight "ra

EIGHT SATELLI~

I N an unpublicized at Vandenberg Air

partment of Defense booster carrying eight suits have been anno1 its Satellite Situation

All eight payloads a1 et had the same initial utes. Their apogee a were all within a fe~ 564 miles, respectivel1 inclinations were bet-w degrees.

The eight satellites,

The real differences have been in program emphasis. Very early the U.S.S.R. was able. tcr boost heavy loads with giant rockeu. Hence they have tended to use large manned craft. Lacking booster p()wel', we concentrated on lightweight, Jntniaturized equipment that grew highly sophliticated. With intricate telemetry systemS, our scientists have probed deeper and deeper Into Interplanetary space.

At che same time, NASA and the Air Force rushed the development of large and powerful rockets. The largest Soviet booster appears to have a thrust of slightly leu than 1,000,000 pounds, far ahead of the .400,000-pound thrust Titan 2 used for our successful Gemini flights. But now NASA's Saturn 1 (tluuat 1,500,000 pounds) and Titan SC appear to be the most powerful boosters flown to date.

Thus the United States has more satellites in orbit (187 to 24, not counting debris of various sorts), more successful lunar and planetary probes, and more booster power. Nevertheless, George E. Mueller, NASA's chief of manned spaceflight, wisely counsels that it would be an error to believe we have overcome a lead of several years held by the Soviet Union.

At a press conference in Sofia, Bulgaria, on June 21st, Lieutenant General Kamanin stated that Soviet space scientists feel they are still leading the way. Commenting on the Gemini 4 flight, he said:

"After the first step was made, everyone • . • gained confidence- that one could exist 15 or 20 minutes in space in a spacesuit. Also, I must mention another detail. Several days before Balyayev and Leonov returned to Moscow, the Americans asked permission for a small group of specialists to come and have a talk with the crew of the Voskod II spaceship regarding the results of the flight. Our government granted permission. This talk took place ... and everything was told to the Ameri· cans in great detail. The systems, the apparatus, equipment, the procedure of emerging, and all sorts of other things were told to them. I think that this was of great help in the preparation of their flight."

Thus it seems that there is no good measure of where the space exploration race stands. With a freer exchange of ideas and techniques, there need not be any manned flight "race" at all.

EIGHT SATELLITES AT ONCE

I N an unpublicized feat on March 9th at Vandenberg Air Force Base, the De

partment of Defense launched a single booster carrying eight satellites. Some results have been announced by NASA in its Satellite Situation Report series.

All eight payloads and their spent rocket had the same initial period: 108.5 minutes. Their apogee and perigee heights were all within a few miles of 585 and 564 miles, respectively, and their orbital inclinations were between 70.09 and 70.12 degrees.

The eight satellltes, bearing serial num-

hera 1965-16A to If, are being used in a variety of experiments. Gravity Gradient 2 and Gravity Gradient J are exploring stabilization mechods for future spacecraft. Precision tracking techniques are being improved with Surcal, and amateur radio enthusiasts are tracking Oscar J. Greb and Solar Radiation are studying energy from the sun. Geodetic investigations are being made by means of EGRS J, which carries a ranging transponder. The eighth satellite is called Dodecahedron, a Navy vehicle for radio tests.

Some of these spacecraft are continuing programs of several years standing. For example, the first Greb was launched June 22, 1960, and became 1960.,2 (SKY AND TELESCOPE, August, 1960, page 85),

ASTRONOMICAL SCRAPBOOK (Continued from page 8J)

always (very nearly) circular, so that the earth itself is a sphere. This philosopher also noted that travel norch or south puts different stars overhead, and since even a short journey makes an appreciable change, the terrestrial sphere cannot be a very large one.

From this conclusion, it was no great step to attempt a crude measurement of the size of the earth. No firsthand account survives of Eratosthenes' experiment in the 8rd century B.c., but some details were preserved by Cleomedes. At Syene in southern Egypt, on the day of the summer solstice, the sun at noon shone on the bottom of a deep pit. On the same day, a sundial at Alexandria showed the noon sun standing south of the zenith by I 150 of a total circle, or 7.2 degrees. Thus the places were separat· ed by I I 50 of the earth's circumference. Eratosthenes estimated their distance as 5,000 stadia, from the time it took to travel between them, making the earth 250,000 stadia around. Because the length of his unit is now uncertain, no precise conversion of Eratosthenes' result into miles can be made.

A very similar result for the size of the earth was derived by Posidonius (lst century B.c.), who noted that Canopus just grazed the southern horizon of Rhodes, but attained a meridian altitude of 7! degrees at Alexandria, an estimated 5,000 stadia farther south.

Further evidence of the convexity of the earth from east to west was advanced by Adrastias. At any eclipse of the moon seen from different stations, the eclipse occurs at an earlier hour of the night (local time) the farther west the observing site is. If the earth were flat, noted Adrastias, all watchers would see the eclipse at the same hour.

Another "proof' familiar two thousand years ago is the fact that on shipboard a ma11thead lookout can sight land sooner than a watcher on deck can.

Thus, by late classical times knowledge that the earth is a sphere had become general among educated classes in all the Mediterranean world. But this wide-

while Oscar 1 (196laK2) was launched on December 12, 1961, reentering the atmO-sphere January 81, 1962. ·· · . ·

EGRS 2 was launched two days after the cluster of eight, on March U~. Called 1965-J?B, it had an apogee height of 682 miles and a perigee of 180. Its inclination of 89.98 degrees correi,POndl to an almost exactly polar orbit. · · ' .

RAYMOND N. WATTS, JL Smithsonian Astrophysical Obsen>ato~

CORllECfiON On page 17 last month, the names of

the two astronauts in the top picture ate interchanged. Major White is on the left, Major McDivitt on the right.

spread familiarity waned 'With the rise of Christianity and the breakup of the Roman Empire. As the new religion supplanted the older ones, a strong reaction set in against pagan philosophy and pagan science, The concept of a tet· restrial globe was pushed more and more into the background in favor of a flat eal'th that would accord with ~iteral in· terpretation of Scripture and with theo-logical analogies. .

One of the most inftuential critia of earlier astronomical ideas was Lactantiul, who wrote at the beginning of the ·4th century A.D. He heaped ridicule on the doctrine of che spherical earth, urging the absurdity of supposing that there are people whose feet are above their heads, and where rain and snow fall upward. It wal impossible, he said, for the heavens to be lower than the earth.

Particularly bizarre was the world de· scribed by Cosmas Indicopleustes, an Egyptian o£ the 6th century. To him the earth was a rectangular plane, twice as long as wide, surrounded by an ocean that in turn was surrounded by Parad~. From this arose four rectangular walls, surmounted by the semicylindrical can• opy of heaven. ·

It would be wrong to suppose that such extreme views as these were everywhere held in the Christian world, for the doctrine of the earth's rotundity was never quite forgotten; particularly in western countries. Moslem thinkers had no objection to the concept, since the Koran was silent on the matter. The English scholar Bede (who died about 785) openly taught that the earth is a sphere; indeed, from that time onward this idea slowly but steadily began to resume its place among generally ac~

cepted facts. JOSEPH ASHBROOK

CORilECfiON In the Newa Note on Jupiter's rotation,

page IS of the July issue, Elmer J. Reese should have been described as a ataft mem· ber of the New Mexico State University Observatory (University Park), not as associated with the University of New Mexico (Albuquerque).


Western Satellite Research Network G. A. McCUE, J. G. WILLIAMS, and R. C. HoY

Space Sciences Laboratory, North American Az·itltion. Inc.

I N 1956 AND 1957, a worldwide net· work of amateur astronomers and volunteer observers was established

by the Smithsonian Astrophysical Observ· atory to track artificial satellites in >Up· port of the International Geophysical Year. When the Soviet Union launched its first Sputnik in I 957, this networl.. (Moonwatch) became the United State;' first optical space surveillance system. With experience, these observers greatly improved their satellite searching skills, but the refinement of photographic and electronic tracking systems made it apparent that routine visual obsenations by 1\foonwatch were of comparatively little value for "well-behaved" satellites.

It was then that several of the more experienced teams organized the \Vestern Satellite Researd1 Network (WSRN), in the belief that visual observers could make significant contributions to some of the more specialized problems of satellite tracking. In 1959 eight WSRN teams contributed more than half of all American visual satellite observations. By mid-1964, the organization had grown to 25 teams and 82 observing sites in North America, Australia, South America, and South Africa.

Our visual work is of \'alue primarily when photographic or electronic methods are inadequate, that is, if an object is too small, too distant, or has poorly determined orbital elements. Consequently, we concentrate on recovering lost satellites, tracking faint problem-objects, observing

unusual launches and satellite decays in the atmosphere, and recording the distincthe optical characteristics of individual objects. As a result of these efforts, \\'SRI'I: teams have become an integral part of the national space surveillance

system. From the start, WSRN activities have

been coordinated by North American :hiation's Space Sciences Laboratory in Downey, California. Here an IBM 709·1 computer is used to predict passages ol problem satellites over WSRN stations. If an object is lost. the computer make> predictions with corrections to be applied at intervals, so that the observer <an scan the orbit plane for a long time, thus increasing the probability of his seeing the object. The computer can produce about !!,000 "look-angle" predictious in a miuute.

It also performs orbit analyses, usiug obsenational data to determine or reline a satellite's orbital elements. This program, together with the WSRN prediction work and the contributions of individual observers such as Arthur S. Leonard, has led to the recovery of the following objects for the U. S. Air Force Spacetrack operation. This was after they had been lost bv all other tracking systems. · 1960,-1 An aluminized-mylar fragment

of the Echo I launching. 1961 ,,I Explorer II, which carried out

gamma·ra\' measun:ments. Spent rockt•t of Relay I, a com

munications repeater satellite.

HH SKY AND TELESCOPE, August, J9n5

America's first satellite, Explorer l, was launched January 31, 1958. Onlv 80 inches long, it proved much more difficult for :\loonwatch teams to detee~ t~mn were the Soviet Sputniks. Tlus first photograph, takt•n in South Africa on !\larch 18, 1958, when Explorer 1 was 800 miles high, shows it as a short streak among star trails caused by the camera's tracking mo· tion. Smithsonian Obsenatory photo.

1963-138 1963-30A

Tclstar 2's spent rocket. Unnamed satellite; near-pola1

orbit. l!l6·1-3B Relay 2's spent rocket. 1965·2iD { Debris from Snap-lOA nudea1 1965-27E \ reactor launch.

Curreutly, the \VSRN teams arc coordinated to fulfill directly the specific needs of Spacetrack, for whom they routinely track most objects listed above, as well as the following two: 1962.3 Unnanwd satellite; near-pol:n

orbit. 1962a<2 Telstar I 's spcut rocket.

The flow of iuformation to tht• tc:nm

The 26 teams of the \Vt•stern Satellite Re· search Network are in<licated on this map. Four of the stations arc in the Southern Hemi· sphere and can obsef\'c parts of satellite orbits invisible to Northern Hemisphere obseners. Also, when illumina· tion conditions render a satellite unohscrvabk from up north, it rna\· still he detectable frmi1 \VSR~'s southern site,. All illustrations with this article are from 1 II(' mtthnrs unless oth<•r·

wise rredited.

The Townsville, Austra bear in satellite search• telescopes supported by of a World War II ant to provide accurate azi~

fiv•

is quite efficient. Spacetr: orbital elements and pr WSRN headquarters at I the elements are relined, if detailed predictions made. mailed, telegraphed, or te pending on the urgency ol to the individual observer! over 50,000 predictions ' each month.

Gregory Roberts (left: several radio rcreivers the transits of several

electronic

ateUite; near-polar

nuclear

1'• apent rocket. i1tfc>m1atiion to the teams

The 26 teams of the Weatern Satellite Re· ICIItth Network are in· ~ted on this map. Four 'of the stations are ill· tbe Southern Hemi· 'P~ere and can observe parts of satellite orbits mvialole to Northern Hemilphere observers.

. ~. when illumina· dOn conditions render !l aatellite unobservable from U(> north, it may stUI be detectable from WSllN's southern sites.

' All illustrations with ·this article are from ttie authors unless other·

wise credited.

The Townsville, Australia, team can bring a wide variety of instruments to bear in satellite searches. Here is a fence of low-power apogee Moonwatch telescopes supported by two movable steel stands. Their site is near the top of a World War II antiaircraft bunker. Brass pins have been set in concrete to provide accurate azimuth reference marks. Apogee telescopes are commonly

five inches in aperture and about 25x.

is quite efficient. Spacetrack telegraphs orbital elements and priority lists to WSRN headquarters at Downey, where the elements are refined, if necessary, and detailed predictions made. These are air· mailed, telegraphed, or telephoned (depending on the urgency of the situation) to the individual observers. In this way, over 50,000 predictions are distributed each month.

Sightings are then attempted with either a low-power, wide-field telescope or a high-power, dark-field instrument, depend· ing on the brightness of the satellite and the estimated accuracy of the predictions. At Townsville, Australia, the low-power "apogee scopes" are mounted on two steel stands, each of which can be set separately in azimuth to obtain observations of the same satellite at different points, or to

Gregory Roberts (left) of the station at Durban, South Africa, adjusts one of several radio receivers. He and co-observer Arthur Arnold have taped directly the transits of several manned spaceflights. Many WSRN teams have similar

electronic recording and communication equipment.

observe two satellites at the same time. Usually WSRN observers track satellites

that are between 4th and lOth magnitude. Occasionally, however, sightings are made of 13th-magnitude or fainter objects, at slant ranges up to 14,000 miles. (Larry Howard of Van Nuys, California, detected the Elektron 2 rocket under these conditions.) Needless to say, observing and tim· ing the passage of such a satellite to about lfl 0-second accuracy takes considerable skill. For such work, Gary McCue of the Whittier, California, team uses an 8-inch fjl5 reflector. At Cleveland, Ohio, team leader Dan Snow employs the lOrinch refractor of the Cleveland Museum of Natural History, while at Kansas City M. T. Sanford uses Kansas University's

Russell Jenkins of Rochester, New York, observing a satellite transit despite snow underfoot. He claims his "arctic" station has the worst weather of any in the WSRN. Here he is using a 6-inch f/10 telescope with a

two-degree field of view.

27-inch reflector for tracking difficult sa tel· lites. The team leader there, C. R. Lin· tecum, has used this same instrument photographically to determine satellite positions with great accuracy.

After an observer reduces his observa· tions, he telephones, telegraphs, or air· mails the results to Downey. The data are recorded for future analysis and tele· graphed promptly to the Spacetrack cen· ter in Colorado Springs, Colorado. WSRN team members code their reports for im· mediate use by the computers at Spacetrack, thus assuring that their observations will be analyzed in time to be of value. This rapid flow of data between a professional agency and groups of volunteer observers is essential to the success of our entire program.

The importance of rapid communica· tion and versatile predicting techniques is best demonstrated in attempts to ob· serve satellites that are reentering the earth's atmosphere. Because of atmo-


Sputnik 4 and its rocket one day after launch on l\lay 15, 1960. The con· tmuous line from left to right is the satellite, the dashed line above it the rocket. The latter shows a half-second tumble period-nne of the typical optical

characteristics studied by WSRN team members.

spheric drag, the orbit of an incoming object changes quickly, so the predinions must be frequently updated. Only the most recent orbital clements can be used for prediction ephemerides, and "look an· gles" must be sent out to the teams with· out delay, prelerably by telephone. By this means, WSRN teams have obtained pre-reentry observations of H different objects, and the fall of Cosmos 23, I !lli3· 50A, was viewed directly by the team at Madison, Wisconsin, on March 27, 1%1.

variation in appearance o[ nine objects. Usually, the change is a decrease in tum· hie period, which may indicate a leak or rupwre of some pressurized container. Smh "spinups" are occasionally accom· panied hy an alteration in the orbital clements.

About 8,000 observations of the optical characteristics of 3·10 objects had been air· mailed to headquarters by mid-1965. The computer standardizes the optical data by removing such factors as slant range and phase angle. Then the results arc periodically summarized and published.

Generally, the success of the \Vestern Satellite Research Network may be at· tributcd to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its individual team members. They have taken care to observe important ob-

The WSRN optical characteristics study often requires close personal communica· tion and cooperation. We hope that by noting such properties as brightness, tum· ble period, and Hash pattern, we can aid in identifying the nature or condition of future orbiting vehicles. Often an object's appearance changes while it is in orbit;

Echo I was launched on August 12, 1960. A month later Tom Walsh of Reseda, California, took this picture showing the balloon's irregular light fluctuations.

The short breaks in the trail arc timing interruptions each second.

''tt

in such a case, predictions ami other in· formation arc telephoned to observers. We now have a complete record of the

Creativity is a hallmark of WSRN obscn·ers. Da,·id Steinmetz devised this 6-inch multiple-eyepiece satellite-viewing tclcsmpe, which was constructed by Jack Borde (right) at his home in Concord, California. Donald Charles observes at left front, and Clarion Cochran at left rear. All arc members of the

Walnut Creek tracking team.


iects and to have the observations utilized hy others. They often get together to dis· cuss problems and improvements; 30 team members attended last year's conference at Denver, Colorado, in conjunction with the national amateurs convention in Au· ~~;ust. At that time, Capt. James A. Strub, USAF, said:

"As illustrated by the example of the USAF's Spacctrack system, the various satellite tracking systems still depend upon amateur astronomers for some of the in· puts necessary for accomplishing their mis· sions. This dependence will continue in· definitely because there will always be difficult orbits, there will always be the possibility o[ unexpected phenomena such a~ 196lo [Transit 4A, whose rocket disintegrated into more than 200 pieces], and there will always be burn-ins."

SOLUTION TO J\IALI .. \S !'UZZLE (See J}(jgt' i5)

Bill was observing 1\113; Suzy had the 3-inch. The complete amwer to the puz· zlc is:

From left to right, the observers were Bill, Ann, Jack, Jim, and Suzy, with 10· inch, 6-inch, 8-ind1, 4-inch, and 3-inch tclcsmpcs, respectively. These were white, brray, blue, green, and black. They ob· served 1\11~. Epsilon Bootis, l\157. Alpha Hcrmlis, and Albireo. Bill used Norton's, :\nn the HD, Jack Atlas Coeli, Jim Atlas EclifJI icalis, ami Sll1y was using the Beyer· Graff.

A matt HIGH SCHO

pENNSYLVANIA is 0

states to develop a tronomy program in its se aiding local authorities t scrvatorics and install pl McKeesport, an 8-inch Sf reflector was purchased f, old Port Vue-Liberty Hig South Allegheny Joint Sci

This January, 12 studen tronomy club for the pm their own telescopes, for from school. Their sciet J. Takacs, and I was instt ing a dozen 4-inch f/ standardized design, du from my job at the Natiot of U. S. Steel.

Work on the 4-iuch mi rapidly. Each student cui and tool from t- and !·i using the drill-press attacl the picture, and did his polishing, and figuring. ~ were made of heavy pip three carriage bolts fitt, separators and wing nuts

Each aluminum telesco feet long and five inches i chose a fork-type equatori which a two-foot vertic: with a "Y" attachment a on a wheel drum.

In addition to using th grain telescope, the club I a 2!-inch refractor. My he Newtonian will be avail; as soon as we find a per

At left, student Robe tables are automobile Price operates the dr their interest in astl two students have re

observations utilized get together to dis

iml~to11eDilen:ts; 30 team · year's conference

..on'~''"'• In conjunction with amill~un convention in Au

·. ca~t. James A. Strub,

MALLAS PUZZLE j;age '/$)

obll!mltr. · MtS: Suzy had the COJ!Ilpl.ete answer to the puz·

. the observers were and Suzy, with 10-4-incb, and 8-incb

test»ectivi!lv. These were white, green; and black. They ob· Epsilon Bootil, M57, Alpha Albireo. But wed Norton's, Jack Alias Coeli, Jim Atlas

and Suzy waa using the Beyer·

Amateur Astronomers HIGH ScHOOL AsTRONOMY CLUB IN McKEESPORT

PENNSYLVANIA is one of the first states to develop a coordinated as

tronomy program in its secondary schools, aiding .local authorities to construct observatories and install planetariums. In McKeesport, an 8-inch Spacek Cassegrain reflector was purchased for the two-yearold Port Vue-Liberty High School by the South Allegheny Joint School Authority.

This January, 12 students formed an astronomy dub for the purpose of making their own telescopes, for use when away from school. Their science teacher was J. Takacs, and 1 was instructor for building a dozen 4-inch f/9 reflectors of standardized design, during off hours from my job at the National Tube Works of U.S. Steel.

Work on the 4-inch mirrors progressed rapidly. Each student cut his own blank and tool from i- and !-inch plate glass, using the drill-press attachment shown in the picture, and did his own grinding, polishing, and figuring. The mirror cells were made of heavy plywood, each with three carriage bolts fitted with spring separaton and wing nuts for adjustments.

Each aluminum telescope tube is four feet long and five inches in diameter. We chose a fork-type equatorial mounting, in which a two-foot vertical 11-inch pipe with a ''Y" attachment at top sits solidly on a wheel drum.

In addition to using the school's Cassegrain telescope, the club has a 5-inch and a 2!-inch rehactor. My homemade 10-inch Newtonian will be available to the dub as soon as we find a permanent location

for it. Up to the end of the school year, the club members and I met at least twice a month to discuss our problems.

Of the 12 mirrors started, 11 were com· pleted. (One student dropped and broke his after it was fully polished.) Next fall we plan to make 4-, 5-, and 6-inch telescopes.

At the moment we have two grinding machines, made by me and by Joseph R. Levkus of the Pittsburgh Amateur As· tronomers Association. There are four stands for hand work, but students prefer to use them only for final figuring. We expect a much larger group in the fall, and I will probably make one or two more machines.

ANDREW 1\fACOSKO 925 Monroe Ave., Port Vue

McKeesport, Pa.

+++ AMATEUR BRIEFS +++

If you are planning to attend the West· ern Amateur Astronomers convention that is to be held at the University of Nevada, Reno, from August 19th to 21st, register by mail as soon as possible. A full refund will be made (up to 48 hours before the convention opens) if you are unable to attend. The bulletin of the Eastbay Astronomical Society for June in· eludes a registration form that lists the following expenses: registration, $5.00; university dormitory accommodations, $2.00 per night; lunch at university com· mons (including bus service to and from the Atmospherium), $2.00 per meal; din·

ner at university commons, $1.50 per meal; and the Saturday night banquet (steall or prime rib), .~.00. A coollout and star party are scheduled for Friday evening (cost not decided). Mail your check to Board of Regents, W AA Convention, cfo Fleischmann Atmospheri~·Pianetai'ium, University of Nevada, Reno, Nev.

July 31st and August 1st are the dateS when the Tacoma Amateur Astronomera will be holding this year's convention of the Northwest Region, Astronomical League. For details write club secretary Clarence E. Stevens, 2207 ·S. 41st St., Tacoma, Wash.

A reminder that the Detroit Astronom· ical Society is host to the Great Lakes regional convention from August 20th to 22nd. Registration is $2.50 for adults and $1.50 for juniors. For further information write G. 1\f. Ross, 18811 Allan, Oall Park, Mich. 48237.

Any Californian living in the Loa Angeles-Orange County area who operates a citizens-band radio station is invited to join a meteor observing group. The call letters are KKX 5220 and KKX 9775 on channel 12. Radio contact makes coordi· nated observing possible.

The San Francisco Amateur Astronomers are holding their annual star party at Lick Observatory on August 27th. After a lecture at 7 p.m., observing with Lick's 12-and 36-inch refractors is scheduled be· tween 8 and 10 p.m. Then the participants will observe with their own instru· menta.

The Wyevern Astronomical Society, St. Briavels (near Lydney, Gloucestenhire), England, held its lint star party May 8th. Although observing was hampered by clouds, visitors enjoyed many astronomical exhibits. So great was the enthusiasm at

At left, student Robert Martin operates one of the two grinding machine&, built of materials from a junkyard. The tUI'Il· tables are automobile front wheels, with their axles and bearin!JS retained but the brake shoes removed. At riKht, Robert Price operates. the drill press, and Alvin Hays holds a brua biiCUit cutter and three finished gbua blanks. Bec:auae of their intereat in astronomy and participation in the telescope making group, as well as for acholaatic ability, tbae two students have received fonr.year scholarship offers from die Westinghouse Corp., with the promile of future job

opportunities. Photographs by the Daily NIIWJ of McKeesport.

August, 1965, S&Y AND TELESCOPE 91

this party that the group gained 20 new members! A similar event is planned for next year.

Teen-age amateurs living in the Port· land, Maine, area are invited to join an ar.tive junior group. Contact either Mr. Stevenson or Mr. Parker at the Portland Society of Natural History, 22 Elm St., Portland, Me., regarding membership in the Junior Astronomical Club. Meetings are at the museum every other week.

May 22nd marked the formation of the Middle Atlantic Planetarium Society (MAPS), during a meeting of planetarium educators at the Earth and Space Science Laboratory, Frederick, Maryland. For particulars, contact Mrs. Margaret K. Nobel, D. C. Planetarium, Cardozo High

DUTCH TELESCOPE MAKING

HERE in the Netherlands we amateurs have our own magazine, Heme! en

Dampkring, but we find SKY AND TELE·

scoPE very useful for its telescope making infonnation. In this country telescope accessories are hard to get, though refractors are commercially available. If you want a Newtonian, Cassegrain, or Maksutov, usually you have to make it yourself. Each of the nine members of our local club has built his own telescope.

My latest instrument is a 4!-inch schiefspiegler (off-axis reRector) of Anton Kutter's design (see May, 1961, page 293, and October, 1961, page 232). Previously I had constructed two 4-inch and one

School, 13th and Clifton N.W., Washing· ton, D. C. 20009.

Harold Simmonds of the Sacramento Valley Astronomical Society (California) sold his telescope mirror for $400 and donated the entire sum to the club's observatory fund. Ground has been broken at the observatory site for the group's 12-inch refractor.

Clarence Ellis of the Rocket City Astronomical Association (Huntsville, Alabama), has just finished a 21-inch mirror that will be used in the society's telescope on Monte Sano Mountain. This telescope will replace the club's present 16!-inch instrument.

actlvtty to make visual nbservations of meteors. During this year's first half, C. Sistrunk and K. Simmons logged 1,502 meteors on 109 nights, averaging five per observing hour. They send details of their observations to the American Meteor Society in Pennsylvania and to the lGY 1\leteor Center in Ottawa, Canada. This is the second year of observing for these amateurs, who hope to record 3,000 meteors by the end of 1965. .-..-n-11 .. 1 ...... 11 II ·-------

Some Astronomleal Anniversaries

Two amateurs at Jacksonville, Florida, do not wait only for nights of peak shower

Aug. 4, 1956: Death of G. A. Shajn, a leading Soviet expert on stellar spectra and gaseous nebulae. Born at Odessa on April 13, 1892, he became director of the Crimean Astrophysical Observatory.

8-inch Newtonian reRecting telescopes. The two mirrors for the new instrument

each have 64-inch focal length. My primary was tested by the Foucault method, the secondary by interferometry.

The picture docs not show the heavy steel and wood pier, whid1 carries the instrument at a convenient eye level. The pier is mounted on wheels, so it is easy to move.

I built this telescope for photographing the moon and planets, but it is so new that 1 have not had a chance to test it thoroughly.

A. H. VAN DER BRUGGE Van Aerssenstraat I 03

The Hague, Netherlands

A. H. van der Brugge's off-axis reRector rides in a rugged fork made of iron braces and plywood. The steel polar axle is !15 millimeters in diameter and turns in ball bearings, while the 20-mm. declination ax· les run in iron bear· ings fitted with grease cups. The manual slow motion in right ascension is seen at bottom of the picture; its worm engages a 59-tootlJ gear. The central white block is made of plywood. BeneatlJ hangs a short plastic tube holding the 110-mm. primary mirror, above it a finder telescope. The long aluminum tube carries the 55-mm. secondary mirror that intercepts the off-axis reRection From the primary and sends it back through the block to the eye· piece. Photograph by

the amhor.

Aug. 5, 1864: First observation of the spectrum of a comet <1864 n TempelRespighil by G. B. Donati at Florence. Three bright bands demonstrated the comet was self-luminous, not shining by reflected sunlight alone.

Aug. 7, 1869: Total eclipse of the sun, the path of totality passing from Bering Strait across Iowa to North Carolina. Discovery of the green emission line In the coronal spectrum by W. Harkness and C. A. Young.

Aug. 11, 1908: Premature death <at 38l of Alexis Hansky, br11llant Russian solar expert. He worked at Pulkovo Observatory.

Aug. 12, 1923: Discovery of minor planet No. 1000 by K. Relnmuth at Heidelberg. He named it Piazzla, after G. Piazzl <1746-1826), who found No.1, Ceres, In 1801. Reinmuth's confirmed discoveries of asteroids total 225.

Aug. 13, 1958: Death of Albert G. Ingalls, 70. whose books and Scientific American department taught thousands of amateurs how to make their own telescopes.

Aug. 1'7, 1877: Discovery of Mars' two moons, Phobos and Deimos, by Asaph Hall with the 26-lnch refractor of the U. S. Naval Observatory.

Aug. 19, 1868: French astronomer P. J. C. Janssen fil'St observed solar prominences outside of eclipse. Having seen bright prominences during the total eclipse of the day before, he sought them In a spectroscope to lessen glare. Norman Lockyer independently Invented this technique soon afterward.

Aug. 25, 1822: Death of Sir William Herschel, aged 83. He discovered Uranus and thousands of double stars, clusters, and galaxies with reflectors built by himself. He has been called the founder of sidereal astronomy.

Aug. 26, 1870: The Zurich dally sunspot number was 317, the highest value In the 19th century and a record unsurpassed until 1947.

Aug. 27, 1962: Venus probe Mariner 2 launched at Cape Canaveral, Florida.

Aug. 29, 1864: William Huggins, an English amateur, made the first Inspection of a planetary nebula's spectrum, finding It to contain bright lines. This Indicated luminous gas of low density.

-·--··--··~·-··--·-------

92 SKY ANI! TEt.t:scoPE, August, 1965

[ooTo

OPTICAL

JECTOR 'J

GOTO/MITSUI offers features. Select the ~

"A Dollor's Value for

Modal

•tSiturn "tlupRer *tMars

*tYenus

If It's a smaller projector

Mercury Model:

Model

tMercury

Goto Planetarium Feature

11 • All Optical Lens P 21 tProjectlon our en

to the South Polt 31 Completely automat!

and latitude cbanp precession!

41 Complete automatic 51 Many other outstam

INSTALLATION, FULL YEAI SERVICE CALLS BY FAC' YENTIVE PACKAIE, DOMI OTHER SERVICES.

Iota Astr~

All Inquiries promptly 1

.·- .',·'' "\ ..

THE LEADER IN

ASTRONOMICAL INSTRUMENTS

PRECISION GROUND

OPTICAL LENSES ARE THE KEY TO CRYSTAL..CLEAR

STAR IMAG~ IN YOUR PLANETARIUM.

smLE FOR A PINHOLE PRO·

JECTOR? YOU CAN HAVE A

GOTO ALL·OPTICAL LENS PRO·

JECTOR WITHIN THE SAME PRICE RANGE.

GOTO/MITSUI offers the most complete line of Planetarium Projectors, with many outstanding features. Select the model that Is most suitable for your technical requirements and obtain

"A Dollar's Volue for a Dollar Spent."

Model 00111 Size Still Ill

•tSitlm &o.a2felt 4CJ0.450

•tJIPitlr 411-59 feet 2411-270

•tMan 33-40 felt 125-150

•tYeau 24-33feat 85-125

If It's 1 ••ller pn~)lctor you llavt In mind, loto/Mitsul otters the

MtrcliiJ Models

Medel

tlllrcury

8ote Plllllbdam Futans

Dome Size

17·25 feet

U •All Optical IAH ProjectiOn

Still Ill 85-70

2) tPro)lctlou ftlr eltln cellstlll splltn from tilt Nortb Pole te tilt s..- Pole

3) Ctrlplttely utolllllc dltrul, annul, and pncessloneliDDtlons and latitude chiP 1Mod1l Mtrcary wltll calibrated ld)ultlble pnceutol)

4) C011JIIle autolllllc na, 111oon, and planet projectors

5) MaiiJ 1tlltr tutstandlq featans

IIISTAIJ.ATION, FUU YEAR'S WARRANTY, ANNUAL SERVICE CONTRACT, SE1¥1CE CALLS 8Y FACTORY·TRAINED ENIINEERS, DOWNTIME PRE· VEIITIYE PACIAIE. DOME AND BUILDIIII INFOIIIATIDN, AND IIAIIY OTIIU SERVICES.

(Please specify dome size or seating capacity In your lnqulry.l

MODEL "SATURN"

' ·'''

,, r ,,

am Astrono•lcal lnstru111nts an IIIDufactured by lata Dpt:cal MfJ. Co., Tokyo, Japan, and an excluslwiJ dlstrlllated by1

All Inquiries promptly acknowledaed.

MITSUI A CO. LTD. 200 PARK AVE.

NEW YORK, NEW YORK August, 1965, SKY AND TELESCOPJt 98

Astronomy means observation Identification of celestial objects during summer evenings is easy with our Sky Publications.

Particulatly suited for amateurs and students with small telescopes who desire sky charts in book form is Norton's Star Atlas, a familiar and famous reference handbook. Covering the entire heavens, it shows over 9,000 stars to magnitude 6-1/3, nebulae, and clusters. Descrip· tive lisu of 500 objects and sun, moon, and planet data aid the observer. 108 pages, $6.50.

For a more detailed atlas the 16 charts developed by Antonio Becvar and his associates at the Skalnate Pleso Observatory' in Czechoslovakia are available. 35,000 stars to magnitude 7 .75, with double multiple, and variable stars, novae, clusters, globulars, and planetaries, bright and dark n~bulae galaxies the Milky Way and consrellarion boundaries, are printed in many colon in th; De Lux~ Atlas of the Heavens, the 16Y2" x 23" maps being bound in a heavy cloth cover. 19.75.

Observen at their telescopes will find the inexpensive Field Edition of the Skalnate Pleso Atlas a most convenient star reference. 16 sheers of stiff paper, 18" x 12\4", are printed in white on a black background, so they may be illuminated with a flashlight without spoiling the viewer's dark adaptation. The charts are unbound, $4.00 per set; two sets for $7.50.

Antonio Becvar's Atlas Coeli-11, Katalog 1950.0 is the most complete checklist of celestial objects ever offered to the amateur observer. Given, with descriptive data, are the 6,362 stars brighter than magnitude 6.26, with their right ascensions and declinations, magnitudes, and much other useful information; extensive lists of star clusters, nebulae, and g~laxies. Clothbound, 369 pages, new 1964 edition, $8.75. The catalogue makes a fine compamon to the De Luxe AlLis o/lhe H1a11ens, and they sell together for $17.50.

Lunar observing is more informative with E1ger's Map of the Moon, a large canvas-mounted chart identifying all important lunar features. Notes by H. P. Wilkins on 146 areas are given. The lunar chart itself is approximately 18" in diameter. $3.00.

In two colors, and over 10" in diameter, the SKY AND TELESCOPE Lunar Map identifies most important features on the moon, including 326 mountains, seas, and craters. The map is good for use with groups at star parties: individual copy, 25 cetiiS; 3 to 100 maps, 20 cents each; over 100, 10 cents each plus postage.

The constellations are easily identified from any location in mid-northern latitudes with the aid of Philips' Planisphere. The world-famous star finder is printed in dark blue and gold, and can be set quickly for any time of year. Directions for using the device are given in four languages. $3.00.

Decorative as well as informative is the Color Map of the Nonhero Heavens, a large wall chart showing the northern sky in polar projection to declination -43 •. Such important star groupings as Gould's belt, the Scorpius-Centaurus association, the blue stars of Orion, are all indicated by the star symbols, colored vividly to show spectral class. 30" x 34\-2'', only II .50.

"No More Fascinating Chart

in All of Astronomy/"

COLOR M.\P OF THE

SOUTHERN SKY 1950.0

By J. :KLEPESTA AND A. Rfua.

Another triumph of star charting is available in North America for the first time. It is a fantastic mine of information concerning celestial bodies of many kinds. By very ingenious use of six colors, the Czechoslovakian astronomers have keyed the symbolism in a variety of ways and incorporated "barrels" of data. At a glance you can tell a star's position, magnitude, spectrum and luminosity class, whether it is double or variable (and the range of its variation). Clusters, nebulae, and galaxies are sorted according to apparent sizes and types. The radiants of meteor showers (day and night) are marked, and scores of radio sources are labeled. Other facts on this chart are too many to enumerate.

COLOR MAP OF THE SOUTHERN SKY is centered on the south celestial pole, yet it covers five-sixths of the heavens. It presents the remarkable reaches of the Milky Way from Cygnus through Crux to Auriga. The important objects in the far-southern sky are represented and their characteristics stated. By means of this chart northern observers can better appreciate the importance of these deep southern objects In the cosmic scheme. Only the northern polar cap above declination +43• is not included, but this is centered in the Color Map of the Northern Heavens, which is also available.

The color reproduction is brilliant, against a deep black sky background, on highquality heavy white paper; thus the chart makes a very fine transparency when illuminated from behind. Spectral and other keys are printed in six colors also, and typical examples of the different kinds of deep-sky objects are pictured in miniature. The circular charted portion is 26 inches in diameter, but the overall dimensions are about 2~ by 3 feet.

COLOR MAP OF THE SOUTHERN

SKY 1950.0 $Z.OO

Color Map of the Northern Heavens $1.50

(Each chart is shipped unfolded in a heavy protective tube. If southern and northern charts are ordered together, for mailing in a single tube, deduct 50 cents-send $3.00 for the two charts.)

Write/or catalog111 of all Sky Publications. All items, except where noted, sent postpaitl.

Please enclose your check or money ord11r.

. . ~ ' . . . . • ' • • ,. ' o • ~ I • • • '0. • '

>h..l 1'1 Hl !:--.111'\J(, CO!~ POI\.\TION .II I ,, I ()J '" <loo< •••• 'oolor.I.J:~ ' \1, I 0

• :

. . . - . . . . . . .


W BOOK LANDOLT·BOR:!

ASTRONOMY AND A~

H. H. Voigt. editor. Berlin, Heidelberg, New pages. DM 814 or $78.50.

AVOLUME, Astronom ics, was published

part of the sixth editi< Burnstein, a series devote tation of numerical data relationships in science Astronomy has expanded past few years, especially and space research, that iJ of Landolt-Bornstein (Gr Astr0110my and Astroph) a separate volume, one d1 than a "revised edition."

This five-pound refe11 major contribution to ast ture, mostly by the lead tronomers. The 89 coni only four North America1 Aller (California), who ' tary nebulae; G. P. K physics of planets and sa (California), abundances in the universe; and S. (Canada), galaxies.

Although the majority tions are in German, 54

titles of tables and figtJ summaries are also gi· Chapters in English arE

four above-mentioned ' by A. Behr (Gottinge

Astro Domes® art tho Ill wherever seriOus consld• the study olastronomy-r by the number of caltllltl, unlversitlea that have ' Domn®. The r1110n 1111 DeiUII Astro DGmll® II IIUIIIttel and dnianedtc bulrdtna upon which they pstente~ leak·~rool trlple seals out the elements PI unlflec:ted by hl&h wlndl c ro Dome drive 1 1 troublt·lrH oper

tlnloJmatlon rq, size 1111 ulrements.

•This ....... lllf II .. ," lrlr wi .. ICitllo II J• scrttl, cHIIct •·

AITIIIIJ IIIIIIIWIIII Art., U. I

lllfONir ClfU

t 1

BOOKS AND THE S·KY ·. .. . . LANOOLT-liORNSTEIN

.. · ... ,,~ONOMY AND ASTllOPHYSlCS

·&. Voigt. editor. Springer-Verlag, · Heidelberg, New York, 196!), 711 . · I)M ~14 or $78.50.

: VOLUME. Astronomy and Geqphys· . iCs/ waa published 15 yean ago aa

·· · · the sixth edition of Landolt-. a ieries devoted to .the preaen-

. . tluon of nUmerical data and functional · ~l~tionahlpa in science and techn~logy.

Astinnomy baa expanded so much m the . paitfeW yean, especiall~ rad~o aatrano~y

~n!i apace research, that m th1s New· Sertes of Landolt-Biirnstein (Group VI, Vol. 1),

. Astronomy and Astrophysics has become · a .eparate volume, one that is much more

than a "revised edition." This ·five-pound teference tome is a

major contribution to astronomical literature, mostly ~y the leading German astronomers. The 59 contributors include i)ftly four North Americans, namely L. H.

·: Aller (California), who writes on plane· uiry. nebulae; G. P. Kuiper (Arizona), ·physics of planets and satellites: H. Suess {California), abundances of the elements in . the universe: and S. van den Bergh (Canada), galaxies.

Although the majority of the contributions are in German, section titles, the titles of tables and figures, and section summaries are also given in English. Chapters in English are written by the four· ·above-mentioned astrOnomers and by A. Behr (Gattinge~t). photoelectric

OILY ASTIO GOMES® HAVE THE PATENTED

TIIIU LABYRINTII SW.I

Allio Domlt® 11'1 thlllandard of quality wlllrever urloua consideration 11 shan lo tile studJ or utranomr•a fact aHntad to by tilt n1111blr or collqn, hl&h scho<lls, and nlveraltln that have specllltd llstro

• Domas®· Till reason Is simply quality. u,!Uit Allro 0omt1 ® are made ol heavy aillftiiNI and dallanedtolutthtllltoltht butrdlnl upon whlcfi lhiJ are trtldtd. Tilt pallnto~ liak•prool trlplalabyrlnth shutter Ullt out thl iltments ~~trmanenttJ and 11 Ulllfftctd bJ hllh winds and storms. Ell· clllllvt Altro Doma drive provideS mrs of siiiOIItll,troubla·frH oparatlon. Writ• lor ad41tlollll inlormlllon reaardlna your dome llz1 requirements. •nts ~ h..,,,.. ........... tric •••• suooa, If ytt •••• • •••• IC-,-ctn.

11111 1111 /11. lllllrtwalll '"" u. c ...... '"'""'

I'HOiflt tlfll ofll•l .. f

photometry; S. BObme and W. Fricke (Recheninstitut, Heidelberg), the &ystem of astronomical constants; G. Hacrendel (Max Planck Institut, Munich), inter, planetary space; L. Houziaux (Li~) • physics of comets; R. Kippenhahn and H. Thomas (Max Planck Institut), stellar structure and evolution; H. von Klfiber (Cambridge}; the sun's magnetic field, magnetic stan; W. Petri (Munich), arti· tidal. satellitea and space probes; and P. Wellmann (Munich), radial velocities.

By ita nature, this encyclopedia of nu· merical data and functional relationships in a5tranomy requirea a minimum amount of explanatory text, so an astronomer not ftuent in German should be able, with some effort, to make effective use of the incredible amount of information that is presented. The editor, H. H. Voigt of Gottingen, should be congratulated, along with A. Beer of Cambridge, for seeing to the translation of large parts of the Ger· man articles into English.

Nevertheless, this important and unique reference book would reach a wider audience more effectively if it had been writ· ten entirely in English. While it Is highly desirable that a modern professional as· tronomer know German, it is close to absolute necessity that he be completely ftuent in English. On the other hand, American aatronomen are notoriously delinquent in their knowledge of German.

The book is divided into nine sections: 1. AstrOnomical Instruments. 2. Position and Time Determination, Astronomical Constants. 8. Abundances of the Elements in the Universe. 4. The Solar System. 5. The Stars. 6. Special Types of Stars. 7, Star Clusters and Associations. 8. The Stellar System. 9. Galaxies. An appendix. includes facts on all announced launchings of artificial satellites and space probes in 1965, 19 pages of useful nomograms, and a list of more than 500 journals of interest to aatronomen. Although radio astronomy appean in such sections as radio-astronomical devices, the sun and its activity, galactic structure, and galaxiea, these appearances are somewhat incidental, and an entire section on radio astronomy should have been included. There is no index of any kinda serious omission. This is exactly the type of book that needs a subject index, a name index, and a star index. .

The editor suggeats that the purpose of the volume will have been fulfilled if an astrOnomer can say: 'With the section concerning my special field I am not satisfied, but the other parts of the book are quite useful." To check. this I looked up three subjects of special interest to me: eclipsing binaries, variable stars in open clusten, and photoelectric observations of Cepheids.

There are only seven pages on eclipsing stan and only five linea on variable stars in open clusten. Despite 49 pages on

PhD in Astronomy, Physics,

Meteorology, or Geophys·

ics preferred. Advanced

M.S. or B.S. with related

experience will be consld·

ered. Send a resume of

your education and exper·

ience to Mr. J. B. Ellis,

Industrial Relations Admin·

istrator·Engineering, Gen~

eral Dynamics/Fort Worth,

P.O. Box 748·S, Fort Worth,

Texas. An equal opportu·

nlty employer.

GIIIIIIIID. GIBNEAAL DVNAMICB

..OAT WCIFITH Fort Worth, Te•

August, 1965, SKY AND TELJ.&COPE 95

variable stan ending with a bibliography of 147 items, long important publications of the photoelectric observations of Cepheids by 0. Eggen, P. Oosterhoff, K. Bahner, H. Weaver, and many others are not mentioned in the bibliography. However, so many other sections are so useful to me that I feel the book has achieved its aims quite successfully. I can make it even stronger: I have found literally hundreds of important items or references that I should have known about but didn't.

"Normal" experiences with publication delays in books of this type. which have many dozens of authors, is that those chapters written early in the game by the more conscientious authors are out

Star Adases and Books on Astronomy Now: THE SOLAR SYSTEM AND THE

CONSTELLATIONS, by Anderoon .. 18.50 SUNSPOTS, by Bray and Loughhtad . Sl6.00 PLAMMARION'S ASTRONOMY . 119.95 PRACTICAL AMATEUR ASTRONOMY,

edited by P. Moore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.95 SURVEY OF THE MOON, by Moore . SUS THE PLANET JUPITER, by B. Peek . 18.25 THE MOON, by Wilkine and Moore . 112.75 AMATEUR ASTRONOMER'S

HANDBOOK, by]. B. Sidgwick ... 112.75 OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY FOR

AMATEURS, br ]. B. Sidgwick .. SI0.75 AMATEUR TELESCOPE MAKING

Book I, 15.00; Book 2, 16.00; Book 3, $7.00 Norton'• STAR ATLAS . . . . . 16.50 Beyer-Gralf STAR ATLAS . . .. 115.00 BONNER DURCHMUSTERUNG . 1110.00

Wrill /or {r11 lisl of llllrooomical lillr.tNrB.

HERBERT A. LUFT P. 0. Box 91

69·11 229th St., Oakland Gardens, N. Y. 11364

PRECISION, BEAUTY, AND QUALITY

of date by the time the book is published. There have been examples of recent books and books-to-be of this type that are five or even 10 years behind schedule. The German astronomers are to be congratulated that all but very few of the manuscripts reached the editor in the surprisingly short time of nine months, thus insuring, along with prompt editing and publishing, that the book is up to date. Many of the sections are so detailed and complete that they must have taken many months of continuous effort on the part of the author in question. The result is very impressive!

It would be convenient if the references in the text included the author and year as well as the reference number. More detailed data on the transparency of the earth's atmosphere than is given on page 51 would be useful. The list of celestial charts and atlases should perhaps include the charts of the Cape Photographic Durchmustenmg and the comparatively recent Lick photographic atlas, which reaches from the north celestial pole to

declination -39•. There are excellent, up-to-date lists of the brighter stars, the nearest stars, and stars of highest space motion, all of which might usefully have been lengthened. A list of stars of largest proper motion is needed. Only six double stars of special interest (page -189) are given, and some stars are omitted that have made astronomical history, such as Algol. Sirius, and Epsilon Aurigae. The

This beautiful observatory instrument is one of our 21 models; you can choose from the 10" to the large 24" site, or larger by request.

I. Massive equatorial mounting with precision boll bearing (over 5'12" diam.); stability ond beauty built in.

2. Optical accuracy to 1 I I 0 wave, tested in our laboratories by caustic zone methods.

3. Precision motor drives, free of backlash, operated by push-button controls for both polar and declination axes and slewing motors.

4. Specially designed precision polar-axis adjustments.

5. 12-point flotation mirror cell, giving strainfree rest for optical system.

6. Finderscope 6" diameter; illuminated cross hairs hove rheostat controls.

7. Guiding scope 3" f/15 refractor with cross hairs.

8. Lorge setting circles with verniers. 9. Tube of special fiber material, giving mini·

mum conductivity. Tube shown here is for 16" mirror.

I 0. Observer con do most viewing from o sitting position.

COMPLETE SPECIFICATION SHEETS AVAILABLE ON REQUEST FOR 12.5" to 24" CASSEGRAINS

All Units Designed and Manufactured by the

STAR·LINER Company 18 YearJ Experience

1106 South Columbu1 Blvd., Tucaon,Arisona 85711 Area Code 602 Phone: 795-3361

96 SKY AND TELESCOPE, August, /965

book is full of excellent graphs-but no pictures-yet docs not give the light curve of a supernova, a graph of the periodluminosity law, or a chart of the zone of avoidance.

The book is necessarily much too expensive for the individual astronomer, but every observatory worthy of the name should have it in the library. Each pro· fessional astronomer will wish to refer to it again and again for a variety of reasons. A librarian will find the lengthy list of scientific journals quite useful. f'or graduate students the book provides an in· valuable "instant" background for a wide variety of thesis problems. Writers of textbooks will wish to consider carefully the extensive subject matter, logically arranged, as well as the many useful figures and tables.

JOHN B. IRWIN Carnegie Institution of Washington

La Serena, Chile

ALL ABOUT THE UNIVERSE

David Dietz. Random House, Inc., New York, 1965. 144 pages. $1.95.

THERE are not many living populariz· ers of astronomy who have the same

skill as David Dietz, veteran science editor for the Scripps-Howard newspapers and 1937 Pulitzer prizewinner in journalism.

Astronomy has been his lifelong avoca· tion. "I made my first visit to 1\lt. Wilson in 1926," he tells us in his latest book. "I still remember the thrill when Dr. Hubble

CASSEGRAIN 20" WITH E.F.R. OF f / 16

showed me the photogt with the I ()().inch telet had discovered that fir Andromeda galaxy)."

Ever since, Mr. Diet touch with astronomer. advances. All About i

hines the great readal tive, and the reliable ir should expect from sue

This survey of mOC: according to a gumm cover, for ages 10 to 15. the book justice, for w is so straightforward tl follow it readily, man1 Mr. Dietz's lucid and planations.

After preliminary ch; and the solar system, 1 trates on stellar astron cosmology. There ar formative sections on '' evolution of the stan, bang and steady-state universe.

The contents are up find a Ranger-7 moon 1 of the big Arecibo radi• Puerto Rico, and somet At the same time, the l lations that make up paper astronomy are : fact are practically absc the light of gaseous n1 been attributed to ~ than phosphorescence. illustrations include graphs of Harlow Shap and Walter Baade.

This is such a succet that many teachers ar turers, I feel sure, wil pointers on how to u more easily grasped.

MARTH

GALILEO I

Ludovico Geymonat. Co., New York, 1965.

GALILEO'S perso~ for Copernicanil

leading up to ita tra1 creasingly caught the torians, dramatists, aJ

serious attempt to elu roles played by Galil onists merits our care altogether appropriate niversary of Galileo' marked with a superb

Galileo was born, 1

in Pisa, the site of tower. Although the sl weights from the towc ryphal, it was at Piu early discoveries in h] he took a professorsh he was to spend 18 ol of his liCe. There he vention of the teleaco

·~o-ild me the photographic plate, taken ,with the, lOO.:incb teleecope, on which he b~d. dlllc:Overed ·that tint Cepheid [in the ;\ndrom~ galaxy].'' . . . · ;;: Ever alna!~ Mr. Dietz baa kept in close touch with· uliOnomera. and aatronomical advances. 4ll Ab.out th11 Universe com

' ·binea the great readability, the penpec· t.ive, and the reliable information that we

' ' . ~o\tld expect from such a source. · •. ..··.· Thi8 IUI'VeY of modern aatronomy is, a~ing to a gUmmed sticker on the

• < cover, fot' ages to to u;. This scarcely doea the. book justice, for while the exposition Ia. 10 sttaightforward that youngaters will follow it readily, many adults will enjoy Mr. Dietz's lucid and well-informed explanations.

After preliminary chapters on telescopes and the solar system, the author concentrates on stellar aatronomy, galaxies, and cosmology. There are particularly informative sections on stellar distances, the evolution of the stars, and the rival bigbang and ateady-state theories of the universe.

The contents are up to date. You will find a Ranger-'1 moon picture, an account of the big Areclbo radio-radar telescope in Puerto Rico; and something about quasars. At the same time, the insubatantialapeculationa that .make up too much of newspaper astronomy are avoided. Errors of £act are practically absent, but on page 57 the light of gaseous nebulae should have been attributed to fluorescence, rather than phoapborescence. The well-chosen Uluatrationa include interesting photographs of Harlow Shapley, Edwin Hubble, and Walter Baade.

This is such a successful popularization that many teachers and planetarium lecturers, l feel aure, will be reading it for pointers on how to make difficult topics more easily grasped.

MARTHA D. ASHBROOK

GALILEO GALJLEI

Ludovico Geymonat. McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York, 1965. 260 pages. $6.50.

GALILEO'S personality, his campaign for Copernicaniam, and the events

leading up to its tragic climax have in· creasingly caught the imagination of historians, dramatists, and novelists. Every serious attempt to elucidate the complex roles played by Galileo and his antag· onists merits our careful attention. It is altogether appropriate that the 400th an· niversary of Galileo's bir~ has been marked with a superb new analysis.

Galileo was born, studied, and· taught in Piaa, the site of the famed leaning tower. Although the story of his dropping weights from the tower is probably apoc· ryphal, it was at Piaa that he made his early discoveries in hydrostatics. ln 1592 he toolt a professorship at padua, where be was to spend 18 of the happiest years of his life. There he got news of the invention of the telescope, constructed one

A Maximum Performance Cassegrain Reflector Optics and drives made with the greatest possible care give this instrument precision for the most exacting observatory studies. Its heavy, enclosed base, off-axis equatorial mount and large polar axle provide uttnost rigidity. The telescope accommodates a wide variety of Cassegrain· mounted accessory equipment - up to 100 lbs. and three feet in length. Built-in balance provisions and motor-driven focus minimize set-up time. The 30-inch diameter tracking drive gear is preloaded for zero back· lash. Skirt-mounted dials and handset controls are convenient and efficient. Boller & Chivens manufactu~es a complete line of standard observatory instruments and accessories. Write for specifications on the 24-inch, or other instruments from 16-inch to as large as you may require. You'll find that at Boller & Chivens precision is a way of life.

BOLLER & CHIVENS enflnterl marau/actunr~

916 MERIDIAN AVENUE • BDUTH PASADENA, DALIF'DRNIA

Mtmbtr~ American Anroraomical Soc'-ty

August, 1965, SKY AND TEUtSCOPJ 97

--ASTROPHOTOGRAPHY AND SOLAR STUDY---. fasF l.ow-C'ost Way ro Iafoy .,,.,. Of Atflop6ofogaoplty

CIRirt ,.., ,..... 35--. e-n wllt11is ....

Dovdopcd by Crirerioo espccial1y ro.. siasklat rellu 35......,, ,......,.. wilh ia~ able ldsd. SimpiT tciii09I! pr.,.,.. Ids III08Dt IGii add mil precisioa-llllde aduomoric Ieos diM ad:apa amera tO eyepiece cf ...., frie. JCDpe- rdractor .... rda:mc. WileD order· illlo •• ..... ,. ,,ecif:l ...... .., :10, ~~For ;~-mm. """"""" wim 5CJlEW -TYl'E lrm -C.. #(PA-36 fiW I 14 ~ I!J<Pieu holdm $11.11J Ca. #(PA-37 foe 4~ taadard

o,....copa .................... $17.511 !'or 35-IIUIL am&!DI wim BAYONET-TYPE !em IDDUIU

Ca-. #BPA-36 ro.. I 1'.0 • eycpi""" holden $22.!11 Car. #BPA-37 m -4~ 11211dard ~ ...••.•.....•.•..... $21 ..

Takes guesswork our of ~suophotOJfllphy by pro••dsnl fH'ItiSI cn~l~~tifll of cam# era ovtt eyopi«e. Smooth rack .. nd-pinion adjusunmr. Easily amach<d or deachtd fr_o!D tube, ~ith rigid clamp for maximum sm~ brhry. Spccral arm leu you swing camera away from eyepiece for visual observation. wirh instant return for phorographing. Can be used with almost any camera. POOIP'lid. Car. #CS-4 to 6r all 4" Dynascopcs .. $17.50 Cat. #CS-47 to 6t all 4~" 0.0. rubes $11.15 Car. #CS·6 7 to 6r CUllOm 6" Dyrwcope

and 7 W' 0.0. tubes ............ $11.15 Catalog P, describin1 other acceswries and pam, cheerfully senr on r<quCSL SatisfaCtion guaranr<ed, or money refunded. All irems senr

- ponpaid, 11 we pay all poltage COlli. No ship· pin,, crarins. or packins cbaraes. S.od check, cash, or moooy ordtt for imintdiare delivery.

98 SKY A!ljO TELI::scoPE, August, 196;

llW SBtSATIOIIL. SOUl EYtPIBl

Now -finally- <M liJSWtt lor perf«r IW1 viewiiJII. IODabl"' eli· "'" tioabl .. !r« obserr.uioo cf rhe mn Uling wbam¥e:r power vou dcsim. Pils eli· <.mr iaw relcscope oyeptett bolder and accrpa ynur eyepiece. Tercd sa&.tv romuuc·

~~'1.~ infu>ircsimd fraction of the sua· • roys get> duougb. Comfomble

brigbt:JeH le'fel mahles prolongel. oblenation. Att1 ~ icr •isual 1t1e- ...mca>r. ~ decror. compound. c~cdiopmc. oif-uis- ao be instandy ad:apted for '!Oiar vi.,...ing witbour modiiiario11 of equipment or opria.l el......,... li~ as euily ., aay ro......noml eyepiece. Wirh a single-lens rdes amera tel50ttlble e'Spo5UftS ca11 be made. r«ordi.a3 UJlUSIIal IW!· •poG, f.Kulae. 1nd gnnuLuion oo the surface of me mn. Only after intmsi•e reni1lg dur· mg ia deTelopmmt were we tansfied that the

~":ex,;;~: .. ..,~iO: ~;,.==· rorJJ".!J: cell ( pam~r pending) Thi> is truly • <ref? •mport:IDt droclopment for solar srudy, and ufem ux. c ... ::S--1 Only $tl.50 pntpaid

Now--oae ~ieee d0<1 the work of many. The objea ""I' sharp ., ill powm duril:s& Zoom fO<.... foal lengrh """' 8.·\ lllJD, tO ll mm. ~t.&Diticatioo nnse deprDds oo youz relesco~; <fPicU magnilicarioo ~Ox ro 12~s. Pre<ision coosrmction. Wide iidd of vi.,.., coated lcmd. fully orthoscopic. UocoodiriooJlly gu;ar.mrred. Ull abo be u>al •itb our B.ulow for dramatic resula. Z.().().M Eyopie<e .... Only $2I-M ,_..

IHP-Perfnaace Aclr•atic Bartew Gives sharper imap:s, widet 6eld ond more bghL Ammm .lDd prof.,.ional asrrooom<n IJl;li'Td at the superior pcrformaJKe of our CP-4 B.ulow. Thi> pr.cuioo unir is !lllll'e rban an ordiauy Barlow. V!N io coojuocrioo wid! any eyepiece of low or high power. lr gi~ views that are truly oaaunding and superKX ro what yoa may ba•e experienced in other type S.rlow lema. Speriiially ddigo<d ro work with all kinds of e-yepieces and for phorognphy. All iau•d are shHP ond ci<u, hud ro d!e very ..tie. Accloim<d by many expert5 ., rhe 6ncsr they h>.Ve .,.-cr US<d. In· tefl'sivd.y resrrd aod proven superior loaeue

Thfsni~'~'~hirv~ ~i:hC:::~~~ o?eJ~fri~ 4~~ field The Criraion CP-4 fearure5 an e:nremdv Accu.rau:. achroau.ric. coaud nrearive lm.1, per'fecdy centered and corrected for fintr rcsolurion ar highrr power dun fOu·,·e t"C1' nperi· meed. Grortr illumination and wider 6dd art ac~it'Vrd by ove-rcoming rhe tiny .aperture r~~rit.-r1on~ of high·p«.lllitr C"f~ic<:es. l'ocoa· danon.allv ~:uuan:ttd Model CP-l fiu uandard ll>" oyepi«<l $17.50 MoJel CP-2 fin •ma.ll<r 0 946" oyepi«es $15.50

Complete

Eyepieces Ill ~~;tjlUi~0,na~~ ai\4f!r~~~i'Je'di~= barr~h Cm b~ rakrn apan for cltaning De-signed ro give sharp a .. 6dd cie:lr ro edge. Huygen• 18-mm f I. ( '4") ........ $7.50 Kellner 9-mm. f I. ( }B") . . • • . . • • . . 7.10 Kellner 7-mm. f.l. ( 9/32") . . . . . . . . 1.50 Kellner 12 7 -mm. f I. ( }1") . . . . . . . 1.50 Kellner 18-mrn f.l. ( h"l . . . . . . . . 1.50 Kellner 30-mrn. f. I. ( 1-3/16") ...... 12.50 Onha.coprc 6-mm. fl. ( \4 ") ...... 12.50 Onhcmopic 4-mm. I. I. ( 5/32") . 14.50

Makers of Famous Dynascope

CRITERION MFG. CO. Dept. STP-76, 331 Church St., Hartford 1, Conn.

for himself. and turned it to the heavens. with dis1.:overy following diS~:overy in brilliant procession.

But Galileo Wa$ not content simply to list hill findings. for he saw in them evideno:e to support the Copernkan system he had recently espoused. His discoveries of lunar mountains. satellitn of Jupiter. and phases of Venus provided the foundation for hill ambitious educ:ational and polemical program against the entrenched Ptolemaic and .-\ristoteli.an svstems of the universe. · .\ccording to thill boo~'s author. Galileo

astutelv realized that his battle would be won if he could swing ecclesiastical authorities to his point of view. He Wa$

egoistic enough to suppose that his argumems would easih win the dav. He mo\ed to Florence." where he aba~dQiled much of his scientific activity, devoting himself instead to writing on behalf of the heliocentric S'lstem.

Op(>O'Iition to · Galileo's Sl.'heme was not long in de,eloping. In 1616 he was called to Rome and Wa$ presumably asked w abandon his Copernican \·iews.. We must say "presumablf' because this is one of the most controversial points of the S<H:alled Galileo affair. Stillman Drak.e, the book's translator and the outstanding .\merican expert on Galileo. has added his own fascinating appendix concerning this problem: "The Galileo-Bellannine ~leeting: A Historical Speculation." By wa}· of reply. Giorgio de Santillana. of :\lassachusetts Institute of Technology. has contributed a second appendix, sug· gesting that the principal document was a forgen. This argument is based on his own boo~. The Crime of Galileo.

For years Galileo kept his silence. In 1623, however. the liberal Cardinal :\laffeo Barberini was t'lectN.l Pope, raising high hopes in the mind of Galileo and all the more progTessh·e Catholics. The Florentine astronomer realized that then. if e,·er, was his opportunity. Thus he began to write his Dialogue Co11cerning the ·rwo Chief Jrorlcl S)'Stems, with which he hoped to arouse a gener . .tl interest in Copcrnicanism among cultured persons and to influence the highest Vatican authorities. Galileo's optimistic but naive uelief in the power of his personality and the persuasi\·eness of his arguments led to an intensification of his struggle and the ultimate wllapse of his program. His trial and imprisonment by the In· quisition are presented in chilling clarity by Professor Geymonat.

Following his condemnation, Galileo began a careful reworking of scientific results obtained mud1 earlier, and '"TOte his lJISwurses a11d .Uatlu~matical Demon· slmtiom Concerrri11g Tu•o New Sciences. From a scientific rather than polemic 1·iewpoint, Two New Sciences is Galileo's masterpiece. And here Professor Geymonat's work, subtitled "A Biography and Inquiry into His Philosophy of Science," reaches its intellectual climax. His anal· ysis is particularly significant for the light

FIB TELES ~

.Light~ • GJass.Sil

• Agdc No til<

N01h Abe\IN'I

w. 18015

Too

SEQUEMC CAMEU

Mode for oscil~ recording and II! lot' o YOriety of poses. We offer ccmpl•te c:omero with •- ond mogozine. Widestops to t/16. 2 shots on 35-mn adopted for man recording tifM..~ devicn or ):lCIMb titlcation of -data cord IF\Mrt, o~iloble ot $11 Shipping weight '

Zt.VOLT Ill SOLID-S

115-volt, 60· 19-inch I'Q(k

l,tSOO·VOLT SOLID..$1

I 15-volt, 60· panel mount.

AU material f.o of UII-IIO'V

JOE s .. 19

.·.FJBBRGLASS TELESCOPE TUBES

. · . . .·. Prtwlff' . t~tntlrpt#sltl qtuli11

'• Llghr ~elglit • Jlugged. strength · ·· ·· • GlasiJ-Sillooth beauty

·. 'e Agdess durability

No thllfflJIIl conJNcli11i~y . ·Nolliing can compare

· · Also .top.pm aiMIIIIull •mr cella.

W. R. PARKS 18015 St. Andrews Place

Totrance, California

-.- ........ , .. •SEQUENCE ."CAMERA

Me~ ~ oscllloacQpe r~lnQ · ond !Mble fOf 0c wrltty of put·

. ..,.. We offer the corilplete .camera bOdv

. . . wltll ln. and film · : !\'IGOCIZint. Wlde-onole l~m~, I,.. Inch, f/2.3, with

··stoP&· to flU>. 24-volt Qperotlon, tokes aequence shots. on 35"mm. 100-foot roll film. Moy be ~ for many applications In the lob, 1111ch os recordlllg time-lapse llhotl or monitoring various dtVlcn or panels. Recording chamber permits Identification of each frame with sequence number, do!a cord.lnsert,-and ttmell5·Jowel, 24·hour watch ow liable at $10.00 extra I . Condition excellent. ShiPPfng weight opprox. 23 lbl. Lew wetch, $75.00 .. · . . . With wetch, $85.00

29-VOLT D.C. 50-AMP. REGULATED . SOLID-STATE POWER SUPPLY

TIS-volt, 60-eyc:le Input. 0.5% ripple. t 9~inch . rack . ponel mount. $65.00

'I,&OO~VOLT D.C. 1.8-AMP. REGULATED SOLID-STATE fiLTERED SUPPLY

115-volt, 60-cyc:le Input. 19-lnc:h rac:k panel mount, $75.00

All -tedal f.o.b. LJIIII, Mall. Illllltdll!d Cll&lctr ol ~ ~ IUml1JI matuill aftilable fol

cbe uldaa.

JOHN MBSHNA; JR. s.,, BJiaroek MMm.l 19 Allenoo St., L)'Dll, Mall.

617-LYilll 5-2275 !•f!il•!•····=·•.......,•-----·•• •ei••....,•••

it sheds .. on the role of experiment in Galileo's p~edlngs.. Did · Galileo ever fully understand the nature of the ex· periiilent~l method? "Decidedly no,'' says Professor .. Geymonat. uHe oaciDa.ted be· tween tw:~une to the purest · ded~ctive method. and appeal. • • • . to empirical observation." · ·

Throughout ·this book, the· author i,n· dicates that Galileo generally consideteid mathematiC& as a study connected with technology. Its function was tO get close to the physical wodd, not to a world of ideal entities. Thus the author rejects a Platonistic interpretation of Galileo's outlook. Nevertheless, "to be faithful· to Aristotle, [Galileo) must deny the Aristotelian theory of the heavens; to place ex· perience above reasoning, he muat wage open battle with the AristoteUanism of his contemporaries."

Professor Geymonat concludes that "the Two New Science$ was in reality a Copernican work. . But unlike the Dialogue, It was not a Copernican manifesto; rather, it was a work developed entirely in accordance with the new Copernican direction of modern science, deepening its principles and · broadening its develop-

ment." OWEN GINGERICH Smithsonian Astro~hysical Observatory

CATALOGUE OF GALAXIES AND OF CLUSTERS OF GAlAXIES

F. Zwicky. California Institute of Technology, Pasadena, 1961 and 1965. Vol. I, 519 pages, $6.00: VoL n, 571 pages, $10.00.

THIS CATALOGUE presents two kinds of information. First, it includes

a listing of individual galaxies, designed to be complete to photographic magnitude 15.5. Second, it tallies rich clusters of galaxies down to the limit of the 48-inch Palomar Schmidt telescope, a _rich cluster being defined as one that has at least 50 members within three magnitudes of the brightest member galaxy.

Vol. I (of which E. Herzog and P. Wild are coauthon) coven the Palomar sky survey fields centered on declinatiom of o•, +6•, and +12•, between right ascen· siom 7h and 1811. This strip, 18 degrees wide, stretches from the winter Milky Way west of Procyon nearly to the summer Mllk.y Way in Aquila. It covers seven percent of the alty and is confined to northern galactic latitudes. Vol. II (with Dr. Herzog as coauthor) covers the _Palomar fields centered on declinations +18•, +24•, and +30•, between right ascensions 6h 3()111 and 1811 8()111. This belt spans an additional seven percent of the sky and abo lies entirely in the northern galactic hemisphere, stretching from Gemini at its western end nearly to Cygnus at the east.

The layout of these catalogues is unconventional but very well conceived. Hither· to, as a rule, whole-sky catalogues have tabulated objects in order of increasing right ascension. Here, however, at least

Sll .. Set a• .•. 139-:-Springhl_u. meteor __ •tGtiM I ~Visual oblerVCitlon b\llldlng 141.-..Vlsuot O!IH!vlng . · · · •.• ·. · -142-:-Perseld fireball · · • : , . · · .'· .. · . , : :: . 14~eor rocket ond towu:ktncr · .· · 144-Sporodtc firtbOII rl\ool'ltl!dt :-8 ·. 145-Super.Schmlclt cornera. . . · : 14&-Doubl~t meteor photog1'01111 147--Multlple .meteor. spec1regrilph 14a-:-Two Pt!Mid spectra 149-FirebOII &pedrum · . 150-Meteor radar control center 151--Meteor radar tcn-. . ... 152-1~ Glacoblnld rneteor ~ower 153-Giacoblnld rodlont plot .. \ •. · 154-Mete<lr shower lilting · ·. · !55-Auroral corona 111 BIQ Dlpj:ltr • I 5&-Aurorol bonds . ·.. . ·. · 157--Muttlple rayed bbndl. 158-Roy4d arc . : . · 159-AII·Iky auroral photo~~rapli · 160-AII-sky cornlioslte · · · . · 161--Aurorcil. spectrogram 162-Auroral forma lchortl . . Sttil. w ~ with t11~11t1ori .t~Ht . ,· ·.· .. · .. _._ .... ,0~· SIW. Set 7 with lnfomlotton ~ . •

........ 8 ...... 9 .......... $1$0 ,,..: ·.

I E. IERS"IH · E'ITEIIIISES

15158 Jeffel'IOft Ave., lltill# ,lliliiOft· • · ,._ ati-741·1117 · ·

WANDERERS IN THE SKY ·

Edited by Thornton Pap . and Lou Williams P•

The first in the new ·. · · SKY AICD TELBsCoPB

Library of Astronomy . ThiS m&gnificent book con~ over 100 eelections from arid Tels1cope ~J!d ita . ' (The Sky and The l'elelrCD,.t). 338 Pll8et with over 100 tiona ittells of the motiou of planete and Utmcial eatenibia, •.• the DiOOD and interplartetuy . .. . Other boob in. the .. aerletl:. NefPbon of the . Orlpa of the Solar Syai_, and MaJdDs anel Uelitg a T•: 1e0pe. Also in preparation . .re volumes on the stare, intentellar matter, Milky Way, and s~a Begin your Su AND Ta.UcoPI Library of Aetrononr, today, With : 'Wanderen Ia the Sky. t'7.9S

SKY PlJBUSlDNG COIU,'OBA110N .· .. ·.

Cambtidle. Mau. 02138 . • ..

August, 1965, S~y AND TELESOOPE 99

Precision Diagonals You will get the beat pouible performance

(rom _your telescojle with one ol our clear FUSED QUARTZ dla&onalo. Accuracy 1uaranteed 1/20 wave.

Ellipse 1.25'' x 1.77" • . . . $12.00 Ellipse 1.5" X 2.12" • . . . $15.00

PYREX•brand 11laas diagonals, 1/8-wave aecuracy. Ellipse 1.25'' x 1.77" . • . . $ a.oo El~ntr xU2" ...• $9~ Without aluminum coating, deduct $1 .00.

Stflll for o"' NBW liJI of J0/1/>IiiJ, q-lz ml"orJ, bl.mAJ, ocol•"·

&olll;,.gs, .fill •ee~ssor;,J.

E & W OPTICAL, INC. 2420 East Hennepin Ave. Minneapolis 13, Minnesota

two (acing pages are devoted LO each 6-by-6-degree field. The beauty o( this arrangement is that clusters and galaxies that are neighbors on the celestial sphere are also neighbors in these catalogues. Vol. I, for example, begins with the field centered at 711 17m and o• and proceeds eastward in six-degree steps. Then it moves north and begins over again with the field centered at 711 17m and +6•.

On the left-hand page for each field is a map on which are plotted several reference stars from the General Catalogue, all tabulated galaxies (with different symbols according to their apparent magnitudes), and the outlines and assigned numbers of all tabulated clusters of galaxies. Below each map are its GC

SLI MODEL A-3-P

PLANETARIUMS have been ordered by

University of Southern California los Angeles, California

Warrensville Heights City Schools Warrensville Heights, Ohio

James Madison Senior High School Milwaukee, Wisconsin

* YORKLYN, DELAWARE

ASH-DOME IN BERMUDA Th,is 18!/;J-foot ~luminized steel all-electric·.controlled ASH-DOME is located at High Pomt, ne~r Ham1lton, Bermuda. The dome 1s supported on a wood-framed wall cylinder also prov1ded by ASH-DOME. Erected in May of 1964, this unit has already withstood hurricane winds approaching 170 m.p.h. The 18!/;J-foot ASH-DOME lists for $3 750.00

f.o.b. Plainfield, lll. Six diameters are available from 10 V2 :hrough 20~ feet. Sixty-day delivery. Brochure on requesi.

SH·DOME

100 SKY AND TELESCOPE, August, /965

Produced by ASH MFG. CO., Inc.

Plainfield, Ill.

stars, with wordiuates and magnitudes. At the top of each right-hand page are

tabulated the clusters of galaxies, with such information as serial number, equatorial coordinates, degree of compactness or openness, estimated population, and estimated diameter. Below this are listed all individual galaxies in the field whose magnitudes, estimated on schraffierkassette (jiggle-camera) plates by Zwicky, are 15.7 or brighter. Included here are coordinates, NGC or IC number if any, magni· tude estimate, the radial velocity if known, and remarks on structure, sud1 as duplicity and degree of compactness. An additional listing gives magnitudes and types (or the small propol'tion of galaxies previously studied by other astronomers; included are the measures and estimates of Bigay in 1951, Pettit in 1954, Hurnason, Mayall, and Sandage in 1956, and Holm-

berg in 1958. In some fields at low galactic latitude

the right-hand page is mostly blank, because the great interstellar extinction cuts down the census drastically. The first field of Vol. I, for example, is centered at galactic latitude +6• in the Monoceros Milky Way; it contains no galaxy clusters and only seven galaxies, all fainter than photographic magnitude I5.0. But, because this catalogue has a much fainter limiting magnitude than many broad-area surveys, it seems likely that these galaxies and most others are getting into print for the first time.

In some fields at high latitude, there is not enough room on one right-hand page to list all the clusters and galaxies. The field closest to the center of the Virgo cluster requires six pages of tabulation, for 24 identified clusters and about 230 in· dividual galaxies, almost 70 of which have magnitudes or types deduced by others and recorded here. A welcome addition to Vol. II is a large-scale chart of the very crowded central region of the Coma clus· ter. Here are tabulated over 50 galaxies that occupy an area only the size of the full moon. Their radial velocities remind us that the Coma cluster is not only receding at about 7,000 kilometers per second, but that the individual galaxies move rclati\'e to the cluster center with typical speeds of some 2,000.

The introduction to Vol. I contains a general description of the catalogue and definitions of all symbols used. In addi· tion, five pages arc devoted to an inter· csting discussion of the construction of the catalogue. Basically, the individual galaxies were selected and identified on Palomar IS-inch Schmidt plates, and en· largcrncnts were used for identifying each candidate on the 48-inch survey plates. The latter were also surveyed for bright galaxies that may have been missed with the 18-inch. The schraffierkassette pho· tornetry is described briefly, though not in cno~g_h detail to allow one to judge the prec1s1on of the method. Identification and criteria for inclusion of clusters arc also discussed.

These volumes, one ho lowed by others of simila contain a great store of i seems generally to be c They provide an effectiv( the shorter lists of bright• as the recent revision a1 the Sbapley·Ames catalc Vaucouleurs; see page lll which each biography i the deep galaxy counts Lick Observatory), in v have no identity but the tell importantly of the ment of galaxies in the '

For an average 6-by galactic latitude +45", tl list about 100 individu~ clusters of galaxies. Ex whole northern galactic a depletion allowance f scuration, it appears catalogue would give i tion to some 10,000 ch 30,000 galaxies-someti before. sTAr

University of II

WE ARE NO

Walter Sullivan. MeG New York, 1964. 325

T HIS BOOK is of curiously difficult 1

The author's princip; on the present status of the problem of wh• exists elsewhere in 01

accomplishes through quotations from the ' of persons in many contribution is to sil source material and tt net around it.

The 19 chapters half a dozen group! traduction, the first torical background. enth chapters carry ; of the recent work Kamp, and Huang, ing the probable site F, G, and K main·se' mentioning warm, mediate between stl other group summa1 relevant chemical a1 Chapters 10, 11, all( chemical, biochem: studies of meteori

Four chapters de; possible methods fc with other civilizati Ozma and several Here the importa munication-at-a-dist transport is rather with the use of be posts.

Walter Sullivan • to Frank Drake's e ble number of civi

STANLEY P •. WYATT • Unlvenity of Illinois Observatory

·WE ARE NOT ALONE

. · .. ·.W'@ltcr Sutuvan. McGraw·Hill Book Co., llfev(York; l!Jll4. 1125 pages. $6.95.

T .. ·.HI~ BOOK is of an unusual kind, ·. curiously difllcult to review and aaseaa.

:' ·'Iiie author's principal aim is to repon · OD the present Status of V;trious aspects

~of tile problem of whether intelligent life . exiSts elsewhere. in our galaxy. This he .. ac:tOmplishes ·.through direct and indirect

quotations from the writings and lectures of peJ'SODI in many sciences. His own

. ·.contribution is to sift a vast amount of . source material and to weave a connective .net around it. ·

The 19 Chapters fall naturally into · .· haU a dozen groups. After a short in·

troouctlon, the first ones review the his· torical background. The sixth and seventh chapters carry a very good summary of the recent work. by Struve, van de Kanlp, and Huang, convincingly restrict· ing the probable sites to planets orbiting F~ G, and K main-sequence stars, but also

· . mentioning warm, dark bodies inter· . mediate between stars and planets. An· . other group summarizes early and recent . ' rel,evant chemical and biochemical work..

Chapters 10, 11, and 12 look. at the latest Chemical, biochemical, and biological

·. studies· of meteorites and planets. Four chapters deal in some detail with

possible methods for establishing contact with other civilizations, including Project

· ·. Ozma and several ways not yet tried. Here the important question of com· municatlon-at-a-distance versus contact-by·

•· transport is rather fully treated, together · with the use of beacons and surveillance posts.

Walter Sullivan devotes some little time to Frank. Drake's equation for the proba· ble number of civilizations in our galaxy

1",. '. ' ~ •• ; .,· , •.

U. S. SURPLUS BARGAINS . IN HIGH flUALITY OPTICAL PARTS AND fflUIPM[ NT

f/8, 1ZW tL AEIOSTIIMAT BY EASTMMI KODAK , '

InSY.!"·Ionacone. 111411 to6-3/16" diam: No ihuuu. IriJ dlap~ 01M!111 Y.!"ID2""· ~T-.r dtsian. Proat 'leDI cleat ·~ 2)i'W; rear, 2·5/16". l'rlce !JIO.OO

LENS ASSENILY, 48" f.l., f/8.3 This wu wed wirb the K_.O aerial camera. which ulrel a ~ X 18" plate. l\l&llufaawcd

dT~~~p~ IOQ&. Coolllns bullt-la 61· tera and lril. Lctuet IDDIIllced

ia aluminum hoasln1. Appros. Wcial!l of unit. 125 lbs. All io oriaiaal aares. Approz. lhi.PPIIII weilbt, 200 lba. Prico $19f.OO

WBE ERnE EYEPIECE C.tcd, wide aqle, appm. I K" f.l, Tbmo ichiOiilatt: 56;mm. dlam.. 190·JIIID. 1.1.; 56-mm. dlam., 95-111111. 1.1.;.,50· IIIID. cllam., 75·llllllo f.l, ua.t apmure of field Ieos 1-13/16", of eye lens 2". G.rearer tiro of "'~ lens """ laaeued rye relief and awdmum brilliance, ncelleat coauut

Ia bell cal !OCUJia• mouat wllh I" wwl: housloa 2-11/16" O.D. fdeal for rich-field te~ or u viewer for 55-mm. color alldct. Price $11.95

8.POWER WIDE.fiRD WOW TWSCOPE, COATED LEII$ES

Pielcl of orl., 8 • ·45'. lat&e foaWq J!lfte Eye lens dillDCICr 2-1/16" with

clio...- Kale +2 to -4. Pour built-in 6hns - dar, aeuual, red1 amber. ~ 15'1i", wiatb 6)i", ;;t' 7K", welaht approx. 9 lbs. Ex·

O!lleat uaUJCd cooclidon. nee $19.95

f/8.3, 8" f.L MmOBON COATED I.EitS

BY BAUSCH & LOMB IJl lclll coae wirb iris lltld llhuuu. LeDI coae O.D. 11 ~": ~~~

• POLARIZINI flllwtaaJ IIH

·Wbea ""'' II bel!l liP to the . '"' I aeria of ialllhow<OIOicd c:oACeDrric riiiJI is -· !Uap a~t 10 felt ·oa· l.be obl«t ti&Jlted, wlifther it it a ftftl · or 1 mile ~way. y be Ulld. Ia. 6oal

. of a bi-..Ju ~ or ,a a relee!lope reude. Abo makes 1111 !iahr fw a· C11J111!tL • Appm.. oullide cliam. 1·7/16", Coautlete will! mDWidna braclm. Price $2.50 JIQIIPIIcl

ta.-. AERIAl lUll ~ IIODD.'AHI

TW. IIWIIIarcl 16-mm.. ~ load ('0'). Tabs US, ,2~64 lnma ~ tiCOIIcl. Wcilk!mU . · V- 55-mm. f/M. coadltioa. u ... l.f...olc d.c:. ·

Price $19.9J

Augwt, 1965, SII.Y AND TELEIOOH 101

NOW IN FULL COLOR 24" • 36" photo-quality prlntl from famoue Mt. Wllaon and Mt. Palomar plates,

C·l CNGC 19521 Crab Nebula In Taurus 1200'' Hale)

C·2 CNGC 69921 Veil Nebula In Cygnu1 148" Schmidt)

$15~h postpaid

C Unmounted l

ASTRO-MURALS, Inc. P. 0. Box 7563-T Washington, D. C. Phone 703-280-5216 20044

SJO:" ·GLIZERS EXCHANGE Classified edvertlslna costs 30 cents a wordlt Including address; minimum charae, $5.00 per ad. emittance must accompiiiJ order. I nsertlon Is suaranteed only on copy received by the 25th of the second month before publication; otherwise, Insertion will be made In next Issue. Only one classified ad per Issue per advertiser. Ad must contain the Individual advertiser's name (plus company name If desired), number and street address. No post office box number will be printed In a classified ad without a street address. We cannot acknowledge classified ad orders. Sky PublishIna Corporation assumes no responsibility for statements made In classified ads, nor for the quality of merchandise advertised. Write Ad Dept., SkY and Telescope, 49 Bay State Rd., Cambrldse, Mass. 02138.

INDIANA AREA asrronomers: New and used refrac-ton. reflmon to 6'': mirrors, eyepieces. No cata· lo8\le. L. Stoerck, Camera Shop, 53 Franklin, Valparaiso, Iod.

MIRROR ALUMINIZING: Silicon·monoxide overcoat, d2rable, cl~na~}e and his~lf !~Aecrive. 6"-$6.50; 8-$8.50, 10 -$12.50, 2--$16.50, l.o.b. Los A~les. Pancro Mirrors, Inc., Attn.: ]amos W. Dou.dteny, 2958 Los Feliz Blvd., Los Angeles, Calif. 90039.

QUESTAR in perfect condition, wlar filter, l?hoto

~~~i~ily~~:~~'X~n lj!~~:~~~~l, The Quar-

GOODWIN rosolving power lens 1Y-l" or 0.93" with fining, S 17 .50. Brandon 16·mm. 1 !1.!" onhoscopic, S 10.00. Unirron 7 nun., $6.00. All excellent. H. Hasbrouck, 1157 Palms Blvd., Venice, Calif. 90291.

BINOCULAR SALE! F.u color catalogue, 100 models, $9.95 to $250.00. Write United, Attn.: L. Thomas, 90H S. Western Ave., BCAT-249, Chicago, Ill. 60620.

WANTED: Used Linhof tripod with geared center ~t, deluxe r.n head. Gtve condition and price.

65~~,t! Web • 12H E. Loren St., Spring1ield. Mo.

NEW EDITION of Voc.uion•land Pro/mional .\lono-1'1/>bs: Allro•omy as a Caretr, by Dr. Freeman D. Millrr. Gives up·ro.-date information on personal qUAlifications, scholastic training, and job opponunittes. $1.00 posrpaid. Sky and Telescope, Box B, 49 Bay State Rd., Cambttdge, Mass. 02138.

TELF.SCOPE drive po'll'er supplies, variable frequency, 12-volt source, 5·watt capadty. $62.50. lnguire. H. Blackburn, 1177 National Ave., Chula Vista, Calif.

ASTRONOMY FILMS. 35·mm. color slides, 20 lor $4.95. B·mm. 50' color movie, "Our Vast Universe," $4.95. H. Eisenberg, 2230 Cruser Ave., Bronx 67, N. Y.

COLLECTOR'S ITEM: Highest-qualiry 'los" local lengrh Kellner tyepiece manufucrured by Brandon. Sraoclaed I ~" O.D. Brand new and sealed in polyethylene bags. Price e~ch $7.95 posrpaid. Don V. t!:.~or.v;t"'Y."1'~4 f. Co. [no str<et addrml.

attempting to communicate with others. Finally, a chapter on message coding is followed by one on the sociological effects and religious implications of success in contacting an outside civilization.

Of course, some of the material in the book is highly controversial, but Mr. Sullivan does an unusually good job in maintaining a distinction between scientific analyses and personal opinions. That is to say, by the device of extensive direct and indirect quotation, the author has removed himself almost completely from tlte center of the controversy; if the reader differs, it is with Oparin or Sinton or Cameron, not with Sullivan.

However, the author of any popular or semipopular work, especially if he is of high repute, has a special obligation to

write and to picture with precision. Unfortuna1ely, in this book there are at least a score of statements either untrue or misleading, and there are simple diagrams incorrectly labeled or drawn. For example, Mr. Sullivan frequently confuses mass with size, and on page 54 focal length and

PRACTICAL MEI'HODS for Amale•r T•lescops Ma.tors. A small book conrainins original ideas and methods tbat may help you solve the problems found in making mirrors. $2.9S. F. Prazine, 6404 Haines Rd., St. Petersburg, Fla. 33702.

CAVE 12\-2" rransF.nable reflector. Mirror accurate to 1/20 wave, 3' guide refractor. cquawrial mount, dock drive, sening circles, 5 eyepieces. For in· stirution or serious amateur. Over $1,300.00 in· vested: will sacrifice for $850.00. George Gaetbe, 301 Medial Ans Bldg., New Orleans, La. 70115.

NEW deep·sky binoculars. 15 x 65 (Japan) $60.00. 22 x 80 (German) $250.00. John T. Hopi, Hopi Phorography, 10 Red Cross Terr., Newport, R. I.

TELESCOPE MIRROR kits. Finest materials obtain· able, everything needed to finish your own mirror supplied 1n generous quantities. Sizes: 4 \1.1 ", 6", 8', 10", and 12\l.z". Also materials sold separately in any amounts. 'Immediate delivery. Postage J?lid except 10" and 12~". Write for more informatJon. Myron N. Emerson, 52 Wheelock Rd., Waltham, Mass. 02154.

QUESTAR and camera attachments, $750.00. Also Nikon F and accossorios. Howard Rumsey, 2287 Santa Rosa Ave., Altadena, Calif. 91001. 794·2463.

WOULD YOU like to bave your telescope mirror

~i'.~pl~i~ ~""!~ecr,rol~~. an~.:,r~;:;:~te :~~; also available. Mail your mirror to A. R. &nswold, 38 High St., New Haven, Conn. 06510.

USED 6" 1/8 mirror and matching diagonal, eyepiece, Barlow. $30.00 postpaid. Clarence Born, 1833 State St., Choster, Ill.

MIRRORS made to your specifications. Old mirrors ~eground, refi!lured, returned ready to use. John McQuaid, 2003 High St., Logansport, Ind.

SKY AND TELESCOPE, most issues, 50, each post· paid. Discounts on large orders. Amateur Astron· omen Association, Attn.: Richard Borri, 212 W. 79th St., New York, N. Y. 10024.

8" CAVE Deluxe, 1/7.2, excellent condition, 8 ev•· pieces, Goodwin Barlow, sjant 2'' Ertle, filters, orher enras. $300.00. Robert Birch, 513 N. Sunset Dr., Lodi, Calif.

ZOOM ORTHOSCOPIC eyepiece. Swift 1.25", 84 to 21 mm., $26.50 ~s'l;id. H. Bethel, Penin~nfScientific, 2421 I mino Real, Palo Alto,

OBJECTIVE: I 0" dear apenure four-element coated achromat, If 10, Baker Ftg. 4, mounted $1.200.00. hJ1

1Ahlgren, 6800 Hantpshi"' Rd., McLean, Va.

ALUMINlZING. Nonhwost, save postage. $1.00 per inch diameter. Satisfactory resulu suaranteed. A. F. Spaulding, 1400 S. W. 84rb, Ponland, o..,.

ANTON KUTfER's bookler on making oblique rc· ftecrors is available as Gleanings B•lllliiJ A at 25j. Sky and Telescope, Cambridge, Mass. 02138.

QUEST AR for sale. Stanclard model, with star-diagonal

W."5\l~~~~~~.'wcYo~~i)9·. J.o~n P Smith, 300

102 SKY ANn TELESCOPE, August. 196'i

iocal ratio arc mixed up. Absolute zero has no place at the bottom of the temperature chart on page 65, nor 0 on the planet size chart there. The number of such errors suggests that the manuscript as a whole was never read by a single expert, but only piecemeal by several.

Such blemishes are minor, however, against the excitement of live research and of human scientists that Mr. Sullivan has imparted. His chapter headings show his touch: "The Origin of Life: Creation or Evolution?" "The Uniquely Rational Way," "What If We Succeed?" and so on.

Read the book. You will sometimes scoff, sometimes chuckle, but you will also learn. JOHN E. MERRILL

Morrison Observatory Fayette, Mo.

NEW BOOKS RECEIVED RANGER TO TilE MOON, Willy Ley, 1965, New American Libra!)•. 127 pages. 60 cents, paperbound.

Willy Ley's latest book d£'als primarily with the astronomy of the moon, rather than spacecraft. It contains a great deal of selenographical information of interest to amateur astronomers. The 24 pages of halftone illustrations include drawings of lunar craters and some Ranger 7 photographs. ARIZONA'S METEORITE CRATER, H. H. Nininger, 1956, American Meteorite Laboratory, Denver, Colo. 232 pages. $2.25, paperbound.

This 1956 summary of known facts about the Barringer meteorite crater, by an expert in the field, has now been reprinted as a paperback. It was reviewed on page 487 of the August, 1957, SKY AND TELESCOPE. THE FOUNDATIONS OF i\STRODYNAMICS, Archie E. Roy, 1965, Macmillan. 385 pages. $10.95.

A University of Glasgow astronomer provides engineering students with an introductory mathematical textbook on astrodynamics. He defines this subject as "the rapidly developing branch of space science that deals with the study of the behavior of manmade missiles in trajectories within the Solar System under the action of Newton's Law of Gravitation," extended to include powered flight, atmospheric drag, and radiation pressure. DYNAMICS OF STELLAR SYSTEMS, K. F. Ogorod· nikot•, 1965, Pergamon. 359 pages. $15.00.

Dynamics of Stellar Systems is an English translation by J. B. Sykt·s of a treatise first published in 1958 at Moscow under the title Dinamiha Zvezdnyhh Sistem. Its author, a professor at Leningrad University, investigates mathematically the statistical properties of motions in the Milky Way galaxy, in star dusters, and other galaxies. THE QUIST-A REPORT ON EXTRATERRESTRIAL L;n:, Tom Allen, 1965, Chilton. 323 pages. $·1.95.

Tom Allen, a former :-.lew York Dail)• Nw•.< feature writer and coauthor of a book about sharks, now champions belief in extraterrestrial life. This popular account of interstcJlar communication, life forms in meteorites, and alien intelligence is enthusiastic rather than critical.

Or TIME AND SJ•AcE AND OTHER TIIINGS, Isaac A.•imm•, 1965, Doub/rday. 204 pages. $4.50.

St•\'cntccn popular essays by a wcJI-known Rosl<tn Uniwnity proft·ssor and science writer cover many topics that arc of interest to amateur astronomers.

Alway& pepalar

2.4" ALTAZIMUTH America's most popular loo.~ long been a favorite with 1 vanced amateur alike. It d\ once of =or er telescopes of • with trl , sturdy mount! slow-mo ion con trots, UN II Selector, four eyepieces, J sunglass, and suitcase-type

ASTRO-CAMI A lightweight camera for prime focus or by enlargem operated curtain shutter I bulb, ond timel, three d 3¥4" x 4114" film, ground-gl• mm. f.l. phato·oculor, fl clamps, cabinet, and lnstruc

UNITRON VIE VIEWFINDER. 23.5-mm. I.'

VIEWFINDER, 30-mm. CI.: VIEWFINDER, 42-mm. I 1.C I Ox eyepiece. This finder 16" overall. It Is light It small enough for use as a lng spectacular wide-field •

Mtnco'l MOSt popular low-priced refractor ho1 tang bet!~ a favorite with the beginner and ad~ amateur alike. It duplicate& the perform·

· OI'U of ~a~ teleacopes of other ~· Complete . ::·: . . : withe· ·trl , sturdy mountlnJJ. WI mlcrometrlc

.. , ; ~lqW-ma on · cantrall, UNIHEX Rotary Eyepiece · ~. four eyepieces, Achromatic: Alripllfier, :. ~lali1_ and suitcase-type carrying case. $U5

' ,·;,

ASTRIJ.CAMERA 220 A lightweight camera for photographing at the prime focus or by enlargement. ComPlete with air

.. OperQted curtain shutter. 11/10 to 1/90 second, : bulb, and time 1 , three double piateholderl for · 3JA•x414" film, ground-glass foc:using back, 30-

.· mm. f.l. photo-Ocular, filter, extension tubes, · · : · .: c!OmDI, cabinet, and Instruction&.

;::~: '. ' . $69.50 ~lei

UNRRON VIEWFINDERS VIIWfiNDut. 23.5-mm. 1.93"1, 6x eyepiece.

Only $8.50 VIIWPIMDIII, 30-mm. 11.2"1, Bx eyep= $l0.7S

VIIWFJMDIR, 42-mm. 11.6"1 air-spaced ablectlvele, lOx eytplece. This finder measures approxfmat y t6n owerall. It Is lloht In weight~.!..~ &mall tnOUgh for use ae a hand te "" '""''" tno 'l*facular wide-field views of the ct'r; $1I.OO

28, XXVI, 1WENTY.SIX lltiTRON REFRACTORS

TO CHOOSE FROM UMITROM'S N- "'100 ......... ........... -de· tcrlbed In detell for you .._ lnt .,._...,, AHItlon of thfte MW modell lodotl te 2AS the _..., of UNITROHS o'JtiUallle, 'rtllt Is surety tho lridest Hlectlon, 111 telllll ef lloHt 11•11ttty .,.., prlo, · that hat IY&r hett.,..... the piOipeefiYe llu1er.

DeliverY on IUtt ohut aU Modell, llltkiAit the "''OO't,'' cell .. mede IIIIM........, friM ttoc1r. All UHITRONS -• c-plete wltll 11101111tlllg, tripod or pier, eyopl-, Achi'OIIIatlc A111pllflor, acc-oriH, o11d ceMIIOte. The •otnlflcetlolls show" .. low are thOH of the .,..,._ •'-· Whlll the Amplifier It IIHd, .,.,.._. ,..,., It doubled. While oddltlollal eyepl- Clll4l accn•ortes ort avalleWe fw MOlt modele, the anort• rne111s lnclu4od 01 lfolldard ~aiPIIIeot wiU .. found l'llllal'bMy compfote.

1.1" ALTAZIIIUTII, Modtl 740 1$1.10 Dowl) $55 with eyeplec:n for sex, 39x

2" ALTAZIMUTII, Model 750 ($'1.10 lim) $70 with eyepieces for 7h, 89x, 2h

2" SATEUITI ($1.11 111111) 61, dlqOIIII $75 eJiplece, altulmuth mOOIIt with cln:lll, stand

2.4" ALTAZIIIUTII, Model 760 ($1,10 DIWI) $15 with eyepieces for 78X, 39t, 28x

2.4" ALTAZIMiml, Model 114 ($12.10 Dnll) $125 with eyeplecea for 128x, 100X, 72x, !!OX, 35x

2.4" EQUATORIAL, Model 128 ($22.10 Din) $125 with eyeplects for 128x, 100X, 72x, !!OX, 35x

2.4" EQUATGaiAI., Model 128C ($21,10 DIWII) $175 same 11 Model 128 but wltll motor drive also

3" ALTAZIMUTII, Model 140 1$21.10 Dwl) $165 with eyepieces for 1111, 1311, eex, 8711, 48X

I" UUATORIAI., Model 142 ($4UI DWI) $455 wHh eyeplecea fat 200X, 1311, 98X, 6711, 48X

3" EIUATORIAL, Model 142C l$4f.IO Dwl) $495 ume 11 Model 14Z bUt wltll motor drive also

3" 1'11070-RUATORW., Model 145 1$11.011 $550 llftll) with plde telesc:ope, etc., and 6 IYIPiecea

3" PHOTD-RUATORIAI., Model 145C ($11.00 $61 0 lltWII) 111111 •• Model 145 IKit with motor drive 1f10

4" ALTAZIIIUTII, Modtl 150 ($41.10 Dowl) $465 with IYIPltceS for 2501, 214x, 167x, 1201, 131, 60X

4" EIUATORIAL, Model 152 1$71.10 "-1) $715 with eyepieces for 25011, 2141, 1671, 120x, 83x, &Oi, 3SX

4" t:IUATORIAL, Model 152C ($14.10 .... ) $145 111111 II Modal 152 but With motor driVIIIIO

Get UNITRON's FREE OIJserver's Gurlle and C~talog

Cllllllltllllclude: • OlllerYfftl tilt""" -· r::'; lftd Wllldirs of

• Caatlllatloa 111111 • llilll fot olllemrs

. '

., PIIOT .... TGilAL. Model 1~ .,, .$a~ IIIR) wltllaulde teiesc:ape, etc.; tad 7 ~ .·

,.., .~IAL..Modtl.t$$0 ....-. • -ttso·· 11m) 111111 .. Model 155 IIUt tlll\lllllotor 111M tT•

., IIUATGIIAl, Modii180V 1$11.81 11111111) ·.· hiS Willi wtltflt-dtlven clock dtlvt, etc., llld 7 IJipltiiu

_, PIIOTMtVAT.IAL, Model110 1$11'1.10 Sl t'JS .... , - a Model teov 11at wllll auld• telliCoPI, estroamtra, m~ aod a eyepJecee .

_, EIUATORIAL, Model 15e'l 1$111.11 .... ) . $1075 wllll walpt-drlven clock dtlvt, metll pier, etc., and 7 ey~plecea

_, PHIITO-RUATOIIAL, Model tee~- SIZIO D ... ) S111111 II Model 168V but With pldt te)Mcopt, 1SIJ'Ootlllltr11 SUper.UNIHEX, etc., IIIII 10 tJIPI... .

II" PIIOTMIUATDIIAL, Modtl 510, with $2275 clock driVe, plde tlltiiCOPI, lllflooelmerl, ete., iid 10 I11Pfectl

II" PHOTNIUAfDIIAL, Model 530, 111118. .. . $Zil5 Modtl 510 but with metal pier IIIIIUCI of tripOd

II" hUATORJAL, Model eoo, with clock $5125 drive, mehl pier, 1tc., IIIII 10 IJIPiecee ·. ·

II" PJlDTO.UUATDIIAI., Model 610, 111118 It S5e60 Modal &00 but wltllauldt lllucopa; lltrO<Inllra, ~

II" PHOTNIUATOIIAL, Model 620, ume 1t . $e07S Model 610 but with 60-mm. utropapltlc Cllllt111 1~

(Special ,.,.,.,nt plan IYtlllbte for 5" and II" Models.)

HOW TD OlDER A UIII1110N lltod claeck or •oM, ..., hi full or - •r hey Pll)'l!leot ..... ""'*'~ _. ..,.. cotlftt. lend 2M lepOelt ,_ c.o.D. illlp-MIIt. UMITROM -liMfl'tilltellf - ,.., ...,.. ellteed for 1111011t11 ~ olid ~ ,__, oni1111- Meet ....,.yaer ._.,... or yaar _., Mc1r. Pr1cu of UNITRON ... frem.re IIIChide .... C OCC .......... 8YIIIIIcel. tl'lpod eod •RllfiH. fftte4 ......_ eod · lllitftlctl-. For "flllli" ordtn or ""-IIIII, ttl.,.._ Arlo Code 117, 969-BCOO.

US£ OUR EASY PAYMENT PUll UNITROH't -'er lew PQ!Hat .... II o COilVaollllt eiltl -feel way~-UMITROH bfrottor. Tile dew• -....... ,096. Th ............ ~ fllfor • 12-..ntll period, eld t11ore Iii o 196 ~ ....... the ull!llkl ........ vflnt IIOY!IIIIIIt II oot ,.. 111111 SO ...,. otter you ....... till 1Mt111lllellt, ..... If,.. ....... wut to pey till llltiN ..,._ dR ot tltot ........ can,~ ........... _..... n- .... "fOil .. ~ ~-"" ~ J011 -1r fUI 111 t1ie UNITilON IOir I • ....... .,., ..... retlll'll It ....... wltfl recp~INd dOWII IJ!I!YIIIont, •- tile 111edlf ef ,_ chlce ............ , ... lit -.,. .............. -........ """" ... -- , .......... ., ..... .........--1111\'· till .... o~. 111111 JNtr111111tt1. Tile ~ ta ~ pelftlllli ood .... .._,_ •• 1111~ the - ef ,_ UNITRON ...... ...... for lt. . .

t./NI T/?ON •, ' 't "

P,_ lUIII to -. frlt tl clwp, UllmoN'I -Ollllmft8ulduncl TllelcGpa Cllalot 2M. ·

August, 1965, SKY AND Ta.r.scon lOS

ASTRONOMICAL SPECTROSCOPE Unique deslan combines three optical systems. First produces pr111111ry band; second the comparlson·source bind; third the wavelenath scale.

Fer 24.a-. lftplece Holders #SPEC·1:1-2 $149.15

fer 1\1411 EJIPIKI Nthltrl #SPIC•tJ·1 .. $1114.50

············-··············· FILTERS

for wllul OHmtloa 1nd astrophotqraphy ltdtlct IWI, &In and Increase centrist Prtftllltellt u11 lftd recommend them

ILU!-IIllN-YELLOW-ORAHGE-RED-IIARK RED fer 24 ....... lFtPIICIS ftr I V4·111Ch lf&pleces licit . . $UO hch $4.50 let tf I .. $17.10 Set of 1 $22..40

·····················-··----"FILTERS FOR OBSERVATION AND

ASTROPHOTOBRAPHY" Moat comprehensive covera1e-the "Why and How." flltlfl are recommended for each of the caleatlal ob· Jectt mtntloned. lllultrtted. $1 .. 111

·····················-······ ACCESSORY CASE

Protect accessorlet acalnst ahock, dust, and scratches ' with an OPTICA b/c mold· ed, ll,htwelcht attache cese. t's eaay and In· aKpenalve-outllne Items on foem pad and cut out with knife.

5" I I" I 14" $18.11 5" I U" I 1811 $28.11

FIBERGLASS MIRROR MOUNTS

for Price 4W' . $4.15 •• $t.tll •• . . $12.15

OPTICA b 1 c Mounts are produced from solid black fiberstass, accurately machined and finished with anti· reflection black. Consider these advanta1es: llaht· wellht, fully adjustable, amazingly strong, shock resist· ani, low thermal conductivity, and corrosion resistant.

·····-····················-Send 25' for cataloi(U<I and price lists.

OPTICA b/c 4100 MacARTHUR BLVD.

OAKLAND, CALIFORNIA 94619

GLEANINGS FOR ATM's CONDUCTED BY ROBERT E. COX

VERNIERS FOR SETIING CIRCLES

W HEN an amateur's telescope is per· manently mounted and equipped

with setting circles, he can readily find objects for which coordinates are known. In almanacs and atlases, declination is usually given in degrees and minutes of arc, right ascension in hours, minutes, and tenths of minutes of time.

On many amateur telescopes, however, the declination circle is graduated to whole degrees and the hour circle at five· minute intervals. But it is a simple mat· ter to attach a vernier scale that provides accurate readings to If I 0 or 1/20 of a division on the main scale, says Hans Pfleumer of North Brunswick, New Jer· sey, who some years ago added a homemade vernier to the 10" hour circle of his telescope, enabling him to read to Om.]

in right ascension. A vernier is a secondary scale that abuts

or overlaps the main one, moving along it as the telescope is turned to a new posi· tion. The zero point of the vernier corresponds to the index mark that would be used otherwise. But instead of attempt· ing to interpolate by eye to tenths of a division, the observer scans the vernier until he finds its mark that is most nearly in coincidence with a mark on the main scale. The reading of this mark, on the t•ernier scale, gives the desired interpolation.

In its commonest form, a vernier reads to tenths of a main·scale division, since the vernier's intervals are constructed 9/10 as long as those of the main scale. In other words, I 0 divisions on the secondary scale have a total length of only nine on the primary scale. Such a vernier reads decimals directly, as in the first diagram.

But as the photograph of Mr. Pfleumer's \'ernier shows, he introduced several modifications of the basic principle. His entire right-ascension circle has 720 divisiom

Hans Pfleumer made this vernier for the hour circle of his telescope. His nonstandard method of vernier mark·

ing is explained in the text.

MAIN SCAt.. It

0 s 10

I I .

I I I I

I .

I . I . I

I

0 o.s 1.0

VltllliNI~fll

0 10

I I I

I I I I I I I I I I I I

0 t 0.$ 1.0

The main scale can be read to tentlu by using this standard vernier instead of a single index mark. Above, the zeros coincide and the reading is 0.0. Below, 0.4 on the vernier scale coin· cides with a line of the main scale,

and thus the indication is 1.4.

(every half degree), so only the even minutes have lines. The odd-minute lines must be imagined, but this is no handicap when the vernier is used, as somewhere along its length one of its lines will be in coincidence with a line on the main scale.

In order to read Om.l on the circle with two-minute intervals, the vernier reading must interpolate one part in 20 instead of one in 10. For this, the length of 19 main-scale divisions is divided into 20 parts. For better readability, however, Mr. Pfleumer expanded the scale to have 20 vernier intervals in 39 on the main scale, as can be seen in the photograph. He points out that a three-times expansion, to 59 main intervals, would have made the vernier needlessly large, but might be desirable for a primary scale with very close lines. When reading the scale, it helps to use a magnifying glass: marine sextants and theodolites usually come already equipped with such lenses.

It will be noticed that the Pfleumer vernier is labeled in a different manner from the diagram, since the setting indicator is at the vernier's center. If thr coinciding line is in the left half (UE), the decimal reading is to be added to an odd number on the main scale: if the coincidence is in the right half (E), the reading is added to an even number. Each half of the vernier is read from left to right, from 0.0 to 1.0.

HINTs ON VERNIER CoNSTRUCTION

1. Length of Vernier. Lay a thick piece of paper along the main scale (flat or curved as on the setting circle's rim), and with a very sharp, hard pencil mark the end points of the length to which the vernier will correspond. In Mr. PHeumer's case, this is 39 main-scale divisions, which ha\'e a total length of 43.2 millimeters: he divided this distance into 20 equal parts.

2. Proportional Parts. There are several ways of producing precisely spaced vernier divisions. One is to draw on a large sheet of paper a fine line, AB in the diagram, the exact length of the re·


FULCRUM --NEEDLE--

~----1 --- --- --. --.

1------- 64.3 em.

Mr. Pfleumer wed this pi are four millimeters apar

to get1

quired scale. At a convenien one end of this line draw Against this line tape down 1

millimeter scale, and divide required number of equal di easily read millimeter valu~ fives or lO's. Mark these dh

v E A N I E A

~ t I

A

sharp pencil under a ma1 Draw the line BC, precil4

outermost points on the sea: orientation is not critical, not cross AB too oblique) right angle is best. Place drawing triangle exactly a and against the adjoining other triangle or a gooc Tape the latter firmly in ! the first triangle downw1 straightedge, and mark in AB the points that corresf visions on AC. Use a magJ better accuracy.

3. The Pfleumer Methoc of masonite served as l drawing board, and a 4' 11 12-gauge galvanized sheet 1

the straightedge. At one horirontal line he hammeJ to serve as a fulcrum; at 119.1 centimeters away, he pendicular line. Along th meter intervals he punch shown in the diagram.

Into the wedge formed t from the fulcrum to the I needles, he fitted perp• vernier scale length of 4

.. 'Hr. 'Pflewner wed this plan to graduate his vernier. The pinholes at the right .. : ilte four mtiUmetm apart, and the braa blank (daahed) was placed u shown

·· · · to get vemier marka 2.16 miiUmetera apart.

qtiired acale. At a convenient angle, from This crossed the central line 64.5 em. from one end of this line draw another, AC. the fulcrum. Ita divisions were marked

· Agairast thJt U11e tape down a high-quality by. placing the straightedge against the millimeter ~e, and divide AC into the fulcrum and against a needle inserted 8UC·

· required n~ber of equal divisions, using cesaively in the pinholes in the 80-mm. ea.By. ·read ulilllrneter values, such as at scale. fi.v'etc>r IO'a. Mark these divisions with a 4. Scribing the Vernier. In fact, Mr.

ahai'p pencil under a magnifying glass. · Draw the line BC, precisely joining the

. . outermost points on the scales. This line's · · ·orientation is not aitlcal, but it should

.... not ~ AB too obliquely-nearly at a · right angle ia best. Place one aide of a

drawfng triangle exactly along this line, and against the adjoining aide place an

. o!ber · triangle or a good straightedge. · · . Tape the latter firmly in position. Slide

the lint triangle downward along the sttilghtecJse, and mark in succeaion on AB the points that correspond to the divisions on AC. Use a magnifier again for better accuracy.

3. The Pftewner Method. A 5i' length of nwonite served as Mr. Pfleumer'a drawing board, and a 4' strip of 2" wide 12-gauge galvanized sheet metal furnished the atraightedge. At one end of a long horizont.tl line he hammered In a needle to serve as a fulaum; at the other end, 119.1 centimetets away, he erected a per· pendicular line. Along this at four-milli· meter intervals he punched pinholes, as

. shcnm in the diagram. . Into the wedge formed by lines (dashed) ~ the fdcrum to the top and bottom needles. he fitted perpendicularly the vernier scale length of 48.2 millimeters.

An alternative method of diriding a Une (AB) into any desired num·

ber of equal parts.

AUTHENTIC ORTHOSCOPIC

OCULARS $19.50, ......

Truly ort,hiii(Opk In design, wide flot fltld of 45", ma•lmum color and deflnltlon, - flma<M. focol lengths include 4-rnm., 6·mm,, 7·mm., 10.5·mm., 16.8·mm. and 28·mm.

All Galland optlcol surfaces ore pollthed on plld! lops, frft of pill ond chips, -..ratelv centerod and hord coorttd. Bodies ore 1 Y• • Inch In dlometlt, bran, act\WCirtly turned, and chtOtM·plot.cl. Wa<kmanshlp Ul\tOndltlonally guoronteed. ORDER NOW DESCRIPTIVE CIRCULAR

HAIURT-AilUitA OPnCAL SYSTDI World's most modern t•l.scop~

Must lharplll resolve o mllllmeter at hoff o mile In - final lobara~ testa. Thl1 Ia 14 second of ore, far exc:Mdlng ~rona fOr o 6-lnch aperture. The RciYielcih etlterlan It zero which llltCIN that all colors comt to the SAME FOCAL PLANE!. re~~~ltfng In .dlad·IMrP resoll.ltlon. AQuila o-lnch til~ · hoW clearly tpllt ffie dwarf ~nlon Slrlua · 8 from Ita primary 1t0r with dcirl( skY be'- proof of uMxclllect opttca equaling many forger observatory telescopee. The Aquila mounting fa not a pier~· at ore most other moUntings. You have virtu• oily o Springfield flxed-iyeplece position far all angln af sky viewing, Technlquea recently dlscovtlrtd In our labanl· tory far flgwlng our optical ~ con and do re~~~lt In the prlma'Y. mirror haVIng a -face accurate to better than 1116 WOVtltnclfh of light. If requeat*!1 a summary _of· Jilt f!Jo and graph shoWing me flnol fidelity of thi surface will be furnllhed the purc:hciW.

6" portable. Two dellgns: Aqullo Universal Ecauotorlol .•...... $tfi.OO AquiiiJ Altazlmuth ....•...•...... $111,00

May we send you complete details?

HAIIART OPTICAL EIIIIIEDINI LA1. 1t. z, Ia Itt, llnlpt CIIJ, tin.

EXTRA·WIDE FIELD 11· . GALOC

ASTRONOMICAL OCULAR . $19.50, ......

Speclol optical combination rtndeta wide OP· parent field al 90". Has oil choroderiltlo of orthoscopic acular, UM wllh Iori- ltna. or

telescope. f«al 16.3.nvn.

fl. 0, aGX &1•4 e ltOt 081t0ftH~ DfiUYE

NOftMAN.

Augwt, 1965, SltY AND TEt.ESCOPI 105

OPTICAL CRAFfSMEN

Optical craftsmen for precision grinding and polishing of crystals. Experience in precision optics required. Unusual opportunity in modern plant of ex· P!lnding ecientific company in northern New Jersey within easy commuting distance of New York City. Write or call I Personnel Manager:

Plleumer used the straightedge as a guide in scribing the scale directly onto a piece of springy brass sheet 0.025" thick. The rectangular blade, indicated by short dashes, was later trimmed to the shape pictured on page 104. There it can be seen that this method results in converg· ing scale marks, which the North Bruns· wick amateur finds do not matter in reading the scale.

It would have been better, howe\'er, if

the bottom up, and weighted down. I used a slender scriber, frequently honed to needle sharpness, the point held hard against the straightedge. I made two or three passes, the first one light, being careful not to bend the needle point. Af· ter all the lines were engraved in, I polished the surface of the vernier with crocus cloth.

"Should some of the lines wme out

1\fr. Plleumer had constructed his \'ernier lines parallel to earh other, so they would

' ha\'e been perpendicular to the edge of the \'ernier blade. The eye is much more sensiti\'c to slight departures from precise coincidence when this has been done.

ISOMET CORPORATION : 433 Commercial Avenue

Pnli~ades Park, New Jersey Ttle{>horo• 201-W'/ftJtor 4-4100 An equal opponuniry employer.

too thin, they can be rescratched freehand, as the scriber will follow the groove. To make the lines stand out distinctly, ruL drop-black enamel over the surface and polish it again after it dries. After the vernier blade's other edges are trimmed as desired, it is bent to the contour of the circle's rim and fitted to the indicator arm. The numbers and letters were put on with India ink and coated with nail polish." R. E. C.

* * BERAL COATINGS * * The ideal coating for front-surface pred

sinn mirron for these reasons: I. Berni has HIGH reftectivhy. J. Boral is HARD; does not sleek easily. J. Beral can he cleaned easily - no porous

OVERCOATING of quartz. 4. Derol is NOT a Chromium alloy, so can

he removed easily. Prices for Beral coa.tinjt telrscope mirr~n: 4", $3.50; 6", $5.00; 8 • $6.50; 10", $8.50; 12~·. $12.50. Price& for oizes up to 37" diamet•r on requeot. Add rootage - lnour· ance for return ntail.

DUDLEY LEROY CLAUSING BOSS &lonUeello Ave., SkokiP, IU. 60016

Mr. Plleumer writes further: "The metal is held to the drawing with masking tape. In cutting each line the straightedge is brought gently agaimt the nn·dks. from

A professionally m;ult• ,·ernier, part of a ma· rine sextant. The atT is read to single dt•gt·et•s, minutt•s an~ giwn b~ the graduated drum on tbe tangent screw, and tenths of minutes an· obtaint'<l from the ,·er· nier. The setting is 29' 42'.5. From ~. Bow· ditrh .. ·lmt'rimu Practi· cal Nat•igator, edition

of 1958.

The Celestronl 0 Schmidt-Cassegrain Telescope

There arc few JWs>essinns that the indt,·idual can aspire to which will matrh the pride of ownership. the lasting nttlttv. and free<lom frnm ohsnlesrence of the Celestron 10. The .proud owner of thts fuu· 111strumcnt wtll find it to be the centPr 0f nllmclion nt star p.utie> <~llended by amateurs unci prnfes:<iPnals ultlP. Thml nf the enjoyment you will realize when """" 111~ y<'ur fnemk twt~hhNs and youn(!· strr> tlwtr ftr,;t truly nnprC':<>tve \'ICW> ,,f the !1l0<'n. planets. nr rcnh)h" nl'hul.tc.

Tbt Ctltstrn 10 ;, trrJ1 • siAl •• pntar•,n~·t. I• spill of iu '".""'" Jtul•· ••ui,.t•tss is ""'"' it i>tl..,s•. TH ;u,.,nt Jt,J,ilih nt •lt-ort·t••t to•straf'· t;n• ... J fitri •~••t 1ir1 tilt (t/t>hU /0 ~,.,,.,_,._, as,.JJ, fM•..J .,eJ, iu ... uitC" •ltsrn..:Of'1 ••~,_ •• ,..u. P,.,ftui•a.l •k,.,....• (i\t\ Jt4.J4FJI tf'fTt ti-.t pQ.Jt i• tl>t Joip •f t~t Cr/ntn>tJ 10: \(l.it ,, .. "'"'• ,;.t -~ ,, tiH U"' fr\1111 ... ~INi•.

13214 Crenshaw BoulevArd, GardenA.

Telephone (~13) OA 3 6160

A TEEN-AGEll

ALTHOUGH my 8-ir with commercial Oj

instrument, on a family years ago it proved not and I decided to build a instrument. I was the~ junior in high school. A1 my first attempt at maki~ rors, I chose the Dall-} whid1 has elementary opt ellipsoid and a sphere. (SI scoPE, January, 1962, pa! cations on an erect-imag1

In a swap with a friet 6-inch mirror kit, and tl smoothly, except for scr:

6" f/10 SUI

of the lines come out be teiCl'lltchell freehand, follow the groove. To

. out distinctly, rub · over the surface and

after .. it dries. Mter the other edges are trimmed bent to the, contour of the fitted to llui indicator arm. and letters were put on

ink and coated with nail

individual can aspire ownership, the lasting

of the Celestron 10. will ftn.d It to be

nttended by amateurs enjoyment/ou will

neighbors an young· ' of the moon, planets,

A TEEN-AGER's FIRST TELESCOPE-A DALL·KIRKHAM

ALTHOUGH my 8-inch Newtonian with commercial optics is a fine

instrument, on a family vacation a few years ago it proved not truly portable, and I decided to build a more compact instrument. I was then a 16-year-old junior in high school. As this was to be my first attempt at making telescope mirrors, I chose the Dall-Kirkham design, which has elementary optical surfaces-an ellipsoid and a sphere. (See SKY AND TELE· scoPE, January, 1962, page 49, for specifi. cations on an erect-image system.)

I succeeded here, as proven by tests on stars with the telescope's fully assembled optics. But the experts tell me I was very lucky, especially since the Dall-Kirkham secondary has a high-amplification function in the optical system. [In general, it is difficult to produce a smooth spherical surface on a convex mirror just by stroke control, and standard testing procedures should be applied.-ED.J

In a swap with a friend, I obtained a 6-inch mirror kit, and the grinding went smoothly, except for scratches caused by

. ·/ . ' ·I

contaminated emery. Later, cerium oxide was used for polishing and figuring. The mirror showed the Foucault pattern of an oblate spheroid-turned-up edge with a hill in the center. This was quickly remedied, the hill becoming negligibly small. By means of parabolizing strokes, I reached the calculated zonal shift for ellipsoidal undcrcorrection, according to the Foucault test, and the mirror was considered finished.

Attempts to test the convex secondary through its back proved fruitless, so I decided to rely completely on stroke control. At all grinding and polishing stages, I strove for perfection of stroke and consistent working procedures. Fortunately,

Left: Richard Steeg of Chico, California, was a high school junior when he built this 6-inch Dall-Kirkham telescope.

Right: Compact and easily assembled, the Steeg telescope and its traveling case weigh only 40 pounds. Photo·

graphs by the author.

After studying many commercial mount· ing designs, my father and I developed a very compact, easily operated instrument. At the mechanical center of the mounting is an aluminum drum adapted from an ordinary kettle. The polar axis' bottom bearing is supported by a mounting board for the gear train, the upper bearing by

6" SURVEYOR REFRACTOR Whether your observing requirements are lunar, planetary, or deep-sky, the 6" f/10 SURVEYOR Refractor gives you what you need most-superior definition. Couple this to our rigid, smooth-working equatorial mounting with its beautiful custom workmanship. They add up to our best-selling refractor-the portable 6" SURVEYOR!

The VERNONscope 6" f/10 achromatic objective is air-spaced, coated, fully corrected for spherical and chromatic aberratio~, and has a resolving power of 0.74 second of arc. Included 1s a 54-mm. coated achromatic viewfinder having a U" O.D. wide-angle Kellner 12x ocular and cross hairs. The portable 6" SURVEYOR features the massive PAR Equatorial Mount, which includes precisely machined bronze bushings at all bearing points, collet tension device on the polar axls, new brake-type declination clamp controlled from the eyepiece, and lit" chromeplated steel shafting. The 15" saddle has hinged rings and knurled locking screws. Base of mount is fully rotatable and can be quickly removed from the reinforced steel tripod. Mount has black wrinkle primer and 3-D space-blue marble finish. A star diagonal, three finest orthoscopic oculars of your choice (Gailand: 28, 16.8, 10.5, 7, 6, 4 mm.), 10" dewcap and plastic dust covers are furnished.

The complete VERNONscope 6" f/10 SURVEYOR .. $795 f.o.b. (Instrument weight 85lbs.)

The 6" f/10 Deluxe Model VERNONscope Refractor includes the Bodine Mark III Clock Drive and matching 6" setting circles, a 3" f/15 guide scope, manual slow motion independent of clock drive, 230-pound permanent pier-pedestal, and five Gailand oculars. Price: $1,285. Instrument weight 330 lbs. 6" f/15 Models available.

6" f/10 SURVEYOR with manual drive-$845 VERNONscope & Co. Candor, New York 13743 Phone 607-6594301

August, 1965, SKY AND TELESCoPE 107

OPTICAL CRAFTSMEN Optical specialists are sought with

experience in the fabrication of lenses

and mirrors for diffraction-limited

systems of the order of one-tenth

wavelength. As a member of ltek's

Optics Group, you will work in a pleasant,

modern environment, using the

facilities of one of the world's

newest, most completely equipped

optical shop"

Disc..ssioft of INs# oi>f'ortllnilin u-flb /l('('f'Opri.rl~ ,,bn-s of o11r ted•Hi<4fl Jt.,tJ ""') bt ~..,,,;. by /C>MJ•mi•c yowr

"''""'~ to:

The Steeg compound telescope is here set up as a tabletop altazimuth.

a doui.Jie-thick lid of aluminum sheeting. Four leg !Jolts hold these elemems together, and the drum provides a protective cover.

A two-watt synduonous clock motor drives the telescope in hour angle. Both the manual slow motion and the clock drive work on the same gear fastened to the central shaft. The change from one control to the other is through a plate mounted to the stand. This plate carries two worms, one on each side of the double·purpose gear; when one worm is engaged the other is disengaged, and there is a third, neutral position at which the telescope can swing freely. A springloaded ball bearing slips into holes to pro\'ide accurate gear settings.

The manual control gear reduction is I J50 to I, !Jut the declination ratio is 6,500 to I, whidt is ,-eT)' convenient for slight corrections during guiding.

A small telescope located within the hollow polar axle takes all the work out of alignment on the celestial pole. The obsen er sights up the axis through two holes cut in the sides of the telescope tube for this purpose. During obsening these holes can be closed by little Sll'ingout "ears... The tube is CO\'ered with light· ~rt't'n imitation leather, which we also uSt·d (or the outside of the carrying case.

:\t the serondary or "Cassegrain .. focus. the miXln has been photographed ,.-ith a spccialh· built camera. The eyepiece and it~ eii.Jow unit arc rcmO\·ed so the camera em I.Jc fastened directly to the mirror cell. wht"t-c it abo prO\ ides the focusing sc::reen. !"he lllmholder is homemade.

:\!though a ~ewtonian is usually recom· nwndNi (,,r an amateur's first insnument, .1 lhll Kitlham is \'l'n C<\mpact and pro'1do hi!o).h (l<H\'C'I"' f,,l planetan· o~ng. In mY itNmment .. a 9-mm. onhoscopic '''~"!''''<'<' '1<'lds ah<~lll ~:?(lx. and at 450x •m the lll<'klll tht'l'C' is n,, trace o( image hrt'ald,,wn--tar hn-..,nd m,· expectations. l"t•stin!o': ,,fth(' aS'S<'mhl<'<l relC'S<--ope ~..-as by r'na-1<-..al rin~. and ap(\hin~ the l..nife-1'1\!<f "' a hris:lH Har un<icr ~-..."'d seeing <\\llli•t"'"' 1'<'\'<'al<-<l ll•' 7•'nes.

RlCHo\RD STEEG ~lt\ In St.

Ch!CI\, C'.alif.

GET READY FOR T

~ a:"A .a/.*'. I "MAKE·YOUR·OWH" 4V4'

stock #110,074-Y .

Tbe-fi our wescop miolzed, lia diaapoal, t recnoos hid

----INEXPENSIVE OPTIC

FOR I Now, a lion hlp

- foCil ~~ity~ meotalo

colllisu of hardwood meter rod in incha and miilimeten. Can end 1upporu. End support it re surface mirror anached. lnclw lens holden which adlllll .enlc slidins sp_rins c~pt for holdl• complete wnstructiOill. Stock #80,084-Y ............ . Eztta Ieos bolder with sprlns cia Stock #IO,OII·Y ............ .

PRECISION ERFLE STANDARD 1~

20-mm. lc

... ~,-~ =~&: . relractOn.

----·· -· ·-~ telacopet, scopes, ett. Coated lelllelo ezc lens 22-mm. cllam.; 26-mm. 1 imported. chrome and black fin stock #10,41111-Y ............ .

NEW EDMUND ST With cbla p suu.ment. u locate and 1, vilible co tb 11111 involved 4" wide, 71 deliped lc graphic uiJ cSuaestiOIII •iYCD.) Pu Steck #'181

RIIDIN, RtpiiCI Rtlllalq

HI SPI

Dlaut•" Completely cool Idea

mentsl optics, or iusc plaiP dnl Alum num bex-bCidied dill ails and lock ..... -we--wlU liCK roc V." ro 7" dltcaeter retainiq lcii~r ban. Adluable lqs PI I co ~~~ below apatl!lt1' • 2 sb-tcnslle ~teel hft bars (1-i" acroa 8a11), ~ .-In 8 .02,"-tbick 8at dpt, IWO • two .062"-dlamerer Dlo-cype t special·purpose dpe from limP: Stocll #70,711-Y .......... .

THE ORIGINAL RESOLVING PO'

For macl =: the

Mr. Praok GoodwiP, il bl< rwo yean. We DOW olfer t corclance with the orialnal 1 chia Barlow Is acluomadc1 blackened tube, and u IJP'!I cision cralamen can malai It tiom, IP a 4"-1001 adaJIICf Stocll #80,122·Y ......... .

ORDE

EDMU

dod motor . ilrtgle. Both

· and .. the dock futened to

.................. · from one a·•plate carries of the

The - fiDe mirror at aaed In out ce~ DOlllhed aDd alu· llllobed, lioMs :,:repieca. aad ~inc~. pua. Dl·

" .. . " ......... $11.21 ppd.

INEXPENSIVE OPTICAL BENCH fOR WS, HOBBYISTS

Now, a low~ bim·pnd· lion blal!-Q benc6. ·.!olea· - flxl1 cbeck opdcal gualily1 or UIC as a <'OIIilJIItor. Saft Doutt poaidoolna ele· raena Ia oDtic81 1J1W111. Due

CllllllitiJ ol bardwoocl mece~ rod 4o• loq, paduated Ia ladles and mil1lllleten. Can be mounted oo metal eocl ~apporu. End a~ppon Ia reticle plate with front· llldllct mirror albldM!d. lacludel 4 low V .aJJalled ._. bolden wbitb td)UIC ftfdcaUy aod boriaonally; alldlll8 aprina clampa for boldlna lentet in posldon; compllllll in~tmctiODI. Stlell #IO,IJM.Y .............. , , ....... $14.811 ppd. s- kill bolder whb sprlq clamp . ltllll #10, .... , .. " .......... ' .... ' ' ... $2.110 ,.d.

PRECISION ERFLE EYEPIECE STANDARD 1W' 0.0.

20-mm. focal 1:. Extremely

:U6':c! of0~1fe,.'be,:: dona. Goad WWU for Ullt with refraaon. relleaon, ricb-6eld

....., ecc. c-.t =~c:r,:r =":ll:r.''A~ leoi 22oJIIID. dlam.; 26-mm. &eld leal. Haodloaie, lmpocwd, cbtome and black liDIIb. 1t1111 #10.411-Y ....................... $22.10 ppd.

NEW EDMUND STAR FINDER With rhll preciaion·made metal in· Rrumerat, aoy obtervu can quickly locate aDd identify aoy cbaned star tiaible to the oakfd eye. No oerla • .., Involved. Oterall size ia 8 by 4• wide, n~· deep. The 6nder Is deailllll!d for UIC on any pbotOIIIPnic rripod or simple mount. 1 SuJII!I(iooa for moundn& ..., ,P-. ) Pull dlsecdODI iacluded. StiCk #70,1CII·Y ...... $1.00 ppd.

••"'· Replace lltalnlq llap Qalc~r wltll

NEW, LOW-COST SPANNER WRENCH

Dl.......-11 Leist .. Cllllll'llo etc. Complerely .enadle IOJHiuaUIY toni. Ideal for ~rlna iDRN·

DI!IDU. opda, or IUR plain linkeriQI. ticeUenr delip. Allllllloum ba.fJcidled dPI allp Into ha·boUowcd arms and lock ~Ill oor ,_re, l'ully adjURabJe for

10 7" on.- reaaloloa rinp. ema areater with but. AdlURible lep pemur mendiq dPI from

10 3" below ~ ~ body. Includes: ~ p.ceadle _, &a boan 3v.t• 1ona and 7" lona ( H" acrnu Jlaa) 3 pain p~~Ct~l·putpg~e rl~o • 025"olblck 8at ~Pio rwo .062"odalck 8at apa. and rwo .• 062•..ua-r Dln-cype lips. Or make yow own IJIIdal·pwpote Upt fmm limpli 7/32" A11eD WleDCbH.

ltllll #'Jt,'li1·Y ....................... $1:UO pptl.

THE ORIGINAL GOODWIN RESOLVING POWER BARLOW

l'or many ~ tbla achromatic coated Bulow lens bu bel!a the pride and joy of t1071001uuonomen. Due10 the death of tbe deai~.

Mr. Pllllk Goodwin, ir bad noc been anllable for rwo ,..,._ We now olfu rbae 1colel, in aaa ac· totda1lce wicb the orlaiaal aped&a.dODL Remember, tbil Barlow Ia acbiOIIIAdc, coated, tDOUDtcd in a b1adteocd rube, aod 11 o~cdlt perfea as only P..,.. cillon aafamea ce make lc. Complece with iiiiUilC· doal, Ill a 4"-loq adapte~ tube 101 114 • eyepieces. 111ft #11.112-Y ....................... $21.10 ppd.

3-llch am-mJcal

Reflector 60 to 180 Power An Unusual Buy!

Auemblcd - ready ro use! See Saturn's rinas, the pl\Oft MAn huac

craters on the moon, phases of Venus, stu clutten, moons of Jupiter, doutile stan, nebulae, and plaxi.,! J!quatorial·type mounrina with loeb on bath ax ... Afuminizcd and overcoared :!"-diameter f/10 primary mirror, ventilated cell. Telescope comes equipped with a 60z eyepiece and a mounted Barlow lens, pvioa you 60 to 180 power. A finder telesmpc: is 10duded. SIUtdy, bardwoocl, pomble rtlpocl. Plft with ICOf.l!: Stu Cbartz.. 272-pase "HandbOok of rbe Heatens, ' plus "How ~,o Use Your Telescope." Stock #U,oao.Y .. .. . . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . $21.15 ppll.

414 • Anronomical Reftecror Telescope! 225 power. stock #111,101-Y ...... $71.10 t.o.b. Barrington, N. J.

Superb 6" lte8ecror Telescope with equarorial mount and pedestal bole. Stock #811.011-Y ..... $111.10 f.o.b. Barrington, N. J.

ExcHin& New Low-Cost MOON MODEL l!zcidq outer space rlial>lay and con· venation piece. EDct repli<a, thouaanda of formauons- peakJ, craters, Ocean of SIOrJDJ, ere. - aU lo relief. Scaled 10 aizc. Ac:curate dillllllce ruarionships. Proper liahdna abowa moon phaSe; "blick liaht" ~>.roduca ltatlllna Clfecu.

l'uullb, Wlllhable plaStic. Tblee colon. Par aide blank - an be uJcd for .•.P!ce data. EzceUent aifr Item. 12" diamerer, weiahr ~ lb. Stock #70,115·Y . . . . . . . . . , , ...... $12.50 ppd.

Take Moon Pictures Through Your Telescope wHb the EDMUND CAMERA HOLDER for TELESCOPES

Bracket alllltbea permanendy 10 your lllllecdq or refncdna telescope. Remotable rod with ad· jusrable bracket holds your cam· era OYCr KOpe'a eyepiece, and you're ready 10 take addq pic· rures of the moon. You an abo cake terrauial relepboro abors of distant objeca. Opens up aew fields of picrure rakiq!

SUN PROJECTION SCREEN INCLUDED

White metal 1Cre1!D Is eaaily ar· racbed ro balder aod placed bebiad eyepiece. l'oinr SCDpe ar IWI, move saeeo 10 focus • • • aad you can see IUDipou!

Includes brackets. l844" rOd, projection acrceo, Kti!WI, and directions. AlumiJlum; brlclretl black crinkle. Stock #70,18:Z.Y , , .................. , .. $1.H ppd.

SIIIC_, 10,412·Y 80,41J.Y 80,484-Y

NEW KELLNER STANDARD 1'14'' EYEPIECES

Wide, Bar fields, ezcellent color corllltdon coated lenset. All haw .,.;;;!.rd 114" onaide dlam., 50-dcpee IPP""nf field of view. Ample eye llllief. Atuacdw chrOme and black finiab, euily visible markiJ181.

E,.. Focal Ere Fltld Price PltCI ltDitiJ ltal Ina ppll.

A 9mm. 5mm. 7.5mm. $1.711 a 12 mm. 7 mm. 8 mm. 1.25 c 18 mm. 15 mm. 18 mm. IJIO

Klrs CODtala 6De IUIDaled pyrex minor b1aDk. 11101, abruiftll, tllqoeal lolrror.

and eyepiece lenses. You buUd 1-- raaaiDI in value from f75.00 10 bundled~ of doUan. Stock# 01111. Mlmr Tlllellallaa Prlta . 70,00:1-Y 4V4" ~, $ 7.10 ppd. 70,CICJ4.Y 6" 1" u.- ppd. 70,0011-Y 8" 1Va" 11.10 jlpd, 7D,DOI-Y 1001 7W' 10.711\ 70,007·Y 12th" 2Va" a ... ff.o.b.

FAVORITE COHSTRLATIONS OF THE NORTHERN HEMI·

SPHERE ON 40 SLIDES 35·mm. mounted ldmtl6ed de· luzc black·aod·wblte alicles r11 .. play aw.,.inapirina vii!WI of noitbem b.mlsl'bere coomUa· tions. lncludl!l ratle slide, 5 -.JODLI and roealooal Rat maps rbat inuocluce 34 comrellatloo .Udei Ideodly 46 t001teUadon~ - DIOie than one on some alidel. Stocll #101117·Y ...................... $11.01 !11111L Selecrcd SUde SeL I 0 moR popu1u CODRaliadou. SIDell #40,715-Y .. , ..................... t4.10 PPd.

NEW ZOOM TELESCOPE EYEPIECE

mttiaa new eyepiece piOfidel arate~ ap!ll and wr· atiUrr fo~ your lelelcOpe. Doet woric of maor aod Rafl lh_atp at all pow:en. lllgol6cadon deDeaill on Jout l'el_,pe - rypicallt 50x to 12'x. 1'leclaloo CODIU\ICtioo, RIDdard 1 V.: O.D. Fully ~<1 coated leales, focal 1eDatb 8.4 mm. to 21 mm. UM or Barlow incraaes powers by 2 to 3 rimes. Stock #IO.•I·Y ...................... , $21.10 PPd.

ORTHOSCOPIC EYEPIECES Wide, nat field -IIIHM' cerrectlft uadtr bl&ll l!lllllflcatloll- unl· lent ere nllef • The onboacopic eyepiece Is one of the mosc importanr tu1d bear cor· =~~~!fr.~~ deaisn. with coated le-. aod are standard I~ • outer dlameler, precision made of chrome-plaltd brau and alllllllnum. Stock #10,314-Y . . . . o4 mm. . .. , .. $14.10 HI!. StiCk #30,404-Y .. .. . . 6 mm. .. , .. • 14.11 jljlt!, stock #30.4011-Y . . . . . . 12.5 mm. . . . . . . 14.11 jljliL stock #30,4H-Y . . . . . . 18 mm. . . . . . • 14.111 -. Stock #30,4D7·Y . . . . . . 25 mm. • .•... 14.11 '"-

M/,ll COUPO~< leo FREE CATAlOG I

j CIIIDplettiJ - 1NI ldltlll. 1 141 ,.... • ....., 4.000 I twpll~o

I IDMUND SCIIIffiFIC co. I a.rtqtlll, IL J. I Please nub I'm Glanr Cataloa "Y."

I Name ..............•...•. • • • · • • • • • • • • • • 1 IAddtea ........................... , .... 1

Ll Ciry .. "" '"" ... Zoae ...... Slate ...... I

-----------------~ ORDER IIY HOCK NUMIIE!l . , • SEND CHECK OR MONEY ORDER ••• SATISfACTION GUARANTEED/

EDMUND SCIENTIFIC co. BARRINGTON, NEW JERSEY


:::::~:.-::::~::::::::::::::::::~::~:::::~:::::::~:~::::::::::=~='::::~~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~ ! The Astronomical Journal ·

Publishes original ohscrvations and researches in astronomy, with the CX!'Pption of thme that nrc cssentinlly astrophysical in character. As the puhlication of the American Astrouomkal Society, it also print~ symposia, ahstrads nf pap<'rs cm'Pritl~ the entire field of nstronomy ( inclmling astrophysics) pre- · sPntl'd at mPI'!in~s of the society, and reports of ohservatoriPs.

SllDSCHII'TIOi\;: $15.00 pPr year in U. S. curn•ncy, payable in ad vane<'. Addr<•ss Astronomical Journal, Anll'rimu I nstitutt• of i'hvsies, 3:3.5 E. 4.5th St., 1'\t•w York. :-;, Y. IOOli.

IIIIII!I!IIUIIIIliiii111111NIIIUIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIUt11111111UIIti1UUIIII111\IIIIIIUIIIIIIIIIIliiiiii\IIIIIIIIIOI111"11UIUUII ""''''llllllllfltl>lltll11111nlltl1tlll.tltl•lnltttiUIIIImtlllllltorllttlll•t••••m•n••"''"''''''m'''''''1'''''''''''''''''''"

SPIDERS

Designed for absolute "l'd'ly, fils tube diam· elers of 6" to 16". Collimation angle 3", also adjustable up and down. Made of brass and aluminum, finished In dull black. For elliptical diaaonals with minor axes of, 1.050" $12.00 1.850" 1.306" 12.00 2.142" 1.550" 12.00 2.61 0"

$16.50 17.50 18.50

Prices listed plus parcel post

ORTHOSCOPIC OCULARS ---l

"I ---- _j Rn All hard coated, standard H<" 0.0.

28-mm ....... \ 16.3-mm. (Erfle) (

$19.75 each, ppd. 10.5-mm ..... ·I 7-mm. . ... I

Warranted to equal or surpass any oculars obtainable anywhere or money refunded.

BARLOWS . ' ·-: t ~ •

'

. '

The negative lens lf.l. -31h"l hu been care· fully ray-traced to insure excellent image qual· 1ty. It Is achromat1c, coated, and mounted in a standard 1\4" chrome-plated brass tube 4~4" lona (2~~· fits Into the focusina device). Mlli· mum multiplicatiOn of eyep1ece power is three t1mes. Price $19.75 ppd.

Recommended for use w1th our "Galoc" eyepiece.

7tltJe1piu 55i5 Romaine St., LIS Anplu, Calif. 90031

Send for catalo&ue.

OBSERVER'S PAGE tJ nivt~rsaltime ( UT) is used unless otherwise noted.

JUNE'S PARTIAL LUNAR EcLIPSE

DESPITE widespread cloudiness, amateurs from Arizona to England wtiT

able to observe the partial eclipse of the moon on the night of June 13-1-1. In this relatively unspectacular eclipse, the larg· est "bite" by the earth's umhral shadow amounted to only 18 percent of the moon's diameter. However, the rest of the lunar disk was entirely inside the tenuous outer shadow (penumbra) of the earth.

The general appearance of this eclipse is well described hv Samuel \Vichess, a high school student' in Tnwmend, Dclawarr: ".\t my location, the moon first appeared abme the treetops at H:·IH p.m. Eastern daylight time. It wa~ already dl'l'l' in the penumbra. In the bright twilight. the low moon looked like a large orange ball with a smudge on its eastern side. First umhral contact occuned about I 0 minutes Ia ter."

:--;car mid-eclipse, the umbra! shadow looked dark gray to l\lr. Wichess, who paid particular attention to color. In his 5 x ~-1 finder, the innermost and densest penumbral shadow was brownish. This was surrounded by light gray, thinning outward gradually to imisibility.

This description tallies well with what Patrick ~loore saw at East Grinstead, Sussex, England. There the eclipse was an ;J[ter-midnight rvcnt, with the moon \ery low in the southwest. (Its meridian altitude had been only 14 degrees.) "The l'clipscd portion was iron [,'fay," write' \lr. illoore, "but always visible, so that the eclipse was clearly lighter than the bst two total ones. l'\o [other] color was seen.

! •·xcept for a faint brownish edge to the umbra. . . . At mid-eclipse the outlines of the maria could be dimly seen in the l'rlipscd portion with my 4-inch refractor." lle watched the entrance of the crater Plato into the umbra with his 1~!-inch l cncctor, noting that just after complete

British amateur Alan \\', Heath tonk this pic· turc of the t•clip~·d moon on June 14th at I :~1 l'ninrsal time. With nne hand holding the plate U)> to tht• drawtube of his 1:!-imh reflector. :'\lr. Heath re· nwn·d the tdt·smpe cap with his nthl'T hand to make tht• t''posun·. Tht• darkest portion of the shadow rcwrdt'll here stn•tches nearh· to Ill£' large. bright n~llt'r

Copernicus.

Marcos A. Sc\'erin at the Urania Obscn·atory in Rafacla, Argentina, took this 11 60-second exposure at 1:·12 UT, se,·en minutes before mid~clipse. He used a 35-mm. Contax camera attached

to a 12-inch f/5 reflector.

immersion it was ;~ill visible as a dark o1al.

.\nother English observer, A. \V. Heath at Long Eaton, 1'\ottinghamshire, mentions that the eclipsed part of the lunar limb could be seen throughout his obser\'ing. He used a l~-ind1 re!lcttor and a ~-inch refractor.

Roger \\'. Gordon (:\ckermanl'ille. l'ennsyl\'ania) states that with his 10 x 3~ hand telescope he had no difficulty in seeing maria and rays inside the umbra. To him the penumbral shading looked yellow-green, after twilight had ended. "Dirty 1ellow" was the trrm used by John l\liller, who watched with a 3-inch reflector at Hitkory, North Carolina . .-\ New Jersey .unateur, Ke1in Bromberg of Li\'ingston. tells of a ICI)' dark umbra edged by a narrow gray band.

Se1eral reports give numerical data on

110 SK \' A:\n TELESCOPE, .-lugt1st. I o<,;

Beginning at 9:01! p.m. The ninth (from left)

umbra. Ver

the width of the visible f ing. Thus, Robert Hay! s('r\'ed with a 6-inch refle• Illinois, noted that at t contact this shading re• :\!arc Vaporum, extendin ccn t of the lunar diamet• similar estimate was a q' Wichess' drawings give <

the angular diameter of 29'.8, the average of thest (38 percent) gives about 1 ent width of the penuml

Observing at Solon, 0 lama first saw the moon ' 3 • above the southeaste· was impressed by the ob penumbra, but thought it

Brig he ~

24-inc

Beginning at 9:08p.m. Eastern daylight time, John E. Fuller, III, made a 1/25-second exposure about every five minutes. The ninth (from left) of the 21 images was at mid-eclipse (9:49 p.m.); the 19th was at 10:40 p.m. as the moon left the

umbra. Verichrome Pan film was used at fjll to f/16 in the 2l!.l·by·2~ twin·lens reHex camera.

the width of the visible penumbral shad· ing. Thus, Robert Hays, Jr., who ob· served with a 6-inch reHector at Chicago, Illinois, noted that at the last umbra) contact this shading reached about to Mare Vaporum, extending across 40 per· cent of the lunar diameter. Mr. Miller's similar estimate was a quarter, and Mr. Wichess' drawings give one half. Since the angular diameter of the moon was 29'.8, the average of these three estimates (38 percent) gives about II' for the apparent width of the penumbra.

Observing at Solon, Ohio, Tony Mal· lama first saw the moon when it was only 8" above the southeastern horizon. He was impressed by the obviousness of the penumbra, but thought it was less evident

Brigham

hal£ an hour later, at mid-eclipse. Both twilight and the low altitude of the moon had lessened lunar glare, making the earth's outer shadow plainer.

A photographic analogy to this can be seen in the picture by John E. Fuller, III, at the top of this page. This Silver Spring, Maryland, amateur took 21 expo· sures on the same film at five-minute intervals, beginning just after first contact, when the moon was still low. The penumbra is most evident in the earliest images, but in those at higher altitudes there is only umbra. Thus it appears that atmospheric dimming favored the penumbra by reducing effective exposure. Hence underexposure may be useful in filming the penumbral lunar eclipse of October

29, 1966, the next to be visible throughout North America.

Other amateurs who made photographs of this .June's eclipse are Peter A. Leav· ens, Freeport, New York; Ted Szybowicz, Taylor, Michigan; Bruce D. Strahan, Bloomfield, New Jersey; and members of the Victoria Astronomy Club, Victoria, Texas.

Puerto Rican amateur Michael Suarez of Santurce enjoys the distinction of having observed both the May 80th solar eclipse and the lunar one half a month later. During the latter event, he secured a number of crater timings.

In the Middle West, the first half of the eclipse was over before moonrise. However, Jon Thomas, at Fort Wayne, Indi-

A university observatory tel· escape has to be a versatile in·

strument-one which must be equally as suited to the training of

young astronomers as it is for undertaking advanced research projects.

Brigham Young University's astronomers specified a Tinsley 24-inch Newtonian·

Cassegrainian to meet their requirements. The result- a basic telescope with a Tinsley- made

Baker-Type Corrector as a custom accessory. Making accessory items which "tailor" basic telescope

designs to meet specific requirements is a Tinsley spe· cialty. And Tinsley-built accessories such as double-slide

plate holders, prism- or grating-type spectrographs, pho· tometers of all designs and special cameras reflect

the same high-quality manufacturing standards as Tinsley telescopes. Each accessory item is made

under the skilled supervision of a qualified optical engineer who is responsible for the total project.

If you are interested in a telescope of any size or type, send your specifications to Tinsley

Laboratories for a thorough evaluation and a realistic recommendation. Young's

24-inch Newtonian· Cassegrainian

~--TINSLEY LABORATORIES, INC.

2448 Sixth Street, Berkeley, California 94710

Telephone: 415·843-6836 TWX: 415·891·9316


IDEAL FOR VARIABLE STAR AND DEEP- SKY OBSERVATIONS

ASTROLA MODEL "B" · • 8" and ASTROLA MODEL "C" · ·10"

ASTROLA Deluxe Model "B '-

ASTROLA Deluxe Model "C"-

OUR NEW ENLARGED 1965 COLOR CATALOGUE NOW AVAILABLE FREE.

ASTROLA NEWTONIAN REFLECTORS

I.'

51H.50 5299.95 5390.00 S495 00

S259 so 5~3 5 00 5590.00 5750.00

5115000 $195000

ALUMINIZED PARABOLIC MIRRORS WITH MATCHING DIAGONALS, ALL OF PYREX-BRAND GLASS

S60.00 59250

51 60.00 5250 00 s 8 7 5 00

- .·: 535.00 550.00 S75.00

s 1 20.00 5~00.00

ORTHOSTAR ABBE ORTHOSCOPIC OCULARS

ASTROLA ZOOM OCULARASTROLA BARLOW LENS

S 19.50 each 525.95 523 50

ASTROLA ACHROMATIC OCULARS

11 ~ ~" \ 1\

CAYE ': . - I

l'h.

11 ! ., '

511 95 each

OPTIC:\L CO.\IP.\:\Y ,.,...,,,,

.1]11

I JJd ,.j I I It[+ I II',! lit'~ I It 11 1/,,. IIJIIIJI.l

1j11JIIt rl tJ1r lit• "''' Jr11JI, It+ II !It+ f J,Jll I

"'I I 'I I pI I I Jl I I I 111/JI Jl I ~ I 11 1 I I],, ,,. IIIII I I

1, r . , I , I , r f r r , 1 1 , '- ~ \' . ' " " r 1 II ., • 1 ., , \ 1 ' ! ' r 1 t 1 1 1

,,,..., ,, llitl! Jl II•• ]Ill ,,,,,,.ttl tlh lq l!tl

11111 r It , d \I , 1' "' t' '' 1 f.t 11 ...

'\r 11 \[II \JIIIlftl 1-\lfill'!)t I\ l'•dlt\ ,r,d lrt~ \\II• \'..ilrlt'd riP ,,Jf,'llt ''"' .d,q\r

r[ 1, [{, d•dtrl" \l••llliltllt" _'II J/JIItlllt.., .drr 1

~~~~ I ltd •d li!tdll t] I I lqt•l llr 1/Jd ,,,.., /'IIIII \ ,,rl]l d rl.• ]~' )JIIJtdJ/ tl d Jd I /!//It! ·''

r ill l' 1 - 1 '. 1 •• II 1 I ' r " r J r• 1 1 1 ~ t rl t \ 1 . c u 11

llt/JJII! J! /1 ]1 -lftJill 1IJ·. 1/rll ~~~IIJ/Ii'..:I.IJI!JII!

rr ·•·. rtlr 1 Ltil''' 1t) tr t r!IJI I 1 trJ/Jtlri!J.tl /!HI

l'r r/1 '/' ll:t- r),, '·'' ,,, 1/J/JJ•r,/ ]''''JII\1

,,J, 'r rtr•Ht ,,~ r].r '' IIJ"' \t ~\lr11 11, (. d d''/ 111 r /( \J1 I ]r I 1 J I .11 I JrJl]\ ,( .IIJIJI r!

r /rt 11 11 I'' r r 1• r' 11 r Jt1 .1 I r I\ f r111lr 1 \\ rt !11 rtr r

·''Ill'_' 1/1'. It 111 ,,j I'' /Jll!JIIrli /11/l.JIIJ/ll'...!

I ltllll \dll'lt' Prlt 1 lt ,l\ t th 'tnnd .It

)•lilt' Ht .11 h. ' ' \\ \ rl! ~. tht· l'·ttti.rlh tiiiJ•'td 11\rlll!\ \1,\, drrt, th .thH\t tl~t· \1 .tit I /ol\r t 1 lilt It \I 11111! t 1 !IJ''' J ~

J •t t' t 111 • d drt rn"""·, d r.rrllt'lt r "·'' rrr,rdt tlrt l.tl!lr', ,Jr.rd••h \l1 I i..J\tlh

1' .I \t (( 1.111 tr 11J"t l'~~•lfol:_:!.ljdlt I

Tht· lni!-\hl .,lar 111 (,(,·nn [. Shaw. In

on J UIH.' !!i,

DEEP-SKY '

A ('(.('-.1 i> a 1'·" 11111111 II fot II II' "

.111d 1 111\ll'"· Ill lito·

til it '1.11 1 lo11d' ol S.tg

.~lo\\ In i~l11 ill lilt' ..,o 11 <>1\lkd '1.11 !wid' ol olkt \llllll' ol the lim \1nid .tll 1hi' 'l'kndo lll'llld"'il in ,tltd dtl\ll'

IICJ! "'U \\t·JJ kiiU\\"11, ,1\'

.lilt.< 1!'111 ll'it'\lllj>C' . . \l•·"i'·' '•i ,-.;c;c

l11.t1t·d Ring lli'IHJI.t i1 1!11· J>i.IIII'LII in Ill ill

1 • • 1 r :. / '." l• I [) !:3-lr

.·.: 1 11 •f· r'•'.l',

.. , '' ~ r ~ ( 11 ; 1 • ·tc·

Tl NSLEY LAE 2448 S"th Streel, Berkt

obaervutlous of the ng that the umbra

limb ncmr the crater later, the pcnurn

MIIl very evident in pnrticulurly to the

itutla. Kenneth R. Polley

moon rise above ns 20 minutes after

cdipse. He and Mrs. darkening as

he naked eye, cony, and photographed

combination.

The bright star to the west (right) of the North America nebula is Deneb. Glenn E. Shaw, Inglewood, California, made this 73-minute exposure at f/5.3

on June 27, 1965, using a 7·inch-focus Ektar lens and 103a-F plate.

DEEP-SKY WONDERS

AUGUST is a particularly rewarding month for the seeker after nebulae

and clusters. In the early evening, the rich star clouds of Sagittarius and Scutum glow bright in the south. Overhead, the crowded star fields of the Northern Cross offer some of the finest celestial scenery. Amid all this splendor, many interesting nebulosities and clusters, both famous and not so well known, await inspection with amateur telescopes.

Messier 57 (NGC 6720) is the celebrated Ring nebula in Lyra, easiest of all the planetaries to find. Look between

The Tinsley Model 0 8·1nch Cassegrainoan Telescope with new synchronous motor drive and super precision gears is designed ann manufactured for perfectionists-astronomers who require the finest For complete information write:

~TINSLEY LABORATORIES. INC. 244B Sixth Street, Berkeley, California 94710

Beta and Gamma Lyrae for this little smoke ring. It is about I' in diameter, at right ascension JSb 5Im.7, declination +32• 58' (1950 coordinates). Larger reflectors show it as oval, with a faintly luminous interior. Yet with mv ·l-inch refractor (once the property of \Villiam Tyler 01· cott), it is a Leautiful object, even after the objective has been stopped to 2-inch aperture. Looking at this nebula made me think how long-continuing study with a relatively small telescope can be more rewarding than a single view with a large instrument.

Before leaving Lyra, take a look at its globular cluster, 1\156 (NGC 6779), just a few degrees away, at J9h J4m.9, +30• 05', about midwav between Gamma Lvrae and Beta Cygni. 'Although about as !;right as an 8th-magnitude star, this clmtcr is small, and leisurely study with a 1 ariety of magnificatiom is recommended.

One of the most controH'rsial ohjclls among amateur observers is the 1\:orth America nebula in Cygnus (NGC 7000), familiar from photographs as a large diffuse glow. There has heen remarkable diversitl' of opinion on how small a tdrscope ctn show this ohjell visually. At Ill· allv hinowlars will do well, if I'OU look in th~ right spot on a dark, 1cry ~lear night. The nchul,t is a degree or more a< ross, at ~()h 5im, +H 0 .l, and involves a lith-magnitude star. It is about 3' eaH and I • south of Deneb.

\\'ALTER SCOTT HOUSTON Saybrook Rd.

Haddam, Conn.

n

' ... , "I

a i"l

AUGEN 170 ADVANCED

J~sir~~~~fea~:r~~ for astronomical and terrestrial

~J:~i~;ja"pty.and Specifications: A 4-inch aperture, combination Cassegrainian-Newtonian system fii{Ured to 1110-wave perfection, combining synchronous drive, operating from either 12-voJt d.c. or 115-voJt a.c., a rangefinder, setting circles, finder, and ocular. PRICE: $975.00 complete there are no extras. We are happy to send further details on request.

EASTMANN OPTICAL COMPANY Box 1472, Manhattan Beach, Calif. 90266

T•lephon• 213-FRontier 4-6536

SETTING

CIRCLES Made of choice aluminum or brass, rna· chined and polished

~~~' 0~~h~~~.~~ib~· with hour, half-hour, and five-minuce marks. Declination circles scribed in degrees 0-90.0-90. Numben . stamped with ~" dies. Holes reamed sl3ndard sozes. Fastened wuh setscrews. State hole sizes.

Aluminum Brass 6" circles, set of two $20.00 $36.00 8" circles, set of two $28.00 $48.00

MounringJ, clock drives, slow motionJ, selling circleJ.

Large diicoun/J 10 dealer! t~nrJ manufacturers. Wrlll /or prices.

0. MAGNUSSON 14570 Wesr 52nd Ave., Arvada, Colo.

U.S. ARMY

INFRARED SNIPERSCOPE H Lets you see In tile dar~

i_ :·1· These Army Model M3 snipencore• were built

' n In aood wor~ln& condition. They were used In 1950·5t by American Optlca Co. and are ... ,

! l_ !. bJ our troops lor observinl the enemy In !"! total dar~ness without beinl detected. SUI· !" i i_::·,, aested for celestial observln&, mlneralop, ·1

, n Industrial and medical research, animal stutly, i·:l i n crime detection, etc. Telescooe IB:Vo" lon1; j I i"i clear aperture 50.4 mm. A 5''·diameter filter • 1 Is attached. Power pac~ has &·VOlt d.c. lnputil f i h 20,000·volt output. Canvas carrylnl case an

1

. 1 .... shoulder strap Included. Has RCA 6032 Image •

1 H tube. Complete unit has steel carbine brac~et :

I I"! and plstot·lrlp han1d11

1e w141~h1 sw1

8'1t1ch

5cho

1ntr

1ot .1

.

j·.·.l In ClriJinl case, 1 I X • PP n1 1"1 I p wellflt, 30 tbs. Price $249.50 .. ' i· 1' &-volt Willard dry·char1ed battery, unused. : I 1

· Normally used 11 a power source with the • r! M3 snlperscope. Shlppln& weight, 15 lbs. ,., j:j Price $9.95, or two for $18.00 : ... , t, J~•f 'r!l";:;:ou;:;.wi~o oc;to:v_f,~<~le•~=~ 11:1!

j .. i C & H SALES CO. : H p. o. Box 1572, Tucson, Arl1. 85702

1:

11

1].. ,. , .. , .... (:.e.:~~~~.~~~~~,~~- .~~- ~~~.e~· ~~~)~· ~· ... 1~,.1: t ............. - ·--•.•. -·~···- ·~· ..... - ·-·---·· •• ·····-·


TRIED AND PROVEN CAST-ALUMINUM FLOTATION CELLS

PHOTOGHAPHIC lll\IITING MAGNITUDES

THE ULTIMATE IN MIRROR MOUNTING US. Pat. 3182552 Nin~ points support your mirror v.·ith no strain to (ausc mirror flexure. Pad! arc an:urately positioned, each sup· porting an equal area of mirror. LIXking nutS hold mirror alignment

~ri~!d ~~l "ai~r~d flar bla(k. ~he quality of material~ and "O.·ork· manship is unconditionally guaranteed. In StOlk:

8" fits 91!2'' 1.0. tube $27.75, ppd. 10" fits 12" 1.0. tube $34.75, ppd.

12V2'' fits 15" 1.0. tube $44.50, ppd. 16V2'' fits 20" 1.0. tube $97.50, f.o.b.

G. E. AUDY 2207 Van Buren Place Witmingron 2, Del.

FOR 'tdl.11 photo!-\r;ophy. I .un 'till , 11\ill~ a :.!.7-indt It'll' ol I~ illllll'' lo! IllS, thOII!-\h SOl\H' III!Hlifit·atint" ha\l' hel'll

made in 1111' ;1\tn>LIIllt'ra pi<tured i11 the .J1111l'. l1f1i. i''llt' ol S"Y "'"·1Ft t·.'i:OI'F.

Rt'll'nth I HLtdt• "Hill' l!''" with this kns and Super l';onthro l'n·" plat<''· fuulinJ!; th.ll a I 0-minute cxpmun: at [, fi would just show stars of magnitude 1:1.0 on .\.\\'SO tharts. This n·,ult is 1alitllnr

~----------------------------1 ----~~~ MARK ~--~

Sidereal Telescope Drive Bodine Synchronous Motor, Automatic Clutch, Automaric Sidereal Time Circle requirin~ no calculation for location of objects, R.A. Indicator, Sidcrl'al Time Indicator, Lifetime Quality, Precision Fabrication.

Ramsden Eyepieces Declination Circles Hour-Angle Circles

II'' rite for price list.

H & W OPTICAL CO. 6H Milwood Ave., Venice, C..lif. 90291

Phone 213-396·9357

I '

I

I

·------------------------~'

Fredrick Veio's astrocamera. Its 2-inch f

1 6 guide teleswpc has an illuminated

reticle and an eyrpieC'e of li-mm. focal length, giving 50x.

Extra-close focus

to 40ft.

Mk 11 ZOOM Spotting Scope Magnification is continuously variable from 20X to 50X. The

9-lens, 2-prism optical system gives you maxtmum practical

power for a 60mm objective. Internal, mtcrometer-precision

focus system provides extra-close focus to 40 ft. for nature

subjects. Hard coated optics and special formula optical glass

ensure razor-sharp definition. Built-in sunshade. rigid 18" tripod

included. Adapter socket fits any camera tnpod. $118 00 Case

for scope and tripod $15.95 Write for free literature and name of dealer.

SWIFT JNSTRUJJIENTS, INC. BOSTON, MASS. 02125 Dept. SK-8 SAN JOSE. CALIF. 95112

Ill SKY A:\ll TFIESl.Ol'f, :111_!!.11.11, !''";

;o skY de.u t'IIOII~h for fi.5-ma~nitude stars to he 1isihlt· to the naked t')'t', ami IT·

quin·' t•xllTlllely a<turatc fmu,ing and ~uitlin~. (The result is approximate, in· "'far;" the .-\.\\'SO magnitudes arc l'isual and th<·re is smm· difl!'tCIIle in rolor semi· t i• ity IH't\l'l't'tl the pan< hromatir emulsion and the l')'C.)

Jla.,<·d 011 this rxperimt·nt. I haH' toll· 'tnHtl'd a tahlc of limiting magnitudes, a"uming that tripling the l'X(""ure time will n·tonl 'tars ont· ma~nitude fainter, and that douhlin~ the ;tperturc p;ocs 1.5 m;ognitudt·' Loint<T.

.f/11'1/llrt' /0 min. 11! min. CJ() min.

I-indt II.:"• l:! .. i I~.!\

~-iiH h I:Ul 11.0 l:dl

I ituh 115 15.5 IIi.!\

R inch lfi.O 17.0 18.0

.\11 itllt•rnting note by F. 1.. \\'hippie atlll l'l'arl Rubinstein wmerning photo· gr.ophic limiting map;nitudes appeared in PojJII!ar A.•trouomy for .January, 1942, hut the Sl'nsiti\'ity of emulsions has increased considerably since then.

FREDRICK VEIO 317 San Carlos 1\\'c.

Piedmont, Calif. 9·1611

Orion's belt and sword, with the fa· mous nebula, were rernrdcd in a fiH· minute exposure at f 5.6 In· :\lr. \'rio on December 26, 1!15·1, at.ll:30 p.m. l'adfir standard time. This t•nlarge· mt•nt is from pal'l of a m•g;ttin• show· ing stars as faint as magnitude 11.5.

!\lAY SUNSPOT GROU .\<n>rding to Casper H. Hoi

the Solar llullelin of the Ameri< <iation of Variable Star Obser wnspot group that came into si~ sun's cast limb on !\fay 14th largest seen since October, I!)( an area of ahout 400 million solar hemisphere, this group with the naked eye (suitably sh a dark filter) by Victor \Vi ,\lontreal, Canada, ami Thon u( :\lount \\'ilson Observatory.

These spots were in heliogr; tude :.! I' north, and they p t<·ntral meridian of the solar

(:asper H. Hossfield, Rams sunspot groups on May 20t used a 11/z-inch f /24 solar image. The length of the

orientation of the

* 4 1/4 -inch Pyrex mirror elliptical diagonal; alulf

* Wide-field Kellner ocul gree actual field. (If n at least 125 power.)

* Adjustable mirror cell, gray with chrome trim.

* Precision rack-and-pin This very popular RFT reveals America nebula, as well as II the Andromeda 11laxy.

A sturdy equatorial mou Motor drive $30. Six-inch RFT with oculat Eight-inch RFT, 28x one

SPECIAl Messier each -

. 6,5--magnitude stars naked eye, and re. · focusing and

apJpro:rdmate, in-~•v•n~-ma.JIIl:it\l,tJes are visual

dillferenc:e in color sensi-. th~panchromatic emulsion eye.) · · .. • > · on this e\tperiment, I have conn ta~ of limiting magnitudes, ~t- tripling the exposure time

·stan. one magnitude fainter, dou~liitg · the aperture goes I .5

fainter.

10 min. ll.li 1!.0 14.5 16.0

30 min. 12.5 14.0 15.5 17.0

90 min. 1S.5 15.0 16.5 18.0

intere!tlno- note by F. L. Whipple Ruibin.steiin concerning photo

limiting magnitudes appeared in Astronomy for January, 1942, but

. of emulsions has increased since- then.

FREDRICK. VEIO !117 San Carlos Ave.

Pied.nont, Calif. 94611

aword, with the fa· recorded in a five

at f/5.6 by 1\fr. Veio 26, 1954, at 11:30 p.m.

standard time. This enlarge· from part ,of a negative show·

u faint as magnitude 11.5.

MAY SUNSPOT GROUPS According to Casper H. Hossfield in

the Solar Bulletin of the American Association of Variable Star Observers, the sunspot group that came into sight at the sun's east limb on May 14th was the largest seen since October, 1963. With an area of about 400 millionths of a solar hemisphere, this group was seen with the naked eye (suitably shielded by a dark filter) by Victor Williams of Montreal, Canada, and Thomas Cragg of Mount Wilson Observatory.

These spots were in heliographic latitude 21" north, and they passed the central meridian of the solar disk on

!\fay 20th. However, the group had decayed to almost nothing by the time it reached the west limb. A lesser group followed it across the sun, after appearing at the east limb on May 16th; it is at right in the picture.

In the next column, the monthly American mean sunspot number for May is reported as 17.7 (the Zurich value was 26.4), with solar activity reaching its highest level since the minimum last year. All spots were observed in the sun's northern hemisphere, its southern half being spotless during the entire month. Following this surge of activity, May ended with four spotless days.

Casper H. Hossfield, Ramsey, New Jersey, photographed these two new-cycle sunspot groups on May 20th at 22:50 Universal time, in mediocre seeing. He used a H~-inch f/24 solar telescope with eyepiece projection to enlarge the image. The length of the larger group was about two minutes of arc. The

orientation of the picture is north down, east to tbe right.

SUNSPOT NUMBERS The following American sunspot num

bers for May have been computed by the AA VSO from observations by its Solar Division.

!\lay I, 0; 2, 3; !1, 4; 4, I; 5, I; 6, 0; 7, 9; 8, 10; 9, 4; 10, 0; 11, I; 12, 7; 1!1, 10; 14, 4; 15, 29; 16, ll7; 17, 57; 18, 55; 19, 65; 20, 55; 21, 48; 22, 4ll; 23, !19; 24, 30; 25, 23: 26, 14; 27, I; 28, 0; 29, 0; liO, 0; !11, 0. Mean for May, 17.7.

Below are provisional mean relative sunspot numbers for June by Dr. M. Waldmeier, director of Zurich Observa· tory, from observations there and at its stations in Locarno and Arosa.

June I, 9; 2, 24; ll, ll6; 4, liS; 5, ll4; 6, 30; 7, 25; 8, 17; 9, 19; 10, 9; 11, 7; 12, 0; Ill, 0; 14, 20; 15, 0; 16, 0; 17, 12; 18, 25; 19, 16; 20, 21; 21, 19; 22, 14; 23, 7; 24, 7; 25, 7; 26, 7; 27, 8; 28, 23; 29, 18; 30, 14. Mean for June, 15.5.

SKY AND TELESCOPE BINDER Very sturdily built, this binder wiD bold up

to 12 issues- one year or two volumes. .Ait improved feature Ia the all-metal insert with rods to hold the blades 110 tho maga&inea cannot slip out.

Instantly available for rr!erence, the Issues are preserved for permanent binding whenever that is desired.

Each binder Is 14.00. Add liO centa forjl_acklni and posta1e eaat of the Miaalulppl River, $1.00 west of it.

We no longer stamp volume numbers or names, but your own bookbinder can.

SKY PUBLISHING CORPORATION Cambridge, MassachusctU 02138

HAVE YOU REALLY SEEN THE MILKY WAY? U nlesa you have explored the lensth of our own Milky Way 11laxy with ono of then opeclal· ized Instruments, you have missed some of the most striking teleocopic views lmailnable.

A Rich-field Telescope Is designed for one specific purpose -to show the greatest possible number of stars at one time for a given aper· ture. Its wide field, high light· gatherlne power and modest magnification bring In the ereat star clouds and faint, extended nebulosities that higher-powered tela· scopes miss. This telescope Is a perfect Instrument for the coma! hunter or variable star observer. It Is ready lor use In a moment -just cradle It In your armsl

* 41!4-lnch Pyrex mirror, f/5, hand poraboli•ed, with elliptical diagonal; alumlnllled and overcoated.

* Wide-field Kellner ocular gives 18 power and a 3-degree actual field. (If mounted, acope can be used with at least 125 power.)

* Adjustable mirror cell, aluminum tube finished in light gray with chrome trim.

* Precision rack-and-pinion tocuser. This very popular RFT reveals the Pleiades nebulosity and the North America nebula, as well as the Yell, and discloses tha rreat size of the Andromeda 1alaxy. Only $IUS f.o.b. Northridge

A sturdy equatorial mount (pictured) Is available for $35. Motor drive $30. Six-Inch Rn with oculan for 21x and 35x $135. Eight-Inch R", 28x and 45x . . . .... · · · $250.

CONNOISSEUR Series Reflecton

8" .$U5 10" $825 12Vz" .$1495 16" .... .$4250

Smaller Teltacapea

4'14" REGULUS ... $89.50 .$135 .$185

. .$235 8" DISCOVERER .... $335

4 114" ALTAIR

6" CANOPUS ..

6" SIRIUS

THE OPTICAL CRAFI'SMEN 18559 Parthenia Street, Northridge, Calif. 213-349·2161

SPECIAL OFFER: Lorge 12" Deacriptive Man Map, lilting 125 featurea, plus Descriptive Mauler Catolog laver 100 objects with distancea, magnitudes, etc.l. Regularly 50 cents each - plus our new large 24-poge catolog - all aent po1tpoid for juat 50 cents.


IPTICS OUR LENSES ARE UNEQUALED

So say the many purchasers at universities, laboratories, and government Institutions. Prices and quality defy comparison.

ASTRONOMICAL OBJECTIVES • • • Air-Spaced • • •

Specifically designed for those who demand an objective lens for genuine astronomical observation.

WHY IUY FIOM US? On the pmallt thlt !he obf«dye lcns II the heart of the ttlncope, 1ny P~" builder would cettainly expect

one that wlll perform 10 ornctlna sped&carions. Some may ask, "Why t. refractOr o'fflr a !fftector telescope?" In the &nt place, t. refractOr is much easier 10 build and cheaper to 1111.ln111n om the yean. A !fAector contains m~ny amall patta that t.re 111blect 10 wur or looaenltll. while the refractor Ia pnerally more compact, easy 10 sto!f or carry, and needs llnle tntntlon. When explorina the pouibillry of bullditll In aatronomkal rtfncror relrorope, the question Ia, "Which objectiye lens Ia be11?" The aDJWer Ia simple, and antlfed 10 by thouwnda of aatls&ed people In the know. "A Jae•n Aauonomittl Objecrift" ia the only 1473 1471 anawtr. Bxamlne thrat pertinent lam: l!acb lens Ia thoroulhly rested and auaranreed to rnolve to Dawes' limit. All are corrected for bo!lt the C and F lines (secondary chromatic aberration). The _.1 spherical aberration ond the chromatic variation of spherical aberration are negligible. The cells are machined to close tolerances so that they lit clirect.ly Oftt or Into nur 1111ndanl aluminum rubina. eliminarina any mountina problems. Te!t a lens, or have any qualified person test it; we are cenain that you will be saris· kd. U not, ttke 1dYAfttaae' of our mont)'·back guar<lnrc-c. u·--, orJe,. lht lou•tiJI·PNud, hAflil-co"ecJed, predJion, Americ•n·m4de 4Jirorsomic;~l objtcJWe, mounted in an

aluminum cell. Our !fPurarion for hiah-qualiry lenk"l has esrabli.•hed us as the molt !fliable source in the indostry.

HARD COATED ON 4 SURFACES (When specified)

{Cat Nt 51447 Mounted and Not Coated ,\1&" APERTURE f/11- 41" F. L Cit: Nt: 51471 Mounted and Coated

4V." APERTURE t/11 62• F L {Cit. Nt. 51472 Mounted and Not Coated - · Cit. Nt. 51473 Mounted and Coated

a• APERTURE f/10 _ 60" F. L {cCittt.' NNt'.· s51

1111101 Unmounted and Coaled Mounted and Coated ..

a• APERTURE f/1 s so• F L {Cit. No. 51113 Unmounted and Coated - · Cit. Nt. 51112 Mounted and Coated

$32.00 ppd. 36.00 pptl.

$80.00 pptl. &9.00 pptl.

. $150.00 pptl. 175.00 ppd.

$150.00-175.00-

NOTE: Dewcap available for mounted 6" objectives. Cal. No. 52613, $1.50 ppd.

"BIG" ACHROMAnC TB.ESCOPE OBJECTIVES We ha~ the larat~t relenioa of cliameten and focal Jenaths in the United Stares anilable for immediate d<· li""'. ~ lllqft<aiwn-lluoride coated and <-.-nred asuonomia.l lmses made of 6ntst <ro .. ·n and flint optic&lalua. Not mounted. ~~«• lt<u :iJ __ .,. 10 n1olu 10 rb• lbH~,..tit.l lirr.il.

e ALUNJNUM 1lJBING

Cat. Dlam. P.l .. pptl. No.

at411 m•. to• $11.50 Sl111. .2"'" 112'• 12.50

"'" t"'" u . 12.50 ...... . t"'• .. :: .tw.r• 11.11 . 11.50 11141 '"'" 20" .... :r"'• ... 23\41• lUll

S1Qt :r"'•. .30" n.-ataa. m•. 40" 11.50

cat. lit. 11111 RllTIMAI. 1leiiiiT cat. -. Utll 111,.

SA\'E :MO!'Io'El'!

Cat. Diam. No.

51121 . 2V." s-at H/16~ 51151 3\41" $-122 3-3/16" 51112 3\41" $1113 3\41" S1UI 3\41" $-I$S 3\41"

cat. ... ~~ UlllTWIAI. .....-r _.,.... n ..... t.u . ..,..,...,a.t.,$27 ..

and CELLS are in sto<k . • F.L. ppd. Cat. Diam. F.L. ppd.

No. so• $12.511 $-1$7 JJA" 40" $311.00 ts• 24.51 SttiiS 4" 341;\1" 10.00 191,1" 21.111 $1410 4"" 36" H.OO 241,1• ... $1151* 4'!\" 42" 10.111 26" 21.1111 $1225 4'!\" 42" . 17.51 28" 21.111 51414* 5-1116" 24!1t" 75.00 30" n.• 51475 5-1/16" 24~· 15.00 )41,1• 21.111 • Not coated.

Reflector Telescope Kits Ex.-ru..,, quality mirtOn. polished. aluminiled. sili· ~,-·or..rocGoxid~ CQ.lttd. E.alh kit coouins mirror, dl&g~.."'G&l, and ltnSC'S h'\r C'\'C'J'IIC'\"'t' I'\() mcul pam Noullri&lJ instructi0115 indudN. Cat. No. Diam. F.L.

$2214 3~" ~· $2215 4~· 45" $2%15 6" 60"

Th<St mirron are of the higbe$t quality. .'\lcmini:N •nrh siliroa-tDDt>OXidt pro<t~.'li.., coarinc \'oo will be mort tbao. pJ~ ._,th thtlr pt"riOrtnaD1."'r

Cat. No. Diam. F.L. pl)4. SlUt 3~" 42" $ ._,. Sllill 4~" 4!i" 14.25 $1507 6" 60" 21.51 UIU 6" parabolot 48" 47.5G

Astronomical Kits

e SP£CIIIL OfFtlt: Now you C'ln sa"' mAny rediou• houn of srindina rime. Tool• and mirror blanks No ~20~ ~ aDd No. S2054 haw a ~red f/8 cune. Take adn.n~ of this omn-speoat offer. For dJooe

ri~s. ~re ;~oobr.~rero .~'n~ :; the cmerated cunn. EACH lliT CONTAIIIS: Mirt\'lf blank, plal<'-f:lass mol. """P'"'"" lraxs, brst·surface diagonal mirror, IISS01t'ed abi'Ulws. rtmpered pitch, in.'l"'-tion ma!l"if<ing lms

Cat. No. MiTT<>r Diam. Thict..- ppd. S:OSJ 4\41 • (1/8 curve l "-" $ 1.51 S2eU • .._. {flat) "-" 7 .. saM 6" (f/8 CUIW) I" 12-.s SHM 6" !11atl 1• n.• sass s• (flat\ 1 "'~~" 11..11 S205I 10• <flat' t"-" a7r S20Sl 12" (tlati 2"11" 14.71" ........ ""'""' .. '·

• mt CATAlOC • Nolli(lfts of lenSI'ls. pri~. eyep~u. ,...,.....,_ pon1011 eye~~o.ce mounts, eel~ atumilltlln tubln&. mo!TM. bltlorulal'$, ~lest~$. parts, IICCOS· st\Ytn, artd sa forth. Write tl!day!

f)PTI Special Coated •Jed

818 2M!" DIAM. -12" F:L-These tested acbromadc 1- 1re of t qualiry as our "Bis LeMa." ezcepc for because of slight edge chips nr lllllll cat. No. 11111 .. .. . .. .. .. . . .. .. .. D

Mounted Eyepieces ~ The buy of a lifetime at a ,rett " saving. Fine choice of the ama· tet~r and professional utrOIIOIDCI. Perfect lenses set In black uodiztd oamdard 1 V.. • 0.0. oalumlnum mo Cat. No. P.L. '1:'ype 52182 ..... a mm. !V."l ...... Orthoecoplc 51151 .... IJBm. V.") .... .. Ramsden 51153 .... 12.5mmJ\\") .... Ramsden 51207 .... 12.5 mm. 1,1•) •... ISymmetriCI S125t .... 11 -· "l ..... Ei'fle (wide 51257 .... II-. %" ...... Orthoscopic 11201 .... 11-. ~· ...... SymmetrlCI 11211 ... 22-. 27/ !"l ... Kellner .. 51135 .. 27 mm. J.t/16") .. Kellner .. 51355 .. 32 -· 1'14~ ..... PIOIII ... 51253 .. 35 mm. 1~• ..... SYmmetrlcl 51255.. . SSiam. 2·3 6") .. Klllner .. 51485 .. sa ••· 2'14•) ..... Symmetrlct

COATED LENSU 75 cents 11

"Giant" Wldi-Anllt Ey1 ErAe eyepieces are bell for low.pow_er performance. Super!or sb:~t design. 6'' &eld, IV!" B.P.L., clear a~rrure 2M! .. , foaiilnc mount sad I doopter scale~ Combine this eyeplec. with our,. objectiw No. 81475 for a rich-field telescope of ttemeacloos light·garherln& power. Cit. No. St405 (Illustrated) ....•.... Cal. No. Ill RUBBER EYESHIELD for c

piece above ................... .. CaL No. II 514 1'14"-dlarn. ADAPTER

eyepiece above ................. . ADAPTER PLATE AND TUBB.

&~:ge,:Uf: ::!.~k a=~· P~frJesbf~ aluminum tubing No. 52362. These with the ey~iece above to make 1 scope. Deta•ls in our cawos. Cat. No. 123110 ................. ..

Wlde·Anlle &fie Ere Brand·new eyepiece with 68° field; 1\4 ". Poculina mounr, 3 Derfect acbr aperture. Similar to 51405, bur sllah Cit. Me. 11020 Used ............. .. Cat. No. 12870 Brand new . . . . . .. . CaL No. 51513 1'14"-dlam. ADAPTER fOI

piece above .................. ..

An Ec--..EJIII This mounted eyepiece bu two 29·mm . ..tiamerer acbromadc lenses corrected for colo~ and other aberrations. Excellent deli· oition. E.P .L 1\4 •. Cell fill 1\4 • tubing. Cat. No. 511111

Rack-I·Pinlon Eyeplecl

4 Here is a wond for you to own ally perfect 1 cusitll eyepiece

able tension and adjustment. Wil standard 1 ~" eyepiece, poslrite c body ca1tina is made of lillhnrelah black crackle ;aint &n!sh, locus!aa plated brass. Focusinf rube for ref11 of 4", for reOecton 2 . 51976 will

REFRACTOR TYl cat. Nt. St 414 for 2W' 1.0. tublna cat. No. S141S for 3'1•" 1.0. tubllll CaL No. St411 for 4~" 1.0. tublna cat. No. 121111 for 4W1 1.0. tublna Cat. No. S2S75 for 6'11" 1.0. tublna

REFLECTOR TYl Cit. No. $1171 (less dlqOIIII holdel1 Cat. No. 51112 IIIAtiDNAL IIOLDEI .

mounu.

..... O~plc ...... $1\~ .... Ramsden . .. . .. .. 4.71 .... bmlden . . . . . . .. 4.10 .. • . Symmetrical . . .. 1.1111

. . . . , . Ertle twlde-anale). . 12.10

...... OrthosCopic .. .. .. 12.10 ... Sylnmetrlcal . . . . . 8.110 .• llellner .......... 1.1111 .. Kellner .......... 1.00 .. Pionl .......... 12.71 .. SYmmetrical . . .. . LH .. Kellner .......... 1.00 .. Symmetrical . . . . . 1.110

75 cents extra.

(lllustreted) . . . . . . . . . . . . $22.80 pptl. Ill RUBBER EYESHIELO for l)'e-

llbove .. .. . .. .. .. • • . . . . . . .. . . . $1.110 ppd. Cit- h. 111184 1W'odlam. ADAPTER for

iJtpllce lllove . .. .. .. . • .. .. .. .. .. . . $UI pptl.

AXIAPTBR PLATB AND TUBB. Aluminum ta· Pertd tube llld adapter plet1:Jablack anodized and

'.:.~: -=.: cu\t~ ~~36~: Th~ s: ~ ~ -i with . ~ ~Ieee allow to make a rich-field cele--~ · '·~· DeWJI. io our cataloa. ;;.~::;~, ....... 12380 ........................... $11 ••

4+.:: Here Ia a wonde.rful opponuoit}' for you 10 own a most loecbao•·

ldectln callJ perfc:a rack-4c·plolon fo-cnaiq eyepiece IDOWit wiab .... ri

able tel1lloa aocl adjUSUMOL Will accoiiiiiiOdare a 1 ~" CJCP.Iece, poaldn or aepdn. The

cucla& Ia m.Ge of liabnrelaha alwD!num with cnckfe D&loc finish, locualna cube of chrome

pitied .,.._ l'ocullna rube for refracton bu a tt&'l'el Of 4", for rell«1011 :z~. 51976 will fit aU alae rubiq.

RBPRACTOR TYPB Cit. Ill. 11414 for 21,\" 1.0. tublnl ..... $12.11 ._ Cit. Ill. 11- for 3'14" I.D. tubiQI . . . . . 12.11 -

·Cit. Ill. 11411 for 4W' I.D. tublnl ..... 12.11 , ..... Cit. Ill. 12111 for 4lll" I.D. tubiQI ..... 14.11 -

. .. cat. Ill. 12111 for 8W' I.D. tublns ..... 11.11 iiPIL . RBPLBCTOR TYPB CIIL ... 11171 IIIII dllaOIIII holder) ...... $1.11! e II&.._ 1111211AIOIW. IIOlOII ....•... 1.110 ,_.

a-Power Elllow ,....,. 1ft!'@= J:: :a:.~~~;~ II 1,000 J&rda, Can be Adjuul for focuilna 15 feec co ltafioity. 2" achro"-dc Obicalve1 f,~lll eyepiece of 28·mm. P.L, Amici aeCdlll Jyarem. Turm-mounced 61·

::w~-~~,:'·10 ~ IWIIlntte micle for Dl~t -· Truly lhe b~ barP!o ~ were mr ofered. "Orlsuw Gov'c. cosc 1200. Cit. 111. 11111 Not coated .......•.•.. $11.10 ,.., cat. Nt. 11111 coated .. . . . . .. . .. .. .. . 21.10 pJIL

St.DIItcas r Guaraotee.t co mab 'flcwina lhe bea9elll wiab a refracmr ' telescope 100% ealier for abe obaenir. StoP oecdleas croacb· · loa. fomer. O.ooae the STAll · DIAGONAL that belt Alita your ~e<~ulreJDeOu. Slides !om scaodard 1 V.." ~epiece 100unu. Chromium 11,1bes and aluminum hi>uain1, atttactive black crackle finish .

AMICI BTAR DIAGONAL WITH ERECT IMAGE

Por comfortable •lewlna of cetresuial or asuonomlcal objecu. The Amici priam aives an erect lmaae. Cl1. No. 12011 . .. .. .. .. . . .. . .. . .. .. .. $12.00 pptl.

RIGHT-ANGLE PRISM STAR DIAGONAL C:orualna a hish-qualltJ alumioiaed riaht-uale priam, wide field. l'nctical for uuonomlcai u~. Cit. No. 12011 ....................... $12.00 ""'-

MIRROR STAR DIAGONAL Dlqonal houses an excellent fina-surface mirror, ftat to within V.. wan. Important accessotJ for refractor teleacopea. cat. No. 12017 ....................... $12.00 ppd.

7 X 30 Wide-Field fildencope --Newly dellaoed wide-field tindencope for cellector or refraaor. Pfarured In chis banclaomely COilcelved black aoodiaed aluminum rube are a 30-mm. achromatic objectln, a wlcle-lield Kellner eyepiece, and the all· important crue crouUne mlcle for fast, exact locadt~~Compatt and Jiahtweisht. 9" looc1 1 ~- diam., 9 oz. MaJ also be uied u a band-befcs relaco~. riferlns exceJlent ema·wlcle-field viewa of abe ak)o. Buf Pinder Rina MOUllts, Cat. No. S 1963 t lll~~~tt~~ted below) 10 use with tbil scope. Cit. No. 12113 .. . . . . . .. .. .. . .. . . .. . . $t2.71 ppd.

Finder - Mounts Q Made of can alamloum wiab blatk aackle finish. Eath rit]J bu three locklna w1na screws for adJimilll- Bale bai two holes for mOUllil~aewa. aDd 6u any diameter tubina. 10 auacb. lllo mount No. 51963 w 11 accommoclate lroc1er above. cat. No. 11113 .. 1·15/16" I.D •.. Per Pair, $1.11 IIJPII. Cit. No. 11114 .. 2-11/16" I.D •.. Per Pair, 3.11 pjld.

Turret Spottill Scope 10-mm. Ob)lctiYt llher 3" Ia slzel

Thla bir so-mto. lena wU sive JOU almost awlce as briabt an lmaae u our 60-mm. Ieos, and will resolve amaller detail. An Ideal lnnrumeoa for lons·ranae ob· -don aocl aiaht· aeeioa.

LOOK AT THESE FEATURES! Prism erecdna ~mn. Rewloins rumr eyepiece mount. Poor eyepieces, 15:r. 20:r. 30x. aocl '4011. CbansiOB powen 11 accompllobed bJ a mete ftlck of the lioau. EJCPi«ea are ~r{oal- it Is nor ~ •tJ m refocus when aw•ttbins ~n. AU OJ)t!a coated. Complete with tabletop tripod. Uabrweishr. scope and uapod only 614 pounds. Cit. Nt. 12401 . .. . . .. . . .. . . . .. . $81.110 ppll • 80-llftl, 111111. ••Jectlft T1m1t SpettlDI Scepe. Same u abcwe. Cit. Ill. 11110 ....................... $41.71 .... .

4Vl" Reflector T.._ • • 45x·22SX - L •• ·'' •

llld .. · er -. '".' .. d Trill··· .... _ ... · : .·· . · .. · . =~~Jt"a'C: Way. \Am the.~ bel .. · able- til Dick -.-n - 011 the -aud 1e11 detail lo the ~ craten. A r5

lunar larld.sclpe Is btoalht tO fOilt • · diSWit _,. dote 10 JO!Ii_.!_l- .:::era~ ·. - edlpses.=J obJC<U, aall "' ...... lltea. A blab-q ry tel~ wiab an 8 llliiiot; 11 bu three eces, 4-mm. < 22,x), 6-m!D. < nos),' ~~~oi ":,x>haad~~~d '::on "';Co~-·· eluded. CollaDiible wood· triood malcct IIXIIIO · .P9CI- · able. Pioisheil In 111\Y eoaloc1 with bledc Uial. lmponed. Shipplna wcliht about 25 lba. · Fill lOOK "1111 TELUCOPI AIIO Till WOIIUt OF Alo . TIIOIIOMY" (211 P ... l) -s Willi tllll ...... , . Cat. 111. 12273 Sundant Mouol (IUUJ.) .. .. fltM* cat. No. 12117. Bquamrial Mouoi . . . . . . • . . . . . 11..10• (Bquamrial mount pemdu alOw·roodon cOatlot lot polar and declination axes.) · ·

•f.e.ll. LJIIIrllll, •• Y •

COATED BINOCULARS lleaudfnllJ atyled Imported blooQdarl. Plldlion made with color<oirected lcbromadc I~ ucl lijbrwapt aluminum framn. LOW, LOW PIICIIJ ·· :

American Type Complete wiab catr}'ioa cue a_nd aaapa; ~ crpe oliers a su~or one-piece frame ind dean .. SliD. Individual Pocus (IP) or Center PocUs (Cf),

Cat. Pleld at Price, No. Sbt 1,000 ,.rda Type Sllld·

11141 I a111F 360ft. ODera ...... $14.71 114M I 1 m CF 395 "%1111" , . . . . 11.71 UUI I I 10 IF 395 "Zelll" . . . . • 1e.11 51431 7 Ill CF 341 "lelll" . . . . . 11.71 St437 7 115 IF 341 ''ZIIII" , . - . . 17 •• 11771 7 115 CF 341 American . . . . IUD 11431 7 115 CF 578 Amlr!CIII• • : . U.ll 12111 7 110 CF 530 Amtr!CIIIu . . 4:1.11 1111111 7 110 CF 372 "lllll" . . . . . Kll 1-181 7 110 IF 372 "lllet" . - . . . 22.'1

i!5! HiHI !! ~:::::!! St440 10110CF 275 "Zein" ..... lt.71J 11442 20 1 10 CF 183 "Zelll" • . . . . 11.10 12117 20 1 10 CF 184 ''lllet" .. . .. 47.10 12122 20 I 70 CF 158 "llill" . . . . . ..71 •wlde-aoale 11' • • Wlde•tllle .........

Btand new, Cllllll4 opda. compleat Wlab .,... aldo cue and l*lc Rftll'·

Cat. He. 11171 .......... IUO ......... $12.11 -Cit. Me. 11177.. .. . . .. . I I m. .. . .. .. . 14.11 iJIIIL Cat. .... 11171 .......... 71JI.. . .. .. .. 14.71 -Cit. liD. 111113 ......... 7110 ......... 11.10 '"· Cat. .... 11171 ... " .... 11110 ............. -CaL fiD, 11110 ......... 20110 ......... 21.11 ... .

z ........... Sill dilierent ~ at ~ ~I!' In the 11!1!111 binocular: 111, Bx. 9x. 10:r, llx, and 12a. l'olld'te fin&enip control accom~ bJ ro~adoa ol eya;I!JII. Popular Center Pocus. Amerian qpo; 40-a~~~~.. ab)IC· tives, all coaled optia. Compleq wlab caatJiq cue aod ltrllps. CaL lie. 12m .. . .. . .. . .. . .. • .. . .. . .. $42.10 .....

• FREE CATALOI • Millions of ltnlll, PJ:IIml, eyeplec:ll, racll-11111-plnlon eyepiece mounts, calls, aluminum tubiJW, mirrors, blnocula~l tilescopes, Plrts. accnsorles, 1nd 10 fonn. Write tod~YI

we pay ~tg• In u.s. except for c.o.D. and wlltrt noted. Satisfaction llll'lntn~ or 11101111 rafuiMied In 10 dl)'l.

A. JAEGERS 6 91 S M [ R RICK ii D l 1 t< R f' 0 0 K, t~ y

August, 1965, SKY AND TEuscoPE 117

CELESTIAL CALENDAR s

Universal time (UT) is used unleu otherwise noted.

THB AUGUST OcCULTATION OF SIGMA SAGITTARII

ON Sunday night, August 8-9, one of the year's best occultations will be

visible from most of the United States and Canada. Many observers will be able to see not only the disappearance of 2.1-magnitude Sigma Sagittarii (Nunki) behind the dark. east limb of the 12-day-old moon, but also· its reappearance.

The table gives approximate times for all but one of the standard stations in the 1965 Occultation Supplement, prepared at the Royal Greenwich Observatory in England. Consult this supplement in the November, 1964, SKY AND TELESCOPE for more detailed predictions, including the position angles of the contacts with the moon's limb.

If precise timings of Nunki's disappearance are attempted, follow the directions in the November supplement (second last page). However, timings o£ emersion at the bright limb are quite difficult to make.

The southern limit of this occultation

OCCULTATION OF NUNKI Sta.• Immenion Emersion Ma 12:59 a.111. EDT Wa 12:56 a.m. EDT 1:57 a.m. EDT Mo 12:52 a.m. EDT AG 12:46 a.m. EDT 1:48a.m. EDT To 12:4!1 a.m. EDT II 11:21 p.m. COT 12:45 a.m. COT Te 11:11 p.111. COT 12:27 a.m. CDT Wi II :05 p.111. COT 12:30 a.m. CDT De 9:49p.m. MDT 11:17 p.m. MDT NM 9:42p.m. MDT 11:04 p.m. MDT Ed 11:05 p.m. MDT Va 9:44p.m. PDT Ca 8:23pm. PDT 9:58p.m. PDT Or 8:22p.m. PDT 9:45p.m. PDT •station abbreviations are: Ma, MaS!Iachu-setts; Wa, Washington, D.C.; Mo, Montreal, Quebec; AG, Alabama-Georgia; To, Toronto, Ontario; II, Illinois; Te, Texas; Wi, Winnipeg, Manitoba; De, Denver; NM, New MexicoArizona; Ed, Edmonton, Alberta; Va, Vancouver, British Columbia; Ca, California; Or, Oregon. For station latitudes and longitudes, see the 1965 Occultation Supplement.

TREMENDOUS

20 POWER

~i'!T Power, Performance and Price with our Quality Prismatic Biamcope. Briop objecu 20 times closer. Giaat·alzc 50-mm. objective lens ( 2" across!) assures sba.tp, crisp, detailed Yiewios at ail diSI&llca. Feadierwei811t 14 oz., 7 ~· long. COATED. Ideal for sportS, vacations, trips. poml •iewias.

INTRODUCTORY SALE Only U9.99! Add $1.25 posta_Be, bandliag. Made Ia Japan. NO FEDERAL TAX. Uoe 30 DaJ8f DOt pleued, raum for refund. C.O.D.'s require $2.00 deposit. Order roday.

UNITID BINOCULAR CO., Dept. Z-349 9043 S. Western, Chlcogo, 111. 60610

118 SKY AND TELESCOPE, August, J%5

crosses Florida. Along it a grazing occultation may be seen; south of it the moon will miss the star. David W. Dunham o£ New Haven, Connecticut, predicts that at Sarasota the central graze will occur at 1:24 a.m. Eastern daylight time, August 9th, and about three minutes later at Cape Kennedy. Additional details and a map of the southern limit appeared here in May, page !130.

The chart shows the track of Nunki be· hind the moon for several stations. This can serve to indicate roughly where to watch the bright limb [or the star's reappearance; watch well in advance of the predicted time for the standard station nearest you.

r------------l...Jwl w

N

The occultation of Sigma Sagittarii on August 8-9 will be visible across North America. Plotted here are the paths of the star relative to the moon as seen from six different locations,

identified in the table.

£

SEASON FOR MINOR PLANET CERES OPENS

DURING the next few months, ama· teurs will be turning their telescopes

and binoculars toward Ceres, now favorably placed for viewing. Of visual magnitude 7.2 when it comes to opposition on September 18th, this is the brightest asteroid visible in 1965, except for Vesta late this year. It appears brighter than the limiting magnitude (7f) o£ the Skalnate Pleso Atlas of tile Heavens from the end of July to late November.

Ceres' path among the stars from August through November is charted here. At first this asteroid moves southwestward in Cetus, but in early October it enters Aquarius and slows down prior to resuming eastward motion in November.

If, in comparing this chan with a telescopic view, there is any doubt whether an object is Ceres or a star, test it [or motion. On August 1st the minor planet moves about 11" per hour relative to the stars; at opposition, 30"; and on December 1st, 22". If there are stars very near

...

·-0 ....

• • ~1

Ceres, the change in configuration should be detectable.

On the evening of November 4th, this asteroid will pass within a few seconds of arc of the star BD -17•6797 (magnitude 8.9). West Coast observers can see the closest approach at approximately 10 p.m. Pacific standard time.

Ceres will be particularly easy to iden· tify on the evening of November 27th, when it will be about 4' south of the 4.6-magnitude star .,2 Aquarii.

Here are 1950 coordinates of Ceres at 10-day intervals, for Ob Universal time.

July 29, Ob !!Jm.5, -11• 29'. August 8, Ob 3Jm.5, -12• 15'; 18, Ob 29m.2, -13• 10'; 28, Oh 24m.8, -14• 13'. September 7, Oh 18m.4, -15• 16'; 17, Oh 10m.6, -16° 14'; 27, Oh 02m.2, -17• 00'.

October 7, 2Sh54m.J, -17• 28'; 17, 23h47m.}, -17• 37'; 27, 2!!b4Jm.9, -17• 25'. November 6, 23h 38m.8, -16• 54'; 16, 23h 38m. I, -16• 08'; 26, 23b 39m.6, -15" 07'. December 6, 23b 4!!m.I, -1!1• 56'.

: .,

•

·. f . ..

• . .. . : No• " .'· ..

Oc•. 27 O<• " e•o• •

••ol euu

~IQI .••o! . .

From August to November Ceres moves through Cetus and Aquarius its position being indicated ~e~e a! Ukl:'y intervals. This chart was adapted fr~m the .4tlas

Ecl•pt~ealu, whtch shows stars as faint as magnitude 9.0.

Til The sun, on tl The moon's I}' Each planet ia

All p01

Mercury is too seen during most • conjunction OCCUl

ward the end of will be visible lo much as I! hours brightens from x: gust 2!!rd to +0.8 greatest western 1

2nd. Venus, at magi'

low in the west before twilight c planet's IS" tele illuminated. 'I passes north of August 28-29.

Man shines a1 eastern Virgo, se1 the sun. Telesco est, its reddish diameter on A twice passes no1 on the nights < The planet will nitude Spica on versal time.

Jupiter is oft Taurus, rising 11

night. On the disk. will appear 35!" in equato northeast of }11 August 22nd.

An interestin visible during 1

gust 24th, whc passes near th +22"1032. Bel Central dayligl the star might Jupiter will oc in western All event will not States.)

Saturn. In planet rises h Venus sets in this lst-magnit

is too close to the sun to . be most of August, since inferior occ\lts on the 15th. Yet to·

of the month, this planet low in the eastern sky as

before sunrise. Mercury magnitude + 1.8 on Au·

to +0.8 on the 28th, and reaches western elongation on September

··--·•'""''"- at magnitude -!1.4, is easily seen the west each evening but sets

twilight ends. On the 15th, the '18" telescopic disk is 8!1-percent

U~tilinate,d. The two-day-old moon of Venus on the night of

shines at 1st magnitude in southVirgo, setting about 2! hours after

Telescopically It is of little inter· reddiSh disk being only 5".7 in

on August 15th. The moon · _· passes north of Man this month,

nights of August 1-2 and 30.31. will be 1" .8 north of 1st-mag

on August 8th at 16h Uni-

is of magnitude -1.7, in eastern rising an hour or two after mid

• _ On the 15th, its slightly ·flattened appear 33" in polar diameter and

in equatorial. The moon will be no1rth•~ast of Jupiter on the morning of

22nd. interesting telescopic sight may be

w.-· ·v<, .. h,6 during the morning hours of Au-,, $Wl 24th, when satellite IV (Callisto)

passes near the 7 .5-magnitude star BD -+22•1032. Between 4:!10 and 5:80 a.m. Central daylight time, an occultation of

• tl,le star might occ\lr. (Later in the day Jupiter will occult this stat for observers )n western Australia and Asia, but the event will not be visible from the United

. -._- S~tes.) In early August the ringed

rises in the east about the time sets in the west. At midmouth,

lit-magnitude object in Aquarius has

a polar diameter of 17" and the major axis of the ring system is 4!1". The rings are then inclined about 3!" to our line of sight,· with the north side visible. On the morning of August 14th. the 17-dayold moon will pass south of Saturn.

Uranus is in the evening sky, but too close to the sun to be seen all month.

Neptune aosses the meridian a couple of hours before sunset. It is in Libra, on the 15th at right ascension J5b oom.7, declination -15" 16' (1950 coordinates). Shining at '8th magnitude, the planet exhibits a telescopic disk 2" .4 across. During August Neptune moves south• eastward among the stars. An lmpetceptible 0".2 per hour at the beginning of the month, this motion increases to 2".6 per hour at the end. ·

WILLIAM H. GLENN

MOON PHASES AND DISTANCES· First quarter . . . . . . . . . August 4, 5:48 Full moon . . . . . . . . . . . August 12, 8:23 Last quarter ......... August 20, 8:51 New moon .......... ·August 26, 18:51 First quarter . . . . . . September 2, 19:28

August Distance Diameter Apogee 10, 20b 252,400mi. 29' 25" Perigee 25, 19b 223,800mi. 83' 18"

September Apogee 7, 4b 252,000 mi. 29' 28"

GAMMA CASSIOPEIA£

THESE August nights the familiar W of Cassiopeia is coming up in the

northeast. Many amateurs who are interested in variable . stars will be taking a look at Gamma, the third star in the five of the W, to see if it has changed again in luster.

Up to mid-1986, Gamma was steady in brightness, about magnitude 2.2. During the next five yean, Gamma brightened to 1.6, faded to 3.0, and leveled off at about 2.6. During the last quarter century it bas stayed there.

Although many decades may elapse be-- -

.dugust, 1,965, Sx.Y .AND ~, .. ;;t_lt ·

PLANETS intrigue l\lanl Since earliest times these bright celestial wanderers

have been viewed with awe and wonder. Ancient gods shared their names, ami astrology was based on them. Fh·e days of the week. bear their names, and their sym· bois are used in biology. Without planets, there would have been no Kepler's laws to lead Newton to formulate the law of universal gravitation.

It would be a rather static nightly scene were the planets suddenly removed (mud1 more so, of course, if Earth had no moon). As it is, we have the varied plea-

LATE SUNSETS CUT OBSERVING

In spite of vacations, rushing around, and rcrreadon, vou can still find time for the things that imereu you. Does your astronomy bookshelf hold the titles below? Astronomy is advancing-if you stand srill you slip be· hind. Keep your interest from fading.

Two excellent books. Bmh down-to-canh and fully illuStrated. Packed with nontech· nical information.

Pictorial AitroriOmy-Alter, Clcminshaw, and Phillips. S6 95.

Piaorial Guide to tbe Maon-Dinsmore Alter. S6 95.

Harvard College Observatory was born of the Comet of I R·i \. Here are some of the books and le-.tders in astronomy that have emergcd from Harvard in the past 12 2 years Check your bookshelf again!

Ga/axieJ, by Harlow Shapley. $5 00 Beluoeen tbe Plam'II, by F. G. Watson. $5.00 The i\lilky lf',,y, by Buk and Bok. $5.50 Emh, Moon, .nd Plan<ll, by F. 1.. Whipple

$6.50 Our SNn, by D. H. Menzel. $7.'0 The Radio Nuur: Spectrum, nliwd b)• D. H

Menzel. $7.50 lool1 o/ tbt• A1tronmm•r, by G. R. Miczaika

and W. M. Sinton. $7.75 (Formerly Teh·ItU/Jt!J .mJ Attt!Jwrtt"J.)

Our rutuloguc ii ar•ailabh• .:JI $.50 tJ UJ/J1,

Jeduoible /rtJm {jru $5.00 order. No d111rge lu t•du.alioiJJI ifllllltdionJ or to ,&;J/Uml!n u bo ho1re pn:tiouJiy Jefll $25.00 orderJ. St.mJ/JI r~.,r:prabl,;.

ASTRONOMY CHARTED H Winfield St, Wones~er. Mass. 01610

Phone: Pl '·6992

Rambling Through August Skies

sure of watching five quite different objects pursue widely varying paths in the sky. Observing them offers challenges and rewards, to beginners and profession· als, whether the study is made with un· aided eye or most elaborate equipment.

Good hooks about the planets arc plen· tiful, now that space travel thinking is 110 longer confmed to scienre fiction. But reading about our neighbors and the chances of life on them cannot give the personal satisfaction that comes from go· ing out at night, recognizing the planets that are in the sky, and turning a telescope upon them to see firsthand what they are like.

Which planet is your favorite? In trying to answer this for myself. I reali1ed that the five are so dissimilar the question has slight significance. Mercury is kuown for its elusiveness (largely a myth), Venus for danling beauty. !\Iars for ruddy color and the greatest retrograde motion of any superior planet. .Jupiter ami Saturn, though strikingly different in appearance, gi,·e the ucw owner of a telescope "more for the money" than any other object except the moon.

There is no one standard, effortless method for learning the planets (any more than there is for learning anything worthwhile in astronomy). If a beginner is good at visualizing spatial relations, he may find it easy to translate knowledge of a planet's orbital position (on a heliocentric chart) to its place iu the sky. Others find this impossible, and prefer to use such charts as the one on the prercding page. The :\larylaml Academy's Graphic Time Table of the Hea\'cns, published in this magazine cad1 .January, is also ,·ery helpful, for it tells when ead1 naked-eye planet is ahme the horiwn dming the nighttime homs.

For example, about the middle of this month four of these fi\"~ planets can he easily iden1ified hy their positions in tiH· sky, without knowledge of the ronslella· tions or stars ncar them. Begin with \'enus, which is gradually emerging from the strong glow of the sky ncar the sun: look for it about half an hour alter sunset. hut well to the MHllh (left) of where the Sll!l goes clown. It will he a bright point of light that deslends to the horimn bdore thl' glow of twilight <·caSl'S. Find our "sistn" planet now and you can pick it up with increasing case C\'ery cn·uing through the end of the year. Shining at


its greatest brillianq• in late December, Venus will he this year's Christmas star.

1\fars, too, will he in the evening sky for the remainder of 1965, but there the comparison with Venus ends. The latter will approach the earth all during this time, catching up with us in the orbital race and gaining a magnitude (about 2! times) in apparent brightness. On the other hand, Mars recedes from us slowly, fading a bit and averaging only If I 00 as bright as Venus during the five-month period.

Ne,erthcless, since it is still of 1st magnitude, about as bright as Deneb, l\f ars can be picked out easily in the southwestern sky each evening soon after dark. It is racing eastward along the zodiac-celestial pathway of the planets-moving a moou's diameter every uight. \Vatch 1\f ars especially on the early evenings of August 7th and 8th, as it passes only two dq~rees north of 1st-magnitude Spica. No confusion between them is possible, simc Spica is uoticeahly brighter and will seem quite blue by mmparison with I\ I ars' redness.

Saturn is unmistakable these e\'enings, as it is situated in a regiou de\'oicl of very bright stars, about midway between the southern side of the Great Square of Pegasus ami 1st-magnitude Fomalhaut in Piscis Austrinus. Since Saturn is about ?! degrees solllh of the celestial equator, Jts early e\'ening rising point is not far to the right of the horizon's cast point. Now at 1st magnitude, it should become visible soon after it clears the horizon, shining with a steady yellowish glow, unlike a star, which would be twinkling strongly.

In a forthcoming article, we shall learn about til(' three-times "disappearance" of Saturn's rings next year. Even now, the planet has unusual telescopic interest, since phenomena of its satellites are occurring because their orbit planes arc close to the liue of sight. Telescope own<:rs have much to watch on Saturn right through this year and next.

Finally, Jupiter is once more west of the sun, and will gradually bewme the dominating object in fall skies. This brilliant cream-yellow planet is situated in Taurus, not far from :\ldebaran, and comes up during early morning hours, far to the north of cast. The giant globe, with i1s retinue of four bright satellites and eight faint oucs, tra,·eh one constellation of the mdiar toward the east each year. C. A. F.

AUGUST 1\IETEORS The full moon will M·riomlv interfere

with obscn·ations of this yea~'s Perseid meteor shower, s< hedull'd to read! maximum on August l~th. 11uder fa,·orable wnditiom in past years, a single ohser\'er usually rl'wrded up to 50 meteors an hour (induding about SC\l'll sporadics) at the peak of this wcll·known fi\'e-day dis· play. On the l~th the radiant lit•s at right astension 311 0·1 111 , declination +58', and mon•s eastward 5~rn Jl<'T day.

\\', H. (;,

STARS FO

The sky as seen r 50' north, at 9 p.t time, on the 6th an'

in late December, year's Christmas star. be in the evening sky of 1965, but there the

ends. The latter earth all during this

with us in the orbital magnitude (about 2!

t brightness. On the from us slowly,

only lflOO as the live-month

it is still of 1st mag· as Deneb, Mars

sily in the southwest· 1g soon after dark. It

along the zodiac-celes· he planets-moving a

night. Watch Mars evenings of August

only two degrees Spica. No confu.

is possible, since Spica and will seem quite th Mars' redness.

these evenings, a region devoid of very

midway between the the Great Square of

itude Fomalhaut in Saturn is about 7!

celestial equator, its point is not far to the 's east point. Now at

.ll10uld become visible .1 the horizon, shining •wish glow, unlike a

he twinkling strongly. article, we shall learn es "disappearance" of year. Even now, the

telescopic interest, its satellites are ocr orbit planes are

sight. Telescope own· watch on Saturn right and next. is once more west of gradually become the

in fall skies. This low planet is situated

from Aldebaran, and 1rly morning hours, far .1st. The giant globe, r four bright satellites

travels one constcl· toward the cast each

C. A. F.

I seriously interfere this year's Perscid

to reach maxi· Under favorable a single ohscn·er

to 50 meteors an seven sporadics) at

fh·e-day dis· t lies at right

+58•, and

W. H. G.

STARS FOR AUGUST

The sky as SCl'll from latitudes 30' to 50' north, at 9 p.m. and 8 p.m., local time, on the 6th and 20th of August, re·

specth·ely; also, at 7 p.m. on September 5th. For other dates, add or subtract Y2 hour per week.

The southern part of the sky this season is aglow with light. The summer Milky

Way features the curve of Scorpius and the Teapot of Sagittarius-both easy to make out even though in star-rich neigh· borhoods. This is a good region for cluster hunting with binoculars.


~Ol"TIILR~ !'!TARS

Tht: "'"' ,,, 'tTl! lr•JIII l.ttitudt' ~~~ lu

Ill ""llh. ,,, II l'·llt. .11111 Ill l'·llt., I'"·" tinu•, on the jrh .tnd :.!Oth ol ">t:ptcmbcr,

lt''Jtt't lt\ch .. d .. ~~ .. tl II J•-111 .• 111d X JLil\. oil

(It It d tt 1 ~~~~~ .tilt! ~Ill h. J, 11 utlicl d.tlt '·

.uld ''' ·o~d'''·'' 1 IHHII J'tl "' t k. \ll'h,t (.tui•' \I '\.t'ill i• thl' IHi~hlnl

>tJr on the meridi.tn lor ;uuthrrn uiJ.

'' 1 ',.,' .11 1 h.111 rill It'. In ll.tii,J.tl j, 111. r!Ji ..

\1.1illt ll.llllt lilt .Ill' "t!Jt' 1111~111 tlllt, ltd

""',,,It·, l.ltil. '"' "'' ''·'"' llllflldl'll "" ( l.llll'\ "!{.II' in lht• llt'i~hiHJI ill~ ~~~Udtt Ill

fi;h, Pi1ci• .-\llltrinm.

ENGINEERED FO: FOR FIRST CHOI You'll Marvel At He The Superb Optics C This Portable RV -6

6-inc DYNASC Give The Same I As Far More ExF

!It!~ Ill\\ ,,,I,Jttl"ll Tc 1 the 11111•111 lftifll .. l}jdtl! ... ll dll-gl .. 1111 Ill Ill ,I f• lilt IJ Tlil'Uipt

. ·llr 111,, .tfl .tirt .~<h ttl lt~! ' It l.f' ,Ill•! j'rtlh "'"ltlll,d'> ,til .tr rht ''il'tr'''' 41ptll.il pult lit r, 1" :.n L:t .!Jll rru r t Ill .1

\\ !lh nur: \ r Ill\ l1 tclt·"u 'l'l ' \:I,{ /, ,II" I ( ' ", 11

1( (I, It ,/

::,1~~ · T!Jt rt .Itt· 1111 t xtr.t., Tht "llptrh ,,~111<.tl .,\...,lt·n

1' .d'"':ull h hrt .tthukJng. · IJ••Il .l''llfl .Ill ,Jlllll,ll \ .1111l "~th rhl ltrlt ,r , tJ"It1fl1 mo

. lttlfll tl\t·. ('r"'hk" tla· , •. r dh tl 1, t.l'' pt!rr,tbi:H, r, ;l''''i'· t.Jtl ht· tli"lll,tntkJ

Please enter my subscript1

enclose in payme

years; $16.00, three years. In

Sl3.00, two years; $19.00, three

$~2.00, three years.) (Mak

Please print

(Name)

(Number and Street)

(City or Town)

t'IIJ:;IliVt'U (JIIU IIIII:)III:;U Ill 1111 ... Uowo

6 6 x 30 FINDERSCOPE, ACHRO ,,nd hflP lot us. Ourablf~ c i:l~f·al .tilth'•~ po.,iltv+-> roll1malton

1. ROTATING TUBE FOR MAXIM Sol1d r .l<:.t c hromf' l1n1'>hed r1n~-:s Nettly dt•<,1gned <on.,! rue t1on. tllur1l<, rr1.1~ 1m urn r 1g1dtiV and t.·,fh ot ,.,dhoul tutH· 8. STRIKINGLY HANDSOME WHI Otn<tlth• f,n,.,h durJbiP yet ltght .tnrt ant1 rpf!et I1<Je blat kpned lf1'>1

BRASS RACK·ANO·PINION EYI 1-'"·11 for p,J<:.ter <,rnoother. rnor1 ,, ul.t'" npg,tll'o'l' or pos1t1V£>

10. STRONG. VIBRATION·FREE, I+~ .. , Prtr .. I(J+·.., :>tllf' ":.leady ~upp

CRITERION Ml 331 Church ~

\ I 'Ill/ I I ,, ' I It I l I \ " I ~

In translation, this "the bright one" (of

the Arabs included the neighboring Southern

ENGINEERED FOR THE LAST WORD IN BREATHTAKING PERFORMANCE ••• PRICED FOR FIRST CHOICE IN VALUE ••• FULLY EQUIPPED WITH MANY EXTRA FEATURES! You'll Marvel At How The Superb Optics Of This Portable RV-6

Including . . . • ELECTRIC DRIVE (Patented) • SETTING CIRClES • ROT A TING TUBE A Complete Instrument, No Costly Accessories Needed!

6-inch DYNASCOPE® Give The Same Exquisite Definition As Far More Expensive Instruments!

This new addition to the Dynascopc line has won immediate rewg· nition from schools, colleges, and professionals, as an outstanding achievement in a 6-inch telescope. Although it was only recently introduced, our files are already filled with complimentary letters from excited ama· reurs and professionals all over the country. Each one is truly amazed at the superior optical performance of this new RV-6 <>-inch Dynascope! Here is large aperture in a quality instrument at a price that compares with many 4-inch telescopes. And thi1 low coJt includeJ Jflch excltuive extra /eatureJ as electric drit'e (patented), sellin,; .-irdeJ, and ro/alitl!i tube! There are no "extras" to run up your cost!

The superb optical system resolves diflicult objects with definition that is absolutely breathtaking. The close tolerances of the precision construction assure an accuracy and smoothness of operation once associated only with the finest custom models. The heavy-duty complete with electric drive, provides the stability so essential yet there is because ·

SI.Y PUBLISHING CORPOilA TION HARVARD (l()IJ.BOB OBSBIVATORY O.UORIDOI, JoWSACHt111TI'S 02111

. ttii t\tbldipuon ~ Sfcy and. Telescopt beginning with the ........... iaue. : ... ·,;fu·pa~nt. .(United.Statel and pG*ISiom, $6.00, one year; $11.00, r.wo

,.em. In Canada, ¥exiCXJ, Central and South America, $7.00, one year, three yean. In all other countries, $8.00, one year; $15.00, two yean; (Make chedl. or money order payable to Slty Publishing Corporation.)

~:·.··•:.·· •.••.•..•............ (State) ................ (Zip Code) ........ . -- .~ ; - . : . .

Model RV-6 Complete with Dyn-0-Matic Electric Drive

and All Features Described Below

f.o.b. Hartford, Conn. Shipping WI. 55 lbs. Express Charges Collect No Packing or Crating

Charges

ENJOY IT NOW FOR ONLY $74.95 DOWN No need to put off the thrills of owning this magnificent in· strument! Send your check or money order today for only $74.95 as full down payment ... pay balance plus small carrying charge in your choice of 6, 12, or even 24 monthly payments. Same unconditional guarantee applies, of course. Or order today by sending your check or money order with coupon below.

t Sound too good to be true? [ Then read what these delighted ! DYNASCOPE owners have to say:

J mine has a 6· e without elecuic aich he paid over

s'<!lfpi :!;,~· o:;J~

"Congratulations on the ex· cellence of your workmanship. The optics are truly amazing. I never expected such won· derful performance."

..... Ill .. lfYillttKhllo

I. 8 I 30 FIHDERSCOPE, ACHROMATIC, CDATO, With accurate croll hllrs and fine focus. Durable cast-aluminum bracket with 6 adiultlnl ICrews allows positive collimation.

VloUJ vu~"' ua """·"' ..... • ....... time ... B.s.- Ntw JerteJ

---r··--·-- it, bUI is a much betift·looking and better-builr iDJUWDenr." J.L.- New York

L.H.N. - Massachusetts

7. ROTATING TUBE FOR MAXIMUM VERSATILITY AND VIEWING COMFORT. Solid-cast chrome.finlshed rings are generous I" wide with felt lining. Newly designed construction, with oversized knurled adjusting knobs, affords maximum rigidity and allows quick disassembly and portability, with or without tube. I. STRIKINGLY HANDSOME WHITE 50" BAKELITE TUBE with porcelainized Ourallte finish, durable yet light. Walls are 'Is" thick, completely insulated and anti-reflective blackened inside. 9. BRASS RACK·AND·PINION EYEPIECE HOLDER has precision-cut rack and gear for easier, smoother, more posit1ve locusing. Takes standard IW' oculars, negative or positive. 10. STRONG, VIBRATION·FREE, ALL·METAL TRIPOD with easily removable legs. Provides sure, steady support, plus lightweight portability.

CRITERION MANUFACTURING CO. 331 Church St., Hartford 1, Conn.

Ma11u{acturers of Quality Optical ln.rtrumellfJ

r------------------------------1 Criterion Manufacturing Co. Dept. STR·73, 331 Church St., Hartford 1, Conn. 0 Please send me, under your unconditional guarantee, the RV-6 6-inch

Dynascope. Full payment of $194.95 is enclosed. o I prefer your easy terms! Enclosed is $74.95 as down payment with

understanding that I will pay balance (plus small carrymg charge) over 6 , 12 , 24 months (check choice).

D Send FREE IllUSTRATED liTERATURE describing the RV·G 6-inch Dynascope and all the telescopes in the Dynascope line.

Name Address City State

L------------------------------~

In translation, this "the bright one" (of

the Arabs included the neighboring Southern

ENGINEERED FOR THE LAST WORD IN BREATHTAKING PERFORMANCE ••• PRICED FOR FIRST CHOICE IN VALUE ••• FULLY EQUIPPED WITH MANY EXTRA FEATURES! You'll Marvel At How The Superb Optics Of This Portable RV -6

Including . . . • ELECTRIC DRIVE (Patented) • SETTING CIRCUS • ROTATING TUBE A Complete Instrument, No Costly Accessories Needed!

6-inch DYNASCOPE® Give The Same Exquisite Definition As Far More Expensive Instruments!

This new addition 10 the Dynascope line has won immediate recog· nition from schools, colleges, and professionals, as an outstanding achievement in a 6-inch telescope. Although it was only recently introduced, our files are already filled with complimentary leiters from excited ama· teurs and professionals all over the country. Each one is truly amazed at the superior optical performance of this new RV-6 6-inch Dynascope! Here is large aperture in a quality instrument at a price that compares with many 4-inch telescopes. And this lotv cost inc/11des such exclusive extra features as electric drit'e (parented), sellinx cirdes, and rotati11g tube! There are no "extras" to run up your cost!

The superb optical system resolves difficult objects with definition that is absolutely breathtaking. The close tolerances of the precision construction assure an accuracy and smoothness of operation once associated only with the finest custom models. The heavy-duty mount, complete with electric drive, provides the stability so essential for satisfactory viewing, yet there is easy portability because in a matter of minutes the entire telescope can be dismantled into three easy-to-handle sections.

Only Criterion's engineering ingenuity, coupled with volume produc· tion and modern manufacruring methods, makes this handsome 6-inch model available at such reasonable cost. You can order it with complete confidence that it will live up to your expectations in every way, for this assurance is guaranteed under our full-refund warranty. Send your check or money order today. Or use our liberal time-payment plan and take months to pay.

YOU COULD PAY $100 MORE WITHOUT GffiiNG ALL THESE SUPERIOR fEATURES !Except on Another Oynascopel 1. EXQUISITE OPTICAL SYSTEM INCLUDES l/8 B·INCH PARABOLIC MIRROR made of PYREX-brand glass, accurate to better than lfo wave, zircon-quartz coated, and guaranteed to reach the theoretical limits of resolution and definition. Teamed with elliptical diagonal, mounted In 4-vane adjustable spider. 2. NEW DYN·O·MATIC ELECTRIC DRIVE with smooth self-acting clutch that enfages and disengages automatically as you seek different objects. Will no Interfere when manual operation is desired. Entire drive housed In trim aluminum case. Plugs Into ordinary household socket. 3. CNDICE OF ANY 3 EYEPIECES from the following: 70X 18-mm. Achro· malic Ramsden; 100X 12.7-mm. Achromatic Ramsden; 14DX 9·mm. Achromatic Ramsden; 210X 6-mm. Orthoscopic; 320X 4-mm. Orthoscopic. All are precision threaded, give sharp Images to extreme edges. 4. SOLID NEW EQUATORIAL MOUNT, extra-reinforced design to provide plllarlike stability. No annoying side play or wobble. Adjusts easily to any latitude. 5. SEniNQ CIRCLES for both right ascension and declination. Handsomely engraved and finished in fine aluminum. 8. 8 I 30 FINDERSCOPE, ACHROMATIC, COATED, with accurate cross hairs and fine focus. Durable cast-aluminum bracket with 6 adjusting screws allows positive collimation.

"I never dreamed such a bril· liant, clear image could be had with a tdeswpe costing under $200. h is one of these rare bargains rhar you find only onre or twil"e in a liferime"

B.S.- New Jersey

Model RV-6 Complete with Dyn-0-Matic Electric Drive

and All Features Described Below

f .o.b. Hartford, Conn. Shipping WI. 55 lbs. Express Charges Collect No Packing or Crating

Charges

ENJOY IT NOW FOR

ONLY $74.95 DOWN No need to put off the thrills of owning this magnificent in· strument! Send your check or money order today for only $74.95 as full down payment ... pay balance plus small carrying charge in your choice of 6, 12, or even 24 monthly payments. Same unconditional guarantee applies, of course. Or order today by sending your check or money order with coupon below.

Sound too good to be true? Then read what these delighted

DYNASCOPE owners have to say:

"A friend of mine has a 6-imh telescope without electric drive, for which he paid over

~g~0DY~cAS~{fp~ ~~~t o::J~ omperforms it, but is a much better-looking and bener-built inmumem." I.L.- New York

..Congratulations on the ex· cellence of your workmanship. The optics are truly amazing. I never expected such won· derful performance."

L.H.N. - Manaehusetts

7. ROTATING TUBE FOR MAXIMUM VERSATILITY AND VIEWING COMFORT. Solid-cast chrome-finished rings are generous I" wide with tell lining. Newly designed construction, with oversized knurled adjusting knobs, affords maximum rigidity and allows quick disassembly and portability, with or without lube.

r------------------------------1 8. STRIKINGLY HANDSOME WHITE 50'' BAKELITE TUBE with porcelainized Durallte finish, durable yet li'ht. Walls are 'Ia" thick, completely Insulated and anti-reflective blackened onside. 9. BRASS RACK·AND·PINION EYEPIECE HOLDER has precision-cut rack and gear for easier, smoother, more posllove focusing. Takes standard IW' oculars, negative or positive. 10. STRONG, VIBRATION·FREE, ALL-METAL TRIPOD with easily removable legs. Provides sure, steady support, plus lightweight portability.

CRITERION MANUFACTURING CO. 331 Church St., Hartford 1, Conn.

lltanu/actureri of Quality Oplical lllstmments

Criterion Manufacturing Co. Dept. STR-73, 331 Church St., Hartford 1, Conn.

0 Please send me, under your unconditional guarantee, the RV-6 6-inch Oynascope. Full payment of $194.95 1s enclosed.

0 I prefer your easy terms! Enclosed is $74.95 as down payment with understanding that I will pay balance (plus small carrymg charge) over 6 _, 12 .. , 24 months (check choice).

0 Send FREE ILLUSTRATED LITERATURE describing the RV-6 6-inch Dynascope and all the telescopes in the Dynascope line.

Name

Address

City State L------------------------------J

Presenting Refractor with

New 2.4-inch Equatorial Setting Circles and Optional Motor Drive

UNITRON's

Important changes have been made 111 the LNITROr-J 2.4" Equatortol, now Models 128 and 128(!

This popular, portable, prec1s1on refroctl'r 1S nov. more IJ''Jit>· SIOnal than ever. First, settmg circles have been added to heir Y''u find those difficult celestial obJects that ore too fotnt to he seen easily in the v1ewhnder. Yet there 1s absolutely "" , 1'-/11.(< i11 {'r1,,

of Model 128! With Model 128C, after you have located on 1moge, UN ITRON·,

Synchronous Motor Clock Drive will outomot1colly keep 1t centered tn the field of view and allow you to devote full attention to observing. And in the new Models 128 and 128C, ,,/ "" n/r,, cl•,~rgc. a built-in supplementary right ascens1on slo"'-mOt1on control ha• been added to facilitate settings tn thtS coord1note w1thout the need to stop or disengage the motor

The IJurcha,e price of Model 128, $225, includes equatorial rncunttng v.1th ,low-motion hand drtve, flex1ble cable, provision for ~ttaching the motor drive, decl1nation and supplementary right ascen>~on sluv. mot1ons, setting ctrcles, viewf1nder, f1ve eyepieces, choice of UN I HEX Rotary Eyep1ece Selector or star d1aganal and crcct1ng pmm system, AchromatiC Ampl1fier, sunglass, cabinets, etc. The Synchronous Mntr)r Clock Drive, priced at $50, may be added later.

Or rtght nov. you may order Model 128(, $275, with the motor Jrtve and all of the above fine features

UNITRON Models 128 and 128C are available far immediate delivery A mere 10 °0 down puts you at the controls. Be good to yourself- treat yourself to a UNITRON.

U A 'I T h 0 A I INSTRUMENT COMPANY - TELESCOPE SALES DIV .

./Y ~ IV 66 NEEDHAM STREET, NEWTON HIGHLANDS 61, MASS.

J /

'

....

.,_, I

' ' '

(%" f ·---~~ g ;J

Jd I< JU-j~! ~ L~~._Ah

fo ~-JI!_.__. :lc

a ~<-! 2-;·) ,~-, .1t~ '

-.. •

... I l ' ...

.. .... . • J ' . ·..,.,, ,.

~ .. ~ ..... . :. "' ' t ...... , , t '

..

. '" . ·' '.

' ..

.- ! \

• ! \

~

t" • ' .

;~~. l 't:

ROBERT STRAILE COMPANY, INC. World's Fair Division

~!!JJ~~

September 10, 1965

The Honorable Paul R. Screvane President of the City Council City Hall New York, New York

Dear Sir:

WORLD'S FAIR 1964-65

Executive Office&:

97-45 Queens Boulevard Rego Park 74, N.Y.

TW 6-7250

There seems to be a tremendeous interest and desire on the part of the residents of the City of New York to retain as much of the World's Fair as possible for a third year.

Most people feel that the City of New York could incorporate a good part of the World's Fair with the proposed park at a nominal cost. A more elaborate presentation would attract people from outside the immediate city limits, creating an influx of revenue which should merit the consideration of the Department of Parks, and other City agencies. As you probably know, the Hotel Association would be strongly in favor of such a civic undertaking on the part of the City of New York.

An extension of the World's Fair would enable citizens of modest circumstances to absorb this great spectacle at prices which they could afford.

With your indulgence, I would like to expand this idea to a more permenent plan. At present there are a number of cities, such as Miami, with its Interama, which have permenent fairgrounds or exhibitions for industry to present their progress. Permenent fair grounds are to be found in many European cities, for example, Frankfort, Germany and Brussels, Belgium •

. . . continued

~

Th~ Honorable Paul R. Screvane Page Two

The millions of dollars that have been spent for the basic outlays, such as highways, utilities, and certain permenent buildings justifies the thought of a permenent World's Fair type exhibit, and it certainly would most logically be located in the City of New York.

A committee such as I suggested could make a study of the many industries that would be interested in displaying and promoting their present and future products.

Hoping this letter meets with your kind consideration, I remain,

obert Straile President

RS/mjd

...

J TO: EXECUTIVE OOMMITrEE HERBERT PAYNE FROM:

SUBJEcr: SUMMARY REPORT OF WORLD'S FAIR ATTENDANCE

World's Fair Attendance, April 21, 1965 to September 7, 1965

Number of Admissions:

Gate 1 - ~ubway and L. I. R. R. Gates 3 and 4 - lllth St.

'· Gates 5 and 6 - Meadow Lake Gate 7 - Rodman St. Gate 8- Lawrence St. Other Gates

Total Number of Admissions

Estimated Number of Admissions by Periods:

Open to Noon 12:01 to 6:00PM 6:01 to Closing

Total - As Above

Automobile Parking, April 21, 1965 to September 7, 1965

Number of Cars:

Flushing Airport Lawrence St. Meadow Lake Lots

Total Number of Cars Parked

Attendance at Exhibits, April 21, 1965 to September 7, 1965

Daily Opening Average To Noon To

Industrial Area: In ~000) 12 Noon 6:00 PM

American Express 13 *American Interiors Less than 1 Bar Green Buffet Less than 1 Bell System 37 836 2,923 Better Living Center 21

*Chunky Corp , 4 *Clairol 7 *Coca Cola 22 *Continental Insurance 6 *DuPont 17 446 1,177 *Dynamic Maturity Less than 1 24 89 *Elec, Power & Light 13 295 975 *Equitable Life Assurance 6 58 395

Formica 4 *Gas Pavilion 13 240 1,117 *General Cigar 5 82 450

General Electric 46 *House of Good Taste 2

IBM 31 Johnson Wax 14 Pan American Hwy. Rides 2 Parker Pen 6 97 446

*Pepsi-Cola 29 *RCA 8 *Rheingold 4 *Scott Paper 12

DATE: SEPTEMBER 20, 1965

Paid

6,908,324 2,329,420 3,983,559 2,861,891 1,021,183

533,681

17,638,058

9,343,145 7,031,682 1,263,231

17,638,058

Paid

478,956 283,256

1,119,040

1,881,252

6:00PM Cumu1a-To tive In

Closii!S ~000~

1,852 93

116 1,456 5,215

2,907 599 962

3,022 819

770 2,393 23 136

606 1,876 382 835

524 505 1,862 212 744

6,499 255

4,379 2,015

229 268 811

4,199 1,131

518 1,643

Count Made Bz

Meter Meter Estimate Meter Meter Estimate Meter Meter Meter Meter Meter Meter Estimate Estimate Sampling Meter Meter Meter Sampling Estimate Estimate Sampling Meter Meter Estimate Sampling

Page 1 of 3

.. "). ~

TO: EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE DATE: SEPTEMBER 20, 1965 FROM: HERBERT PAYNE SUBJECT: SUMMARY REPORT OF WORLD 1 S FAIR ATTENDANCE

World's Fair Attendance, April 21, 1965 to September 7, 1965 (Contd.)

Daily Opening 6:00 PM Cumula-Average To Noon To To tive In Count Industrial Area: (Contd.) In ~OOOl 12 Noon 6:00PM Closins ~000~ Made Bl

*Seven-Up 6 201 417 300 918 Meter *Simmons 1 16 133 37 186 Meter Singer 5 724 Estimate *Travelers 7 1,054 Meter *Billy Graham 11 161 913 438 1,512 Estimate Boy Scouts 7 113 569 295 977 Meter Masonic 2 43 213 101 357 Meter Mormon 13 609 660 559 1,828 Meter Protestant Center 6 168 603 107 878 Estimate

Transeortation Section:

Antique Rent-A-Car 5 633 Estimate Auto Thrill Show 2 369 Meter Chrysler Pavilion 47 6,729 Meter Ford Pavilion 45 1,367 3,129 1,850 6,346 Meter General Motors 74 2,401 5,590 2,329 10,320 Meter Hall of Science 17 2,512 Estimate *Port of N. Y. Authority (Heliport) 2 43 210 70 323 Estimate Sinclair 23 3,192 Meter SKF Pavilion 3 416 Estimate *Transportation and Travel 13 1,858 Estimate Underground Homes 6 16 634 212 862 Meter *U. S • Rubber 5 ll7 438 178 733 Meter *U. S. Space Park 12 380 924 434 1, 738 Estimate Federal and States:

*Federal 23 580 2,028 634 3,242 Sampling *Hollywood 2 31 207 61 299 Meter *Illinois 16 371 1,471 526 2,368 Meter Long Island R. R. 3 27 333 96 456 Sampling Maryland 10 1,390 Sampling "Missouri 11 264 982 380 1,626 Meter "Montana 6 86 682 85 853 Estimate *New England 12 1,757 Estimate New Mexico 7 1,028 Estimate New York City 7 1,027 Meter *New York State 57 8,036 Estimate West Virginia 6 805 Estimate *Wisconsin 15 2,045 Estimate International Area:

*Africa Pavilion 5 105 431 170 706 Estimate Belgian Village 12 183 1,067 477 1, 727 Meter China 7 131 609 279 1,019 Estimate Greece (16 weeks) 13 1,463 Estimate Hong Kong 15 2,141 Estimate Ireland 10 61 1,008 433 1,502 Estimate *Israel 1 169 Estimate Japan - Jetro 10 1,443 Estimate Japan - JEA 6 850 Sampling Jordan 6 915 Meter Korea 6 106 609 240 955 Estimate Malaysia (14 weeks) 1 5 101 46 152 Meter

Page 2 of 3

.. .... ..

• TO: EXECUTIVE C<Hoil'l'TEE DATE I SEPTEMBER 20, 1965 FROM: HERBERT PAYNE SUBJECT: SUMMARY REPORT OF WORLD'S FAIR ATTENDANCE

World's Fair Attendance 2 A2ril 21 2 1965 to Se2tember 72 1965

Daily OpP.ning 6:00 PM Cumula-Average To Noon To To tive In Count

International Area: (Contd.) In ~000) :...2 Noon 6:00 PM Closins ~000} Made Bl Morocco 1 28 63 67 158 Estimate Pakistan 6 967 Estimate

*Polynesia 2 8 137 78 223 Meter Swedish 14 1,989 Estimate Swiss Sky Ride 19 2,698 Estimate Thailand 10 109 941 395 1,445 Estimate Venezuela 7 101 618 263 982 Estimate West Berlin 8 1,106 Estimate Christian Science 2 293 Meter Hall of Free Enterprise 2 24 239 92 355 Meter Sermons From Science (18 weeks) 4 548 Estimate 2000 Tribes 2 34 151 48 233 Meter Vatican City 67 9,386 Meter

Lake Area:

American Cavalcade (Carousel) 1 177 Estimate BFE - Aerial Tower Ride Less than 1

(19 weeks) 51 65 116 Meter

*Florida Pavilion 36 5,179 Estimate *Florida Citrus Water Ski Show 27 2,318 657 2,975 Meter

(15 weeks) Flume Ride (14 weeks) 7 29 413 234 676 Estimate

*Hawaiian 7 989 Meter Jaycopter, Inc. Less than 1 48 Meter

*Maroda Enterprises 2 310 Estimate Monorail 10 158 849 440 1,447 Meter Puppet Show 1 145 Meter Santa Maria 1 23 107 53 183 Meter Wax Museum 2 246 Meter

* Confidential

MEMO: Subway - Willets Point and lllth Street 27.0% of W. F. Attendance

L. I. R, R. - 5.9% of W. F. Attendance

Days on which Mets and Jets played at Shea Stadium are omitted.

Page 3 of 3

NEW YORK WORLD'S FAIR

1964-1965

UN IS PH e: F:::o! E®

~"'"'"'' ~ United Slain Steel C::l%1 Nt'* Vr.,~Woolrllf.,,. 19fi41~~Co•por.lla>n

COME TO THE FAIR!

. '• ',

........ 9

....... ~ i .... I I

•• ..

''i

. ·. J

•

.\

•'

. J

,,

,.

.. ._. ...

'

Remarks of Robert Moses President of the

New York World's Fair 1964-1965 Corporation on the Occasion of the

Depositing of Westinghouse Time Capsule II Westinghouse Pavilion

Flushing Meadow Saturday, October 16, 1965

11 A.M.

l!

-.. '

•.

... I • •

.. .. . .. ' . · .. ,. .~·

. ~ ... 4, •• ~·

• '

~"'. i • 1 . ,.,

' ''l •

'· 1 • . ..

r t I l

. ·-- --~ --··~·--~··-

SELECI'IONS COMMITIEE WESTINGHOUSE TIME CAPSULE II

Dr. Detlev W. Bronk, President Rockefeller Institute

Dr. Ralph J. Bunche, Under Secretary United Nations

Dr. Vannevar Bush, Honorary Chairman Massachusetts Institute of Technology Corp.

Dr. James B. Conant, former U.S. Ambassador and former president, Harvard University

Dr. Watson Davis, Director Science Service

Dr. Hugh L. Dryden, Deputy Administrator National Aeronautics &. Space Administration

Dr. John Kiernan

Dr. Henry Allen Moe, President American Philosophical Society

Dr. Eugene Ormandy, Conductor and Music Director Philadelphia Orchestra

Dr. Alfred Newton Richards

Dr. Glenn T. Seaborg, Chairman .Atomic Energy Commission

Dr. William E. Shoupp, Vice President, Research Westinghouse Electric Corporation

Mr. Andrew Wyeth, Artist

OFFICERS WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC CORPORATION

D. C. Burnham, President

Ronald N. Campbell, Executive Vice President

George L. Wilcox, Executive Vice President

Marshall K. Evans, Vice President, Operations Services

Howard S. Kaltenborn, Vice President, Personnel and Public Affairs

George C. Main, Vice President, Finance

A. C. Monteith, Senior Vice President

Carlisle P. Myers, Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

GROUP VICE PRESIDENTS

Douglas D. Danforth

S. W. Herwald

Robert E. Kirby

E. H. Seim

John W. Simpson

Charles H. Weaver

Dale McFeatters

This World's Fair has sought to bring together, in what we call an Olympics of Progress, and to leave with visitors, lasting impressions of our inheritance, our time and civilization and our hopes for the future. Since most of the Fair structures and exhibits are temporary, comparatively little will remain of the gorgeous pageant but a few permanent artifacts in a great urban park, retaining the framework of two great expositions.

There is no better place to record and preserve for posterity evidences, selected by a distinguished, representative committee, of the machines and materials of living in the everyday life of our age. This, for the second time, the Westinghouse time capsule is doing. The more comprehensive World's Fair Two capsule is being placed next to the one buried only a quarter century ago after World's Fair One. Both will be opened to the gaze of our astonished descendants five thousand years from now, as they look back to the halcyon days of small populations, pioneering, great open spaces and uncharted seas.

The quarter century between these two Fairs has been one of extraordinary and unprecedented discovery and invention, and of a reawakening comparable to the Renaissance. Five thousand years may seem a long time, until we reflect that Michelangelo's Pieta, a major exhibit at this Fair, was chiselled some five hundred years ago. We stand, like stout Cortes, speechless on a peak in Darien, peering blindly into the future, and anxious that our followers shall give us some credit for being reasonably smart in our time.

:D 1965 New York World's Fair, 1964·1965 Corporation

... _ . ., '1

j i ,,

. ·~ --- ·---~- ---- --

Statement by Robert Moses President of the New York World's Fair

1964-1965 Corporation on the Closing of the Fair

Flushing Meadow Sunday, October 17, 1965

There is of course a touch of sadness about any closing, and I shall miss the Fair, but it has been a swnmer university attended by fifty million, more than ever visited any similar enterprise, and they have testified eloquently to its worth.

Universities refer to the end of the course as Commencement. We now commence here a new park. I have seen Flushing Meadow rise from ash dump to glory and after this second Fair we shall inaugurate what I am sure will eventually be the City's finest park.

As we approach the hour of closing, expressions of regret are heard from those who apparently have just heard about the Fair for the first time and want it kept open. Others who have been steady visitors say they can hardly believe that so much beauty and revelation must disappear. Unfortunately we can't change this. Flushing Meadow Park, the framework and much of the content of the Fair will have to serve.

New York has profited in more ways than one and is better and more favorably known as a host to strangers.

~:y;;; ':1!,'·

; a • ... . '. .. .... ..., ... · '.. , . . ...

4, .· \)·

. .. I

I .

.... ....

'·

,·, i I

I .

. ..

. ..... \

............ _

To those who loyally helped to create this

Olympics of Progress in the face of many obstacles I give my thanks and gratitude.

We have fostered enduring friendships

and memories which will persist and draw

the peoples of a troubled world closer to·

gether. This was mainly our objective and time will prove that we achieved it.

© 1965 New York World's Fair 1964-1965 Corporation .......

•• '

•.

~.'·

.. \ •• ~I

.~ .. i • .

.. . .. . ~.. .. . . · .. ,, .. ~·

. .. ,. <i· .

,·', •"t i • .. ,, : ''! '

·'

. , . .

. ..

t' .

1 .

·~~ ~· L ·~

,•

UNI$PHEREe

NEW,YORK WORLD'S FAIR 1964-1965 CORPORATION INTERNATIONAL EXPOSITION AT FLUSHING MEADOW PARK

WORL.O'S F'AIR, N.Y. 11380 AREA CODE 212- WF' 4-1964

PE.,t,CC THROUGH UNDER9TANDINO

PERSONAL

Dr. John R. Dunning

October 19, 1965

Dean of Engineering and Applied Science 510 Seeley W. Mudd Building Columbia University

CABLE WORLDSFAIR

ROBERT MOSES I'AESIDENT

New York, New York 10027 s / Dear John: ?; .

It looks as if you will get the City money for design an /'"\ Y construction of the new Science Building and for maintenance and I '/ \. operation. This leaves the big problem, that of curators, which must be an endowment matter and can not be left to the City and routine City employment.

I believe you need a pledge of $100,000 for five years for a director, secretary, two stenographers and expenses for them.

How about the Ford Foundation or some other on a five year basis?

I assume that among your assistants, or at any rate within your acquaintance, you can find a director who should receive at least $30, 000. Maybe living quarters could be provided for him in the new building.

President RM:gls

.._.._.,@---

1'720 CHERR'W' STRf..:Er

F'H ILAOEL,PHIA 3. PA,

~~ J:dvon.hrr .::~!, l~l6S

~ir. Hobert. r.~osos, !'renl.dent Nev: York torld' s Fr,l.r Corporati.on Flushing l.:enc!ow J>ark \',odd's Fair, ll. Y. llJilO

Dear Ur. J.!'OScs:

Just n. note to tell you how much

we apprncint.e your tho•:,:ht.fnlness in sendi.nr, the

fj.l.l!l~ 1 run m1ro l vd.ll be usinr, it. on many oc-

casions.

I horo that everytliin!; is going

well , .. i th the closine dov:n phase of your opera-

tion. I will be lookinp; forwar1l to seeing the

next task that you nnC:ortake because I don't think

you are one vtr.o can sit. still for long.

Sincerely,

/ .John n. Kelly, Jr.

*Film refers to taped interview with Mr. Moses to

be distributed by the United States Information

Agency to television stations in Japan. JH!'::I~LS

FOR ·youR INFORMATION FROM RQ~~RlJ~10SE~.

NEW YORK

w WOR&:964-1965 CORPORATION

INTERNATIONAL EXPOSITION AT F'LUSHING MEADOW PARK

WORLD'S FAIR, N.Y. 11380 AREA CODE 212 · WF 4-1965 CABLE WORLDSF'AIR

PlAC[ fHAOUOH D b 8 1965 UHOtASTAHOINO ecem er ,

Contact: Murray Davis {WF 4-6551)

FOR ~EDIATE RELEASE:

NEW YORK WORLD'S FAIR, Dec. 8 --- The Pavilion of

Spain at the New York World's Fair was presented today

(Wednesday, December 8) to the Spanish Inte'rnational

Pavilion Foundation of St. Louis, Mo. The transfer from

the Government of Spain to the Foundation was made at

ceremonies at the Spanish Pavilion on the Fairgrounds.

The Pavilion will be dismantled and then sent to

St. Louis where it will be re-erected, according to

Mr. William J. Costello, Secretary of the Foundation and

representative of the Honorable Alfonso Cervantes, Mayor

of St. Louis.

The Spanish Pavilion will be a part of the Stadium-

Arch development underway in St. Louis. It will be dis-

mantled between January 1 and April 1, 1966, and re-erected

by July, 1967.

Those taking part in the ceremony, in addition to

Mr. Costello, were His Excellency Muno Aquirre de Career,

Minister of the Government of Spain, and Governor Charles

Poletti, Fair Vice President in charge of International

Affairs and Exhibits.

fl 11 fj

01061

NEW YORK WORLD'S FAIR 1964-1965 CORPORATION INTERNATIONAL EXPOSITION AT FLUSHING MEADOW PARK

II'CACC T"ltOUOH UNDC .. 8TANDINO

WORLD'S F'AIR, N.Y. 11380 AA!A COD! 212· WF" 4-1965

December 8, 1965

Dr. Thomas P. F. Hoving 150 East 73rd Street New York, New York

Dear Dr. Hoving:

CABL! WORLDSFAIR

ROBERT MOSES l'llltatDINT

Because of the interest in the field which you mentioned, I am sending you separately miscellaneous information about the Hall of Science at Flushing Meadow. This, in its implications and possibilities, is the most important addition to the City Museums.

For many years we tried to establish such an institution but did not succeed until the Fair presented the opportunity. Bradford Clark is working on the extension to accommodate present and promised exhibits of wide interest. I hope you will take a lively interest. It begins under favorable auspices, but of course not without problems. I would suggest that you discuss

· this enterprise with John Dunning, Joe Martino and Charlie Preusse some time along in January.

President

---..-.. @---

TO:

FROM:

DATE:

SUBJECT:

REFERENCE:

. ;/ ,.

A·l1170

MEMORANDUM REFER NOTED

Stuart Constable, Vice President • Operations Francis D. Miller December 7, 1965 HALL OF SCIENCE ... ATOMIC

TO

RETURN TO

DATE BY DATE

FILE

On De ember 3rd I talked to Mr. Edward Brunenkant, who together with Mr. Howard Brown are the budget people for the Atomic Energy Commission • They told me that they had placed a sum of money in the Atomic Energy Comnliss ion appropriation for fiscal 1967 (July 1, 1966 •• June 30, 1967) for planning the Atomic Energy exhibit in the new Hall of Science, They indicated that these were "conunitted" funds which means that a further request relating to this appropriation will be forth coming, They were doubtful that on the basis of the situation as it stands now, that they would have been able to g~t ·through a sufficient figure to permit construction of the exhibit and in thts .event the whole project would have failed. As things stand now, .everyone ls ,m notice that more money is needed to complete the project, It depends on when it can be used, ·

1rancis D. Miller Acting Director Hall of Science

world's fair general documentation 4

Documents